Solutions through technology

WWW.CABLEJOINTS.CO.UK
THORNE & DERRICK UK
TEL 0044 191 490 1547 FAX 0044 477 5371
TEL 0044 117 977 4647 FAX 0044 977 5582
WWW.THORNEANDDERRICK.CO.UK

Reservations of failure and changes in this catalogue.

Print: Gunnarshaug - Rev. B
Editing completed January 2009.

1
 Technor ElectroTech Group is an international technology group with
its head of¿ce in Stavanger, and with its own operational businesses
in Norway, France, UK, Italy, United Arab Emirates, Singapore and Brasil.
The Groups main markets are within Oil & Gas and Petrochemical Industries.
Our products enable safe transport and application of electric signals and power
in potentially explosive atmospheres. Our core competence is in the ¿elds of
electro-mechanics, instrumentation, electronics and combustible dust application
industries.
Products for use in explosive atmospheres must satisfy the requirements
of the joint European standards (ATEX regulations), and each individual
component of the systems must be certi¿ed in accordance with speci¿c
Ex-certi¿cation requirements.

2
Table of Contents

Ex-Regulations 4

Engineering and Customer

Based Product Solutions 16

Project Shedule 19

Terminal Boxes 21

Control Equipment - Components 33

Control Stations 47

Level-, Detection- and Limit Switches 79

Flameproof Enclosures 101

Pressurized Systems 125

Audible and Visual Signals 129

Lighting 149

Human Machine Interface (HMI) 177

Cable Glands and Accessories 187

Plugs and Sockets 225

Gas Detection 239

3
EX Regulations

Explosionproof Atmosphere

Explosion Protection

An explosive atmosphere is built up by a mixture of Àammable gases, vapours, mists or dust with atmosphere air.
If the mixture (Àammable material/air) has the right ratio it can be an ignition source and create an explosion.

Factors for creating an explosion:

1. Air (or in fact oxygen in the air)

2. Flammable material (substance)
3. Ignition source
n

Ma
itio

ter
Ign

ial

Air

There are two main principles to avoid an explosion; primary and secondary precautions.
Primary explosion protection can be achieved by (when an ignition source are present):
- Using natural or forced ventilation to limit the explosive concentration
- Avoiding Àammable materials (substance)
- Using inert gas in the atmosphere (e.g. Nitrogen)

If still an explosive atmosphere can be created in a area it is only one way of avoiding explosion, Ignition Control

Type of Ignition Sources

• Hot surfaces
• Flames and hot gases
• Mechanically produced sparks
• Electrical equipment
• Transient currents
• Static electricity
• Lightning strikes
• Electromagnetic waves
• Optical radiation
• Ultrasound
• Chemical reactions
• People (indirectly)

The techniques of equipment protection for use in explosive atmospheres are just a matter of controlling
(eliminating) possible ignition sources (secondary explosion protection)

4
EX Regulations

Explosionproof Atmosphere

Where do we find explosive atmospheres?

• Metal surface grinding, especially aluminium dust and particles

• Oil re¿neries, rigs and processing plants
• Gas pipelines and distribution centres
• Printing industries, paper and textiles
• Aircraft refuelling and hangars
• Chemical processing plants
• Grain handling and storage
• Sewage treatment plants
• Surface coating industries
• Underground coalmines
• Woodworking areas
• Sugar re¿neries
• Vessels/ships
• Power plants

Where a potential explosive atmosphere can occur, certain safety levelss need to be taken into account
acco nt regarding the
possible danger of an explosion in this area. The areas therefore need to be divided into zones according to presence of
the Àammable materials.

Zone 0 Zone 1 Zone 2

A place where the explosive atmosphere of A place where the explosive atmosphere of A place where the explosive atmosphere of
Àammable gas is present continously or for a Àammable gas is likely to occur in normal Àammable gas is not likely to occur in normal
long period or frequently operation occasionally operation but if it does occur it will only be
present for a short period

Zone 20 Zone 21 Zone 22

A place where an explosive dust atmosphere is A place where an explosive dust atmosphere is A place where an explosive dust atmosphere
present continously or for a long period of time likely to occur during normal operation is not likely to occur during normal operation,
but if it does occur it will be present for a short
period

5
EX Regulations

Explosionproof Atmosphere

Examples of the criterias for the mixture of flammable materials (gas)

towards air in such a way that an explosion can occur are:

100 Vol% 0 Vol%

Concentration of Air

Mixture too lean Explosion range Mixture too rich

Explosion
lower limit higher
0% 100% LEL UEL
0 Vol% 100 Vol%
Concentration of Àammable materials

Typical consentration of gases in the air where an explosion can appear (% of gas in air):

LEL Explosion UEL

EL

Methane 4,4% ,5%

16,5%
Propane 1,7% 10,6%
,6%
Butane 1,4% 9,3%
3%

6
EX Regulations

Atex Directive

Atex directive

- Product Directive 1994/9/EC

- User Directive 1999/92/EC

Product Directive 1994/9/EC

This has been mandatory in Europe from 01.07.2003, and covers the regulations concerning apparatus and
protective systems for use in potentially explosive atmospheres. The directive has four chapters which are subdivided
into 16 articles. In each chapter it is made reference to the Annex I to XI, which include 7 modules.
For full info visit http://ec.europa.eu/enterprise/atex/internationaldevelopment.htm

Content of directive 94/9/EC

Main part
Chapter Article Heading
I 1-7 Scope of application, placed in service and free movement of goods
II 8–9 Conformity assessment procedures
III 10 – 11 CE marking of conformity
IV 12 – 16 Concluding provisions
Annexes
I Criteria of decision for the classi¿cation of groups of apparatus in categories
II Essential safety and health requirements for the conception and construction of
apparatus and protective systems for use in potentially explosive atmospheres
III Module: EC-type examination
IV Module: Quality assurance of the production
V Module: Inspection of the products
VI Module: Conformity with the design
VII Module: Quality assurance of the product
VIII Module: Internal production control
IX Module: Individual test
X CE marking and contents of the EC certi¿cate of conformity
XI Minimum criteria to be taken into accounts by the member states for the
authorization of testing laboratories

7
EX Regulations

Atex Directive

The directive 1994/9/EC is dividing the apparatus/equipment into groups and categories.
- Apparatus/equipment Group I apply for mining.
This group is subdivided into categories M1 & M2.
- Apparatus/equipment Group II applies for all other (surface) areas.
This group is subdivided into categories 1, 2 and 3.

Group Group
Mining Industries Regular industries (gas + dust hazardous areas)
Category Category Category Category Category
Very high level of protection High level of protection Very high level of High level of protection Normal level of protection
(safe with 2 faults) (safe with 1fault) protection (safe with 1 fault) (safe during normal
(safe with 2 faults) operation)
Must remain functional under De-energized under
explosive atmosphere explosive atmosphere
Marking
I M1 I M2 II 1 G (Gas) II 2 G (Gas) II 3 G (Gas)
Equipment to conform with the Atex Directive 94/9/EC
II 1 D (Dust) II 2 D (Dust) II 3 D (Dust)

Electrical Equipment
Area Equipment How to comply Production requirements
Zone Category
The manufacturer to evaluate the product according The manufacturer needs to have a production
to valid standard/Directives, and create a technical quality system
2 3 ¿le and subsequently issuing an EC D.O.C
(Declaration of Conformity)
EC-type examination certi¿cate from NB The manufacturer needs to have a production
1 2 (Noti¿ed body, DNV, Nemko, INERIS e.g.) quality system and obtain a Production Quality
EC-type examination certi¿cate from NB Assurance Noti¿cation from NB
0 1 (Noti¿ed Body, DNV, Nemko, INERIS e.g.)

Mechanical Equipment
Area Equipment
How to be in compliance with the Atex Directive
Zone Category
To be veri¿ed by the manufacturer and submit a Technical File
2 3 Manufacturer to issue EC D.O.C.
To be veri¿ed by manufacturer and submit technical ¿le to NB (Nemko, DNV e.g.)
1 2 Manufacturer to issue EC D.O.C.
To be certi¿ed by NB
0 1 Manufacturer to issue EC D.O.C.

8
EX Regulations

Atex Directive

Atex Marking

Con¿rmation that the equipment ful¿l

CE
all valid EU directives
0470 Ref. no. for NB (production licence)
European conformity certi¿cate
II Equipment group
2 Category
G For use in gas atmosphere

Note:
The equipment also needs to be marked with the conventional protection mode (Ex…)
according to EN/IEC 60079-0 (EN/IEC 61241-0 for dust)

Operating instruction/user manual;

The operating instructions of the manufacturer must clearly de¿ne the intended use of the equipment by the
operator. The minimum requirements for the operating instruction are amongst others:
- Information about safety aspects
- Installation
- Putting into service
- Use
- Assembling and dismantling
- Maintenance (servicing and emergency repair)
- Adjustment

Manufacturer’s Declaration of Conformity (EC D.O.C.)

Equipment and systems can be placed on the market, only if market with the CE mark and complete with operating
instructions and the manufacturer’s Declaration of Conformity. The CE conformity marking and the issued Declaration
of Conformity con¿rm that the product complies with all requirements and assessment procedures speci¿ed in the EC
Directives.

Note:
According to Directive 94/9/EC the mandatory evidence of complying with this is given in the EC D.O.C. including the
operating instructions.

9
EX Regulations

Atex Directive

User Directive 1999/92/EC

This directive gives the minimum requirement for the improvement of health protection and safety of employers who could
be endangered by explosive atmospheres.

The main issues to be addressed;

- Assessment of explosion risk
- Zone classi¿cation
- Explosion protection documents
(including requirements for personnel to do engineering, equipment selection, installation, maintenance, repair
etc.)

Structure of Directive 1999/92/EC

Ruling part
Section Article Heading
I 1-2 General requirements
II 3-9 Duties of employer
3 Prevention of and protection against
4 Assessment of the explosion risks
5 General obligations
6 Coordination obligations
7 Areas with explosive atmospheres
8 Explosion protection document
9 Special regulations relating to working materials and places of work
III 10-15 Other requirements
Annexes
I Classi¿cation of areas in which explosive atmospheres can be present
1. Areas in which explosive atmospheres can be present
2. Classi¿cation of potentially explosive atmospheres
II A Minimum requirements for the improvement of the safety and health protection of employees who could be endangered by
explosive atmospheres
1. Organizational measures
2. Explosion protection measures
B Criteria for the selection of apparatus and protective systems
III Warning signs for marking areas in which explosive atmospheres can occur

For further information (Directive 1999/92/EC and user guide) please visit;
http://ec.europa.eu/employment_social/health_safety/legislation_en.htm

10
EX Regulations

Ignition Sources

Classification of Ignition Sources for gas and vapour

Hot Surfaces Sparks

Ignition Temperature Ignition Energy

Temperature Class Gas Group

T1 ... T6 A .... C

Temperature Class

Temperature Class Maximum Surface Temperature

(at max. ambient temperature)
T1 450 °
T2 300°C
T3 200°C
T4 135°C
T5 100°C
T6 85°C

Energy Classification
Minimum Ignition
European Groups USA/Canada Groups Gas e.g.
Energy
< 20 — Joules A Acetylene, Carbon disulphide
C
< 20 — Joules B Hydrogen
< 60 — Joules B C Ethyl ether, Ethylene
Acetone, Butane, Ethanol, Gasoline, Hexane, Methanol,
< 180 — Joules A D
Methane, Naphtha, Propane

11
EX Regulations

Ignition Sources

Standards valid for

Electrical Apparatus for Explosive Gas Atmospheres
EN (old) EN (new)
General requirements EN 50 014 EN 60079-0
Flameproof enclosures “d” EN 50 018 EN 60079-1
Pressurized enclosures “p“ EN 50 016 EN 60079-2
Powder ¿lling “q“ EN 50 017 EN 60079-5
Oil immersion “o” EN 50 015 EN 60079-6
Increased safety “e” EN 50 019 EN 60079-7
Intrinsic safety “i” EN 50 020 EN 60079-11
Type of protection “n” EN 50 021 EN 60079-15
Encapsulation “m” EN 50 028 EN 60079-18
Intrinsically safe systems EN 60079-25
Electrical equipment for Zone 0 EN 50 284 EN 60079-26
Intrinsically safe ¿eld bus systems EN 60079-27
Optical radiation “op” EN 60079-28

Standards valid for electrical apparatus for Explosive dust atmosphere

Standard EN (IEC) Protection name Protection method

61241-0 General requirement for Dust equipment
61241-1/60079-31 tD Protected by enclosures
61241-2 pD Protected by pressurization
61241-11 iD Protected by intrinsic safety
61241-18 mD Protected by encapsulation

Standards valid for mechanical equipment

Protection type EN 13463- Marking letter
Construction EN13463-5 c
Inherent safety EN13463-4 g
Flow restriction EN13463-2 fr
Pressurization EN13463-7 p
Flameproof EN13463-3 d
Controlled ignition EN13463-6 b
Protected by oil EN13463-8 k

Combustion motors
EN 1834-1 Gas, group II
EN 1834-2 Mines, group I
EN 1834-3 Dust, group II

12
EX Regulations

Basic Electrical Techniques

Basic Electrical Techniques circuits

Marking

Flameproof enclosures (IEC/EN 60079-1 / EN 50018) Ex d

The enclosures are constructed so that internal explosions
can not be transmitted to the external atmosphere

Increased safety (IEC/EN 60079-7 / EN 50019 Ex e

Prevention of ignition sources by fail safe design
(only simple electric components)

Intrinsic safety (IEC/EN 60079-11 / EN 50020) Ex ia/ib

Limitation of the energy stored in the electrical circuits category “ia”
and “ib”, “simple” apparatus, “associated” apparatus, safety barriers
Installation: Safety values (Uo, Io, Po, Lo, Co) and clearances

Type N (IEC/EN 60079-15 / EN 50021 : Zone 2) Ex nA

No ignition source in normal operation (no sparks, no hot surfaces)

Oil immersion (IEC/EN 60079-6 / EN 50015) Ex o

Electrical parts are submerged in oil

Pressurized apparatus (IEC/EN 60079-2 / EN 50016) Ex p

Electrical parts are purged and pressurized with a protective gas
(air or inert gas)
Installation: Purge and pressure control/shut down device

Powder filling (IEC/EN 60079-5 / EN 50017) Ex q

Electrical parts are submerged in a quartz powder

Encapsulation (IEC/EN 60079-18 / EN 50028) Ex m

Electrical parts are encapsulated in a speci¿c epoxy resin.
Installation: Chemical compatability of epoxy resin

13
EX Regulations

Equipment Protection Level

EPL (Equipment Protection Level) according to IEC/EN 60079-xx series of standards

Definition:
The level of protection assigned to equipment based on its risk of becoming a source of ignition, and distinguishing the
differences between explosive gas atmospheres, explosive dust atmospheres, and the explosive atmospheres which may
exist in coal mines

Link between Zones, Atex categories and EPL:

Area towards Equipment

Area Classification Equipment category/level

Explosive Atex
Zone Risk Equipment Group IEC - EPL
Concentration Category

Often/longer periods 0 High, safe with 2 faults II 1G Ga

Occasionally 1 High, safe with 1 fault II 2G (1G) Gb (Ga)

Rarely/most likely never 2 Normal II 3G (1G/2G) Gc (Ga/Gb)

Often/longer periods 20 High, safe with 2 faults II* 1D Da

Occasionally 21 High, safe with 1 fault II* 2D (1D) Db (Da)

Rarely/ most likely never 22 Normal II* 3D (1D/2D) Dc (Da/Db)

- High, safe with 2 faults I M1 Ma

- High, safe with 1 fault I M2 Mb

* According to IEC 60079-0, 2007, equipment group for dust is to be group III

Why EPL (Atex categories);

Historically it has been acceptable to install equipment into speci¿c zones based on the type of protection.

In some cases it has been showen that the type of protection may been divided into different levels of protection that can
be correlated against each Zone. A better risk assessment would consider all factors. When using a risk assessment ap-
proach instead of the inÀexible approach of the past linking equipment to Zones the inherent ignition risk of the equipment
is clearly indicated, no matter what type of protection is used.

An example using a risk assessment approach:

Plant operators often make intuitive decisions on extending (or restricting) their Zones in order to compensate for this
inÀexibility. A typical example is the installation of “Zone 1 Type” navigation equipment in Zone 2 areas of offshore oil
production platforms, so that the navigation equipment can remain functional even in the presence of a totally unexpected
and prolonged gas release. On the other hand, it is reasonable for the owner of a remote, well secured, small pumping
station to drive the pump with a “Zone 2 Type” motor, even in Zone 1, if the total amount of gas available to explode is
small and the risk to life and property from such as explosion can be discounted.

The situation became more complex with the publication of the ¿rst edition of IEC 60079-26 which introduced additional
requirements to be applied for equipment intended to be used in Zone 0. Prior to this, Ex ia was considered to be the only
technique acceptable in Zone 0.

It has been recognized that it is bene¿cial to identify and mark all products according to their inherent ignition risk. This
makes equipment selection easier and a risk assessment approach, more appropriate.

14
EX Regulations

IP Rating

IP Degree of Protection according to EN/IEC 60529

First figure Second figure

0 No protection 0 No protection
1 Protected against a solid object 50 mm or greater 1 Protected against vertically dripping water
2 Protected against a solid object 12 mm or greater 2 Protected against vertically dripping water, when tilted 15 degrees
3 Protected against a solid object 2,5 mm or greater 3 Protected against water spraying at an angle up to 60 degree
4 Protected against a solid object 1 mm or greater 4 Protected against water splashing from any direction
5 Dust protected 5 Protected against jets of water from any directions
6 Dust tight 6 Protected against powerful jets of water from any directions
7 Protected against immersion between a depth of 150 mm and 1000
mm
8 Protected against submersion

Example IP66

Approximately correlations between IP (IEC) and NEMA 250 standards

IP 10 NEMA 1
IP 11 NEMA 2
IP 54 NEMA 3 R
IP 52 NEMA 5-12-12 K
IP 54 NEMA 3-3 S
IP 56 NEMA 4-4 X
IP 67 NEMA 6-6 P

15
Engineering and Customer based product/solution

Engineering and Customer based product development

Our engineers have a comprehensive level of experience in developing and

designing Ex equipment for most applications, and hold a high level of professional
competence in this ¿eld. In accordance with our vision, we wish you as our customer
to receive the full bene¿t of this competence through working with us to ¿nd creative
and cost effective solutions to your particular needs, thus increasing safety and
pro¿tability for your business. This kind of cooperation also helps to ensure effective
implementation of new technology in our market sector. We call this Customer based
product development. Our competitive advantage is that we can quickly implement
a tailor made solution, from design straight to product certi¿cation, and deliver the
product in small or large production batches.

Solutions trough technology!

From Idea to Solution:

• Concept study
• Engineering
• Prototyping
• Ex certi¿cation
• Documentation
• Production
• Delivery

Technor’s Engineering and Customer based activities

are divided into the following categories:

Panels
Engineering and assembly of standard products

Special solutions
Mainly engineering and assembly of standard products but
with some parts which need to be engineered as tailor made

Tailor made solutions

These are products or solutions are engineered and designed especially
according to the customer’s requirements

16
Engineering and Customer based product/solution

Panels
Engineering and building of a solution based on standard Ex components
(with or without incorporation of standard industrial components),
such as control panels, switch gears, motor starters etc.
Typical examples are:

• Ex d panels
• Ex e/ed panels
• Ex p
• Ex n (Zone 2 only)

Special solution
Modifying existing Ex components to be adopted to certain tailor requirements,
such as: CCTV applications, Remote I/O panels, HMI applications
(LCD display and PC solutions), pressurized systems, wireless measure systems,
light equipment etc. Typical examples can include:

• Ex d solutions
• Ex e/ed solutions
• EEx p
• Ex n (for Zone 2)

Tailor made solutions (are mainly OEM products/solutions)

Creating and engineering of solution totally from the very beginning.
Typical applications are communication systems including wire, ¿bre optical,
wireless transfer, CCTV solutions, measuring systems, different types of
switch/control gear, light equipment etc.

The range of OEM products are designed to meet the clients demands, and are
usually used within an industry where an explosive atmosphere may be present.

If you come up with a unique product idea which is going to be used in

hazardous area, we can use our long-standing competence and experience within
the Ex ¿eld to ensure that you are achieving your visions.

We can tailor make products using all Ex protection methods in close relation-
ship with our clients and have them veri¿ed/certi¿ed for II 3 G/D (Zone 2/ 22),
II 2 G/D (Zone 1/ 21) , II 1 G/D (Zone 0/ 20) or a combination of these. For
certi¿cation we are using partners such as INERIS, DNV, Nemko etc. Technor
can offer you more than 20 years of experience with tailor made Ex products.

17
Engineering and Customer based product/solution

This is how we can carry out a project:

• Analyse the needs and valid directives/regulations

• Develop initial ideas for the project covering the following:

- Mechanical (including IP rating, temperature range, materials etc)
- Electrical
- Method of Ex protection
- Budget price

• Create a model of the solution - 2D or 3D format

• Generation of prototypes for validation, if necessary

• Ex certi¿cation (certi¿cate to be issued by Noti¿ed Bodies/Certi¿cation Bodies)

- Atex
- IECEx
- Gost
- Others

• Creating product documentation including:

- Production documentation
- Production procedures
- CE veri¿cation
- Declaration of Conformity
- User manual
- Other relevant demands for equipment
to be used in hazardous area

• Our client can receive the product from our production facilities as a part
product or a fully functional product. These can be delivered as follows:
- The product labelled with Technor
- The product labelled in the name of the client (this solution requires a
“dummy” production license in the name of the product owner)

• The client will receive a product that meets the requirements for use in
hazardous area without requiring, his own competence regarding
Ex or production setup for such products.

18
Project Shedule

Pressurized Cabinets and Systems

Pressurized cabinets and systems (Ex p)

A typical project schedule for a pressurized system can be as follows:

Analysing the speci¿c requirements from the client and clarifying these with the
client. This includes details such as environment conditions, material strength,
physical dimensions, electrical requirements, etc. An important task at this
stage is also to verify that all client’s requirements can be solved within the
actual Ex standards and directives.

Construction of the actual panel/cabinet according to the demands and

speci¿cations from the client.

Selecting the correct control systems according to the demands and

speci¿cations given by the client, such as required cooling, limitation in purge
time, how much air/ inert gas is available etc.

At this point, any shut-down requirements need to be addressed and taken into
consideration before the actual control system is selected.

When the client has approved the construction-plans, the actual panel/ cabinet
can be manufactured.

Then the physical assembly of the system can start in our specialised
manufacturing facility with skilled personnel, including the internal components
(including possible free issue items) which are to be protected by pressurisation
and the purge/
Ex p control system.

Adjusting of control system parameters so that the pressurised control system

functions correctly regarding all requirements.

Ful¿lling all purge and temperature tests according to the mandatory standards
(EN/IEC 60079-0 and 60079-2).

Final functional test.

Creating the required documentation package, including all client requirements.

Write the user manual, as a minimum to meet the requirements in EN/IEC

60079-0 and 60079-2 and the Directive 94/9/EC.

Applying for the Certi¿cate of Conformity.

Issuing the EU Declaration of Conformity (EC D.O.C.).

Handover (eventual FAT test) and delivery of the complete system.

19
20
Terminal Boxes

AQ/AR Series
Junction Boxes with ¿xed walls, Ex e / Ex ia, AISI 316L 22
AQ/FR and AR/FR Series
Junction Boxes with gland plates, Ex e / Ex ia, AISI 316L 24
TNCN
Junction Boxes, Ex e/i, AISI 316L 27
AQ/AL and AR/AL Series
Junction Boxes, Ex e / Ex ia, Copper free Aluminium 29
TNUP
Junction Boxes, Ex e / Ex ia, GRP 31

21
Terminal Boxes

AQ/AR

AQ-…/ AR-… Series consist enclosures, containing Ex e and/or Ex i

terminals. Terminal Boxes AQ-…/AR-… Series are made of Stain-
less Steel AISI 316 and are especially recommended for chemical
agent environments, seawater corrosion, low and high temperature,
and other heavy duty environments.

Specifications

Material Stainless Steel AISI 316L

IP Rating IP66
Temperature -50°C to +60°C
Certification EC-Type Examination Certi¿cate
& Approvals INERIS 01ATEX0005X
GOST Certi¿cate
ɊɈɋɋ IT.ȽȻ04.ȼ00496
Standards EN 60079-0 / 60079-7 / 60079-11 /
61241-0 / 61241-1 / 61241-11
IEC 60079-0 / 60079-7 / 60079-11 /
61241-0 / 61241-1 / 61241-11
Ex-code II 2 GD
Ex e II T6/T5
Ex ia IIC T6/T5
Ex e ia IIC T6/T5
Ex tD A21 IP66 T85°C/T100°C
According to European Directive 94/9/EC (ATEX)
For Zone 1/Zone 2 & Zone 21/Zone 22
Cover gasket POR 303/F/GR/CIG
Surface treatment Internal and External shot blasting
Material thickness Body and cover made in AISI 316L thickness 1.5 mm
Earthing Internal and External earth stud made in AISI 316 suitable for earth wire up to 35 sqmm.
Drain plug Drain and breather devices type ECR-1, ECR-2, ECR-11 (Optional)
Standard identification Identi¿cation nameplate is realized in high resistance self-adhesive polyester with thermal
transfer inscriptions
Quantity for entries Maximum quantity of entries per side A/B: see table

Quantity for terminals Bearing in mind the in¿nite number of combinations between:
¾ quantity of terminals
¾ relevant cross section
¾ class of temperature
¾ ambient temperature

...we suggest using our software CALCUBOX to set up compatible terminals strips. A free copy
of CALCUBOX is usually supplied with the Product Catalogue CD and is also available for
download from our website.
Accessories upon request Identi¿cation label in AISI 304, spot welded on cover plate.
Inside anti-condensation painting.
Hinged Cover Stainless steel AISI 316L made
Threaded holes suitable for cable glands, plugs and conduit ¿ttings, either with Metric pitch 1.5,
ANSI B1.20.1 NPT, UNI 6125.
Mounting plate made of AISI316, thickness 1,5 mm

22
Terminal Boxes

AQ/AR

Maximum number of entries

½” M20 ¾” M25 1” M32 1 ¼” M40 1 ½” M50 2” M63 2 ½” M75 3” M80
TYPE A B A B A B A B A B A B A B A B
AQ 6 12* 12* 10* 10* 4 4 4 4 3 3 3 3 - - - -
AQ 8 24** 24** 14* 14* 12 12 5 5 4 4 3 3 3 3 2 2
AR 2 10* 6* 8* 4* 3 2 3 2 2 1 2 1 - - - -
AR 4 12* 10* 10* 8* 4 3 4 3 3 2 3 2 - - - -
AR 6 16* 12* 14* 10* 6 4 5 4 4 3 3 3 - - - -
AR 8 36** 24** 20* 14* 18* 12* 7 5 6 4 5 3 4 3 4 2
AR 8A 36** 36** 20* 20* 18* 18* 7 7 6 6 5 5 4 4 4 4
(*) Located on two rows
(**) Located on three rows

Range
Weight Internal Mounting Plate
TYPE CODE A mm B mm C mm D mm E mm F mm Kg. mm Code
AQ 6 A.4110.06 270 270 130 325 177 350 4,5 222 x 222 P.4110.44

AQ 8 A.4110.08 350 350 160 405 257 430 5,6 302 x 302 P.4110.45

AR 2 A.4100.02 200 137 130 192 - 217 4,0 152 x 89 P.4100.46

AR 4 A.4100.04 270 200 130 255 177 280 7,0 222 x 152 P.4100.47

AR 6 A.4100.06 350 270 130 325 257 350 9,5 302 x 222 P.4100.48

AR 8 A.4100.08 500 350 160 405 407 430 13,0 452 x 302 P.4100.49

AR 8A A.4100.18 500 500 160 555 407 580 14,5 452 x 452 P.4100.50

Dimensions

23
Terminal Boxes

AQ/AR

The AQ/AR Enclosure series with gland plates are made of Stainless
Steel AISI 316, and are especially recommended for chemical agent
environment, sea-water corrosion, low and high temperature, and other
heavy duties.

Specifications

Material Stainless Steel AISI 316L

IP Rating IP66
Temperature -50°C to +60°C
Certification EC-Type Examination Certi¿cate
& Approvals INERIS 01ATEX0005X
GOST Certi¿cate ɊɈɋɋ IT.ȽȻ04.ȼ00496
Standards EN 60079-0 / 60079-7 / 60079-11 /
61241-0 / 61241-1 / 61241-11
IEC 60079-0 / 60079-7 / 60079-11 /
61241-0 / 61241-1 / 61241-11
Ex-code II 2 GD
Ex e II T6/T5
Ex ia IIC T6/T5
Ex e ia IIC T6/T5
Ex tD A21 IP66 T85°C/T100°C
According to European Directive 94/9/EC (ATEX)
For Zone 1 / Zone 2, Zone 21 / Zone 22
Cover gasket POR 303/F/GR/CIG
Surface treatment Internal and External shot blasting
Material thickness Body and cover made of AISI 316L thickness 1.5 mm
Earthing Internal and External earth stud made in AISI 316 suitable for earth wire up to 35 sqmm.
Drain plug Drain and breather devices type ECR-1, ECR-2, ECR-11 (Optional)
Standard Identi¿cation nameplate is made of high resistance self-adhesive polyester with thermal transfer
identification inscriptions
Quantity for entries Maximum quantity of entries per side A/B: see table
Quantity for Bearing in mind the in¿nite number of combinations between:
terminals • quantity of terminals
• relevant cross section
• class of temperature
• ambient temperature
...we suggest using our software CALCUBOX to set up the compatible terminals strips.
A free copy of CALCUBOX is usually supplied with the CD Catalog and is also available
to download from our website.
Accessories Mounting plate made in AISI 316L thickness 1.5 mm.
upon request Identi¿cation label Stainless steel AISI 304 made, spot welded on cover.
Inside anti-condensation painting.
Hinged cover Stainless steel AISI 316L made.
Threaded holes suitable for cable glands, plugs and conduit ¿ttings,
either with Metric pitch 1.5, ANSI B1.20.1 NPT, UNI 6125.

24
Terminal Boxes

AQ/AR

Maximum number of entries

TYPE ½” M20 ¾” M25 1” M32 1 ¼” M40 1 ½” M50 2” M63 2 ½” M75 3” M80
A B A B A B A B A B A B A B A B
AQ 6 / FR 5 5 5 5 4 4 3 3 - - - - - - - -
AQ 8 /FR 14* 14* 6 6 5 5 4 4 4 4 3 3 - - - -
AR 4 /FR 5 4 5 3 4 2 3 2 - - - - - - - -
AR 6 /FR 7 5 6 5 5 4 4 3 - - - - - - - -
AR 8 /FR 22* 14* 10 6 8 5 7 4 6 4 5 3 - - - -
AR 8A/FR 22* 22* 10 10 8 8 7 7 6 6 5 5 - - - -

(*) Located on two rows

“FR” is the abbreviation for removable plates, “FR” is not shown in the type number certi¿cate

Range
A B C D E F I L mm. Mounting Plate Weight
TYPE Code
mm. mm. mm. mm. mm. mm. mm. 1-3 2-4 mm. Code Kg
AQ 6/FR A.4010.06 286 286 130 325 177 350 59 228 228 222 x 222 P.4110.44 5.0
AQ 8/FR A.4010.08 366 366 160 405 257 430 89 308 308 302 x 302 P.4110.45 6.5
AR 4/FR A.4000.04 286 216 130 255 177 280 59 228 158 222 x 152 P.4100.47 7.3
AR 6/FR A.4000.06 366 286 130 325 257 350 59 308 228 302 x 222 P.4100.48 10.0
AR 8/FR A.4000.08 516 366 160 405 407 430 89 458 308 452 x 302 P.4100.49 13.7
AR 8A/FR A.4000.18 516 516 160 555 407 580 89 458 458 452 x 452 P.4100.50 15.2

Dimensions

25
26
Terminal Boxes

TNCN

The TNCN range of boxes and cabinets is designed for use in any
environments where an explosive atmosphere may be present.

Specifications

Material Acid Resistant Stainless Steel SS316

IP Rating IP66 (IP67 and IP68 upon request)
Temperature -40ºC to +40ºC (T5)
-40ºC to +60ºC (T6/T4)
Option: -40ºC to +200ºC
Approvals ATEX DNV-2001-OSL-ATEX-0176 and GOST
Standards EN50014, IEC/EN 60079-0
EN50019, IEC/EN 60079-7
Ex-Code Ex e II T5 (alt. T6/T4)
Ex [ia] IIC T6
II 2 G
Cover gasket Neoprene (temp. -40ºC to +100ºC)
Silicone (temp. -40ºC to +200ºC)
Surface treatment Acidized Pickling as standard
Electropolished as an option
Material thickness Min. 1,5 mm (depending on the box size)
Earthing Internal earth bar/bracket
External earth bracket
Drain Plug Optional

Terminal box: maximum heat dissipation - TNCN

number of terminals Range of stocked boxes
Maximum heat dissipation A B C Volume Weight
Type Width (cm) Height (cm) Depth (cm) (dm3) (kg)
Max. dissipated power at 121009** 12 10 9 1,08 1,5
Box stype
Tamb=40°C
151510** 15 15 10 2,25 2,5
1210XX 6W 202010 20 20 10 4,00 3,00
1515XX 15 W 202015 20 20 15 6,00 3,5
2828XX 30 W 204015 20 40 15 12,00 5,4
282815 28 28 15 11,76 5,2
3020 XX 30 W
282827 28 28 27 21,17 7,0
3845XX 50 W 302015 30 20 15 9,00 5,0
3857XX 65 W 383815 38 38 15 21,66 8,1
5757XX 90 W 383827 38 38 27 38,99 10,3
5776XX 120 W 384515 38 45 15 25,65 8,9
385715 38 57 15 32,49 10,7
The maximum dissipated power level 575715 57 57 15 48,74 16,4
for terminal box sizes not listed in the 575730 57 57 30 97,47 21,4
above table is equal to the nearest smaller 577620 57 76 20 86,64 21,7
size box.
769520 76 95 20 144,4 32,9

TNCN Measurement Table – range of stocked boxes.

Other sizes are available upon request. The boxes are delivered as standard with
left hinged covers held to the enclosure by screws.
Quick locks, screws only, or other systems can be delivered upon request.
** No hinges – screws only

27
Terminal Boxes

TNCN

A or B
Width/ C
Height Depth
(cm) (cm) M20 M25
10 6 4

15 15 12 8
20 14 9 Entry Matrix
27 24 17 This table lists our recommendations for the maximum
quantity of glands for installation in 1 face (the width
10 9 6 column in the table) on TNCN Junction Boxes.
15 18 13
20 Note: Recommended quantity.
20 22 15
MCT-frames can be ¿tted in boxes
27 36 25 with a minimum depth of 20 cm.
10 14 9
15 27 18
30
20 36 22
27 57 36
10 18 11
15 36 25
38
20 48 30
27 72 50
10 20 12
15 38 25
40
20 42 30
27 72 50
10 21 14

45 15 42 32
20 50 33
27 84 60
10 27 20

57 15 54 38
20 63 42
30 108 74
10 38 26

76 15 75 45
20 100 70
27 144 105

Dimensions

28
Terminal Boxes

AQ/AL and AR/AL

AQ…-AL/AR…-AL Series Enclosures are highly recommended for chemi-

cal agent environments, or those with a high level of exposure to H2O,
H2SO4, sea-water corrosion, low and high temperatures, and other heavy
duty environments. The body and cover is made of Copper free Alumini-
um and have a thickness of 8 mm.

Specifications

Material Copper free Aluminium (Cu <0,1%)

IP Rating IP66
Temperature -50°C to +60°C
Certification EC-Type Examination Certi¿cate
& Approvals INERIS 01ATEX0005X
GOST Certi¿cate ɊɈɋɋ IT.ȽȻ04.ȼ00496
Standards EN 60079-0 / 60079-7 / 60079-11 /
61241-0 / 61241-1 / 61241-11
IEC 60079-0 / 60079-7 / 60079-11 /
61241-0 / 61241-1 / 61241-11
Ex-code II 2 GD
Ex e II T6/T5
Ex ia IIC T6/T5
Ex e ia IIC T6/T5
Ex tD A21 IP66 T85°C/T100°C
According to European Directive
94/9/EC (ATEX)
For Zone 1 / Zone 2, Zone 21 / Zone 22
Lid/Door gasket Neoprene
Surface treatment Painted Polyurethane ¿nish (standard) RAL 6003 colours
External polyurethane customized painting
Material thickness Body and cover thickness 8 mm, or more
Earthing Internal and external earth stud made in AISI 304 suitable for earth wire up to 35 sqmm
Drain plug Drain and breather devices type ECR-1, ECR-2, ECR-11 (Optional)
Standard Identi¿cation nameplate is realized in high resistance self-adhesive polyester with thermal transfer
identification inscriptions
Quantity for entries Maximum quantity of entries per side A/B: see table
Quantity for Bearing in mind the in¿nite variety of combinations available:
terminals • quantity of terminals
• relevant cross section
• class of temperature
• ambient temperature
...we suggest using our software CALCUBOX to set up the compatible terminals strips. A free copy of
CALCUBOX is usually supplied with the CD version of the Product Catalog and is also available as a
download from our website.
Accessories Identi¿cation label resin/trafolite made with ¿xing screws
on request Identi¿cation label stainless steel AISI 304 made with ¿xing screws
Inside anti-condensation painting
Hinged Cover Stainless steel AISI 304 made. Hinges ¿xed by bolts
Threaded holes suitable for cable glands, plugs and conduit ¿tting, either with metric pitch 1.5, ANSI
B1.20.1 NPT, UNI 6125

29
Terminal Boxes

AQ/AL and AR/AL

Entries surface available

Entries surface available
Box Type Code
Short side A Length side B
AQ-8A HTH AL A.4200.04 138 x 270 138 x 270
AR-8 HTH AL A.4200.05 90 x 260 90 x 417
AR-8A HTH AL A.4200.06 90 x 417 90 x 417
AR-8A S AL A.4200.07 90 x 260 90 x 590
AR-8A L AL A.4200.08 160 x 490 160 x 750

Maximum number of entries

½” M20 ¾” M25 1” M32 1 ¼” M40 1 ½” M50 2” M63 2 ½” M75 3” M80
Box Type A B A B A B A B A B A B A B A B
AQ-8A HTH AL 31** 31** 18* 18* 16* 16* 7 7 5 5 4 4 4 4 3 3
AR-8 HTH AL 36** 24** 20* 14* 18* 12* 7 5 6 4 5 3 4 3 4 2
AR-8A HTH AL 36** 36** 20* 20* 18* 18* 7 7 6 6 5 5 4 4 4 4
AR-8A S AL 50** 34** 28* 20* 25* 17* 10 7 8 6 7 4 6 4 6 3
AR-8A L AL 76*** 48*** 48*** 30*** 39*** 24*** 22* 14* 20* 12* 8 5 7 4 6 4

(*) Located on two rows

(**) Located on three rows
(***) Located on four rows

Range: Enclosures with High thickness wall (Hth)

Fixing
External Dimensions Internal Dimensions Dimensions Mounting Plate Wall
A B C D E F G H Dimension Weight thickness Weight
Box Type Code (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) Kg (mm) Kg
AQ-8A HTH AL A.4200.04 332 332 178 302 302 155 315 310 294x294 1.25 12 8,00
AR-8 HTH AL A.4200.05 330 495 171 304 455 151 470 320 270x455 1,80 12 12,40
AR-8A HTH AL A.4200.06 495 495 171 461 461 151 470 470 432x432 3,00 12 17,30
AR-8A S AL A.4200.07 330 660 177 302 622 150 635 305 270x622 2,70 12 16,70
AR-8A L AL A.4200.08 580 840 205 540 800 178 810 560 500x760 10 12 36,00

Dimensions

30
Terminal Boxes

TNUP

The TNUP range of boxes is suitable for Petrochemical, Marine and

other applications where an explosive atmosphere may be present.

Specifications

Material Glass ¿bre reinforced polyester (GRP)

IP Rating IP66 according to IEC 529
Temperature -20ºC to +40ºC (T6)
Approvals DNV-2003-OSL-ATEX-0207X
Standards EN50014, IEC/EN 60079-0
EN50019, IEC/EN 60079-7
EN50020, IEC/EN 60079-11
IEC 60529
Ex-Code Ex e II T6
Ex e[ia] IIC T6
II 2 G
Earthing PE bar and/or earth terminals
Earth continuity plate/ earth tag upon request
Drain Plug Upon request
Glands Plastic or metal, quantities according to table
Terminals According to table

TNUP – Range of stocked boxes Entry Table

Side A/B A/B A/B A/B
A B C
Width Height Depth Weight Depth Width M20 M25 M32 M40
Type (mm) (mm) (mm) (kg) GA-Dwg. 12 4 3 2 1
121209 123 120 91 1,1 TNU-35-6 09 16 6 4 2 2
161609 160 160 92 1,5 TNU-36-6 36 18 11 7 5
252512 255 250 120 2,9 TNU-37-6
25 17 11 7 4
361609 360 160 92 2,5 TNU-39-6 12
40 27 17 13 6
402512 400 250 120 4,3 TNU-49-6
16 40 40 27 20 16
404117 400 405 165 6,1 TNU-40-6

The boxes are delivered with screws in lid as standard

Dimensions

31
32
Control Equipment - Components

Pushbutton
HarmAtex pushbutton, Ex ed, Metal and Platstic 34
Emergency Mushroom
HarmAtex Emergency Mushroom, Ex ed, Metal and Plastic 36
Selector Switch
HarmAtex Selector Switch, Ex ed, Metal and Plastic 37
Illuminated Unit
HarmAtex Illuminated Unit, Ex ed, Metal and Plastic 39
Pilot Light
HarmAtex Pilot Light, Ex ed, Metal and Plastic 41
Contactblock
HarmAtex Contactblock, Ex ed, Metal and Plastic 42
Pushbuttons
Ex d Components 43
Rotary Selector Switches
Ex d Components 44
Pilot Lamps
Ex d Components 45
Contacts
Ex d Components 45

33
Control Equipment - Components

Pushbutton

The HarmAtex pushbutton range features large Àush, projecting or

mushroom type heads - and a choice of push-push or spring-return
actuation mode. The metal and plastic heads allow numerous com-
binations for the control panel.
The product range consists of pushbuttons, mushroom heads,
selector switches, key switches, illuminated selector switches, pilot
lights, accessories. To meet the high standards and demands of our
customers, the HarmAtex range is constantly being updated and
improved, and offers Àexible design solutions, such as up to 6 con-
tacts blocks (up to 3 elements next to each other in max 2 layers),
and up to 4 elements at illuminatied switches.

Specifications

Material Metal and Plastic

IP Rating IP66 according to IEC 60529
Temperature -20°C to +80°C
Approvals INERIS02ATEX9007U
Standards Cenelec EN50014, EN50018,
EN50019, 50028, EN50281-1-1
Ex-Code Ex ed IIC 2 GD
Mounting Panel cut-out Ø 22,5mm
Mounting centres 30x40mm (WxH)
Depth below head 58mm (one contact layer)
Connection Screw clamp terminals

Ø22 pushbutton Lid mounting Base mounting

Rated
Operational Characteristics Reference Reference Reference
Type Colour Contact w/metal bezel w/plastic bezel w/plastic bezel
AC15; A 600 Pushbutton,  White NO XBW4BA11
Ue=400 V Ie=1,8 A or Flush
Ue=240 V Ie=3 A or z Black NO XBW4BA21
Ue=120 V Ie=6 A
z Green NO XBW4BA31
DC13; Q600 z Red NC XBW4BA42
Ue=400 V Ie=0,15 A or z Yellow NO XBW4BA51
Ue=250 V Ie=0,27 A or z Blue NO XBW4BA61
Ue=125 V Ie=0,55 A Pushbutton,  White NO XBW4BL11
Projecting z Black NO XBW4BL21
ADD:
Head Mechanical durability z Green NO XBW4BL31
(millions of operating cycles): 5 z Red NC XBW4BL42
Contact Mechanical durability z Yellow NO XBW4BL51
(millions of operating cycles): 1 z Blue NO XBW4BL61

34
Control Equipment - Components

Pushbutton

Ø22 pushbutton Lid mounting Base mounting

Reference Reference Reference
Type Colour Contact w/metal bezel w/plastic bezel w/plastic bezel
Pushbutton,  White NO XBW4BH011
“push-push” to release, Flush z Black NO XBW4BH021
z Green NO XBW4BH031
z Red NC XBW4BH042
z Yellow NO XBW4BH051
z Blue NO XBW4BH061
Pushbutton,  White NO XBW4BH11
Rated
“push-push” to release, z Black NO XBW4BH21
Operational Characteristics Projecting z Green NO XBW4BH31
z Red NC XBW4BH42
AC15; A 600
z Yellow NO XBW4BH51
Ue=400 V Ie=1,8 A or
Ue=240 V Ie=3 A or z Blue NO XBW4BH61
Ue=120 V Ie=6 A Pushbutton,  White NO XBW4BP11S XBW5AP11S XBW5AP11SP
with coloured silicone boot,
DC13; Q600 Flush z Black NO XBW4BP21S XBW5AP21S XBW5AP21SP
Ue=400 V Ie=0,15 A or z Green NO XBW4BP31S XBW5AP31S XBW5AP31SP
Ue=250 V Ie=0,27 A or z Red NC XBW4BP42S XBW5AP42S XBW5AP42SP
Ue=125 V Ie=0,55 A z Yellow NO XBW4BP51S XBW5AP51S XBW5AP51SP
Head Mechanical durability
(millions of operating cycles): 5
Contact Mechanical durability z Blue NO XBW4BP61S XBW5AP61S XBW5AP61SP
(millions of operating cycles): 1

Mushroom Pushbutton
Pushbutton Ø40mm  White NO XBW4BC11 XBW5AC11 XBW5AC11P
mushroom head, z Black NO XBW4BC21 XBW5AC21 XBW5AC21P
Spring return
z Green NO XBW4BC31 XBW5AC31 XBW5AC31P
z Red NC XBW4BC42 XBW5AC42 XBW5AC42P
z Yellow NO XBW4BC51 XBW5AC51 XBW5AC51P
z Blue NO XBW4BC61 XBW5AC61 XBW5AC61P

Dimensions (mm)

35
Control Equipment - Components

Emergency Mushroom

The HarmAtex emergency mushroom is available with or without a key

as unlocking system. Standard equipment features a normally close con-
tact, with the option of additional contacts to increase contacts ef¿ciency.
The HarmAtex range consists of pushbuttons, mushroom heads, selector
switches, key switches, illuminated selector switches, pilot lights, comple-
mentary parts and spare parts. To meet the high standards and demands
of our customers, the HarmAtex range is constantly being updated and
improved, and offers Àexible design solutions such as up to 6 contacts/
switches (with a maximum of 2 on top of one another) and up to 4 con-
tacts/illuminated switches.

Specifications

Material Metal and Plastic

IP Rating IP66 according to IEC 60529
Temperature –20°C to +80°C
Approvals INERIS02ATEX9007U
Standards Cenelec EN50014, EN50018, EN50019, EN50281-1-1
Ex-Code Ex ed IIC 2 GD
Mounting Panel cut-out Ø 22,5mm (recommended 22,4)
Mounting centres 30x40mm (WxH)
Depth below head 58mm (one contact layer)
Connection Screw clamp terminals

Emergency stop mushroom pushbutton Lid mounting Base mounting

Rated
Reference Reference Reference
Operational Characteristics
Type Colour Contact w/metal bezel w/plastic bezel w/plastic bezel
AC15; A 600 Ø40mm latching mushroom z Red NC XBW4BT42 XBW5AT42 XBW5AT42P
Ue=400 V Ie=1,8 A or head pushbutton, XBW4BT842 XBW5AT842 XBW5AT842P
“push-pull” w/trigger action w/trigger action w/trigger action
Ue=240 V Ie=3 A or
z Black NO XBW4BT21
Ue=120 V Ie=6 A
Ø40mm latching mushroom z Red NC XBW4BS142 XBW5AS142 (1) XBW5AS142P
DC13; Q600 head pushbutton, key 455 z Black NO XBW4BS121
Ue=400 V Ie=0,15 A or Ø40mm latching mushroom z Red NC XBW4BS542 XBW5AS542 (1) XBW5AS542P
Ue=250 V Ie=0,27 A or head pushbutton, z Black NO XBW4BS521
turn to release
Ue=125 V Ie=0,55 A

Head Mechanical durability

(millions of operating cycles): 5
Contact Mechanical durability
(millions of operating cycles): 1

(1) Provided with metallic screw

Dimensions (mm)

36
Control Equipment - Components

Selector Switch

The HarmAtex range of selector switches feature a large range of head

designs, with the option for 2 or 3 positions, and the choice of a stay-put
or spring-return acutation mode. Metal and Plastic heads allow for a vari-
ety of control panel combinations. All our selector switches are available
without key, with standard key no. 455 or with other keys upon request.
The current range consists of pushbuttons, mushroom heads, selector
switches, key switches, illuminated selector switches, pilot lights, comple-
mentary parts and spare parts. The range are improved and reinforced of
previous versions. Flexible product range Up to 6 contacts/switch (max. 2
on the top of each other). Up to 4 contacts/illuminated switch.

Specifications

Material Metal and Plastic

IP Rating IP66 according to IEC 60529
Temperature –20°C to +80°C
Approvals INERIS02ATEX9007U
Standards Cenelec EN50014, EN50018, EN50019, EN50281-1-1
Ex-Code Ex ed IIC 2 GD
Mounting Panel cut-out Ø 22,5mm (recommended 22,4)
Mounting centres 30x40mm (WxH)
Depth below head 58mm (one contact layer)
Connection Screw clamp terminals
Key Key n°455 as standard, other upon request

Dimensions (mm)

37
Control Equipment - Components

Selector Switch

Selector switches and key switches Lid mounting Base mounting

Reference Reference Reference
Contact w/metal w/plastic w/plastic bezel
Type Number and type bezel bezel
Selector 2 stay put NO XBW4BD21 XBW5AD21 XBW5AD21P
Rated
switches 2 spring return NO XBW4BD41 XBW5AD41 XBW5AD41P
Operational
with
Characte-ristics 3 stay put • NO + NO XBW4BD33 XBW5AD33 XBW5AD33P
standard
handle, 3 spring return to center • NO + NO XBW4BD53 XBW5AD53 XBW5AD53P
black 3 spring return from left to center • NO + NO XBW4BD73 XBW5AD73 XBW5AD73P
AC15; A 600
3 spring return from right to center • NO + NO XBW4BD83 XBW5AD83 XBW5AD83P
Ue=600 V Ie=1,8 A
Selector 2 stay put NO XBW4BD291 XBW5AD291 XBW5AD291P
Ue=240 V Ie=3 A switches 2 spring return NO XBW4BD491 XBW5AD491 XBW5AD491P
with wheel
Ue=120 V Ie=6 A 3 stay put • NO + NO XBW4BD393 XBW5AD393 XBW5AD393P
handle,
black 3 spring return to center • NO + NO XBW4BD593 XBW5AD593 XBW5AD593P
3 spring return from left to center • NO + NO XBW4BD793 XBW5AD793 XBW5AD793P
DC13; Q600
3 spring return from right to center • NO + NO XBW4BD893 XBW5AD893 XBW5AD893P
Ue=400 V Ie=0,15 A Selector 2 stay put NO XBW4BJ21 XBW5AJ21 XBW5AJ21P
Ue=250 V Ie=0,27 A switches 2 spring return NO XBW4BJ41 XBW5AJ41 XBW5AJ41P
with long
3 stay put • NO + NO XBW4BJ33 XBW5AJ33 XBW5AJ33P
Ue=125 V Ie= 0,55 A handle,
black 3 spring return to center • NO + NO XBW4BJ53 XBW5AJ53 XBW5AJ53P
3 spring return from left to center • NO + NO XBW4BJ73 XBW5AJ73 XBW5AJ73P
3 spring return from right to center • NO + NO XBW4BJ83 XBW5AJ83 XBW5AJ83P
Selector 2 stay put key withdrawal in left position NO XBW4BG21 XBW5AG21 XBW5AG21P
switches 2 stay put key withdrawal in both position NO XBW4BG41 XBW5AG41 XBW5AG41P
with key
2 spring return from right to left NO XBW4BG61 XBW5AG61 XBW5AG61P
455, black
3 stay put, key withdrawal in 3 positions • NO + NO XBW4BG03 XBW5AG03 XBW5AG03P
3 stay put, key withdrawal in center position • NO + NO XBW4BG33 XBW5AG33 XBW5AG33P
3 stay put, key withdrawal in left or right position • NO + NO XBW4BG53 XBW5AG53 XBW5AG53P
3 stay put, key withdrawal in left position • NO + NO XBW4BG93 XBW5AG93 XBW5AG93P
3 stay put, key withdrawal in right position • NO + NO XBW4BG093 XBW5AG093 XBW5AG093P
3 spring return from left to center • NO + NO XBW4BG13 XBW5AG13 XBW5AG13P
3 spring return to center • NO + NO XBW4BG73 XBW5AG73 XBW5AG73P
3 spring return from right to center, key • NO + NO XBW4BG83 XBW5AG83 XBW5AG83P
withdrawal in center position
3 spring return from right to center, key • NO + NO XBW4BG083 XBW5AG083 XBW5AG083P
withdrawal in left position
Toggle 2 stay put NO XBW4BD281 XBW5AD281 XBW5AD281P
witches, 2 spring return NO XBW4BD481 XBW5AD481 XBW5AD481P
black lever

• This selector switch can have an extra N/C contact block on the central position.
The central N/C contact block is acting on left and right position.
Contact us for further information.

38
Control Equipment - Components

Illuminated Unit

The HarmAtex range of illuminated unit switch is composed of pushbutton

and selector switches, with a large type of head. Metal and plastic head
allow various combinations for control panel.
HarmAtex range consists of pushbuttons, mushroom heads, selector
switches, key switches, illuminated selector switches, pilot lights, comple-
mentary parts and spare parts. To meet the high standards and demands
of our customers, the HarmAtex range is constantly being updated and
improved, and offers Àexible design solutions such as up to 6 contacts/
switches (with a maximum of 2 on top of one another) and up to 4 con-
tacts/ illuminated switches.

Specifications

Material Metal and Plastic

IP Rating IP66 according to IEC 60529
Temperature –20°C to +65°C
Approvals INERIS04ATEX9003U, INERIS 02ATEX9007U
Standards Cenelec EN50014, EN50019, 50028, EN50281-1-1
Ex-Code Ex ed IIC / Ex em II 2 GD
Mounting Panel cut-out Ø 22,5mm (recommended 22,4)
Mounting centres 30x40mm (WxH)
Depth below head 58mm (one contact layer)
Connection Screw clamp terminals

Illuminated Pushbutton Lid mounting

Rated Operational Characteristics
Reference
AC15; A 600 Type Colour Contact w/metal bezel
Ue = 400 V Ie = 1,8 A
Ue = 240 V Ie = 3 A  White NO XLW4BW3131
Ue = 120 V Ie = 6 A

DC13; Q600
z Green NO XLW4BW3331
Ue = 400 V Ie = 0,15 A
Ue = 250 V Ie = 0,27 A
Ue = 125 V Ie = 0,55 A
Illuminated Pushbutton, z Red NC XLW4BW3432
Flush
Integral LED – 24V to 415V AC/DC

Mechanical durability z Yellow NO XLW4BW3531

(millions of operating cycles): 1

Service life (LED):

z Blue NO XLW4BW3631
100,000 hours at ambient temperature

39
Control Equipment - Components

Illuminated Unit

Illuminated selector switch Lead mounting Illuminated selector switch Lead mounting

Reference Reference
Type Colour Contact w/metal bezel Type Colour Contact w/metal bezel
Illuminated Selector,  White NO XLW4BK12131 Illuminated Selector,  White NO+NO XLW4BK17133
2 positions, stay put 3 positions, spring z Green NO+NO XLW4BK17333
z Green NO XLW4BK12331
return left to centre
z Red NC XLW4BK12432 z Red NO+NO XLW4BK17433
z Yellow NO XLW4BK12531 z Yellow NO+NO XLW4BK17533
z Blue NO XLW4BK12631 z Blue NO+NO XLW4BK17633
Illuminated Selector,  White NO XLW4BK14131 Illuminated Selector,  White NO+NO XLW4BK18133
2 positions, spring 3 positions, spring z Green NO+NO XLW4BK18333
z Green NO XLW4BK14331
return return right to centre
z Red NC XLW4BK14432 z Red NO+NO XLW4BK18433
z Yellow NO XLW4BK14531 z Yellow NO+NO XLW4BK18533
z Blue z Blue NO+NO XLW4BK18633
Illuminated Selector,  White NO+NO XLW4BK13133
3 positions, stay put z Green NO+NO XLW4BK13333
z Red NO+NO XLW4BK13433
z Yellow NO+NO XLW4BK13533
z Blue NO+NO XLW4BK13633
Illuminated Selector,  White NO+NO XLW4BK15133
3 positions, spring z Green NO+NO
return to centre
z Red NO+NO XLW4BK15433
z Yellow NO+NO XLW4BK15533
z Blue NO+NO

Dimensions (mm)

40
Control Equipment - Components

Pilot Light

The Harmatex range of pilot lights is available in 5 colors. The capabilities

of this product are greatly appreciated by our customers in order to signal
actions on their control panels, and by electrical service professionals on
their signal units.
Harmatex range consists of pushbuttons, mushroom heads, selector
switches, key switches, illuminated selector switches, pilot lights, comple-
mentary parts and spare parts. To meet the high standards and demands
of our customers, the Harmatex range is constantly being updated and
improved, and offers À exible design solutions such as up to 6 contacts/
switches (with a maximum of 2 on top of one another) and up to 4 con-
tacts/illuminated switches.

Specifications

Material Metal and Plastic

IP Rating IP66 according to IEC 60529
Temperature –20°C to +65°C
Approvals INERIS04ATEX9003U
Standards Cenelec EN50014, EN50019, 50028, EN50281-1-1
Ex-Code Ex em II 2 GD
Mounting Panel cut-out Ø 22,5mm (recommended 22,4)
Mounting centres 30x40mm (WxH)
Depth below head 58mm (one contact layer)
Connection Screw clamp terminals

Pilot lights, spare parts and complementary parts

Complet Pilot light with integral LED
24V to 415V AC/DC Lid mounting
Reference Reference
Mechanical durability Type Colour w/metal bezel w/plastic bezel
(millions of operating cycles): 5
 White XLW4BV013 XLW5AV013
Service life (LED): z Green XLW4BV033 XLW5AV033
100,000 hours Integral LED multivoltage, multi current z Red XLW4BV043 XLW5AV043
at ambient temperature
z Yellow XLW4BV053 XLW5AV053
z Blue XLW4BV063 XLW5AV063
Pilot light with integral LED 24V to 415V AC/DC for coloured head
Type Colour Reference
 White ZBWV1
z Green ZBWV3
Integral LED – 24V to 415V AC/DC
Pilot light for coloured head z Red ZBWV1
z Yellow ZBWV1
z Blue ZBWV1

41
Control Equipment - Components

Contact block

The HarmAtex contactblock normally open or normally closed allows

for a variety of possible combinations with our command units.
HarmAtex range consists of pushbuttons, mushroom heads, selec-
tor switches, key switches, illuminated selector switches, pilot lights,
complementary parts and spare parts. To meet the high standards and
demands of our customers, the HarmAtex range is constantly being
updated and improved, and offers Àexible design solutions such as up
to 6 contacts/switches (with a maximum of 2 on top of one another)
and up to 4 contacts/illuminated switches.

Specifications

Material Metal and Plastic

IP Rating IP66 according to IEC 60529
Temperature –20°C to +80°C
Approvals INERIS02ATEX9007U
Standards Cenelec EN50014, EN50019, 50028, EN50281-1-1
Ex-Code Ex ed IIC / II 2 GD
Mounting Panel cut-out Ø 22,5mm (recommended 22,4)
Mounting centres 30x40mm (WxH)
Depth below head 58mm (one contact layer)
Connection Screw clamp terminals

Contactblocks, spare parts and complementary parts

Rated Operational Contact Block
Characteristics Reference Reference
AC15; A 600 Type Contact w/metal bezel w/plastic bezel
Ue= 400 V Ie= 1,8 A NO contact block for lead mounting NO ZBWE101
Ue= 240 V Ie= 3 A NC contact block for lead mounting NC ZBWE102
Ue= 120 V Ie= 6 A
NO contact block for base plate mounting NO ZBWE1111
DC13; Q600 NC contact block for base plate mounting NC ZBWE1121
Ue= 400 V Ie= 0,15 A
Ue= 250 V Ie= 0,27 A NO contact block with bracket NO ZBWZ101 ZBWZ1010
Ue= 125 V Ie= 0,55 A NC contact block with bracket NC ZBWZ102 ZBWZ1020

42
Control Equipment – Components

Components for certified Ex d enclosures

Pushbutton PLA
Pushbutton Operators - Modular Barrel M32.

Code Type Colour Description Weight (kg)

276.11 PLA 10 Black Start pushbutton operator 0,150
276.12 PLA 20 Red Stop pushbutton operator 0,150
276.13 PLA 30 Green 0,150

Pushbutton PLB
Pushbutton Lockable Operators - Modular Barrel M32.

Code Type Colour Description Weight (kg)

276.14 PLB 10 Black 0,180
276.15 PLB 20 Red 0,180
276.16 PLB 30 Green 0,180

Pushbutton PLF
Key Pushbutton Operator - Modular Barrel M32.

Code Type Colour Description Weight (kg)

279.11 PLF 10-01/12 Black 0,200

Pushbutton PLC-I
Mushroom-Head Momentary Pushbutton Operator -
Modular Barrel M32.

Code Type Colour Description Weight (kg)

276.17 PLC-I Red 0,150

Pushbutton PLC-S
Mushroom-Head Mantained Pushbutton Operator -
Modular Barrel M32.

Code Type Colour Description Weight (kg)

276.18 PLC-S Red 0,150

Pushbutton PLC-S Lockable

Lockable Safety Guard for PLC-S: Mushroom-Head Maintained
Pushbutton Operator - Modular Barrel M32.

Type Colour Description Weight (kg)

PLC-S Red 0,210
Lockable

Note: Valid for all M32 Barrels.

To be used with our certified Ex d enclosures only.
43
Control Equipment – Components

Components for certified Ex d enclosures

Pilot Lamps and Relative Tubolar Lamps

Pilot Lamps Operator – Modular Barrel M32

Code Type Colour Description Weight

(kg)
277.11 PLD 10 White 0,130
277.12 PLD 20 Red 0,130
277.13 PLD 30 Green 0,130
277.14 PLD 40 Yellow 0,130
PLD 50 Blue 0,130

Tubular Lamps for Pilot Lamp PLD…

Type with lamp holder BA9S: 10x28
Code Type Description
H001072 L BA 110/130V
H001073 L BA 220/260V Incandescent Lamps
with sockets
H001070 L BA 24/30V BA9S – 3 W*
H001071 L BA 48V
* Enclosures equipped with pilot light + incandescent lamps
will have the Temperature Class = T4

LED for Pilot Lamp PLD…

Type with lamp holder BA9S: 10x28
Code Type Colour Voltage
H001312 LED BA9S 110V-B White 110V
H001311 LED BA9S 110V-G Yellow 110V
H001309 LED BA9S 110V-R Red 110V
H001310 LED BA9S 110V-V Green 110V
H001304 LED BA9S 12V-B- White 12V
H001303 LED BA9S 12V-G Yellow 12V
H001301 LED BA9S 12V-R Red 12V
H001302 LED BA9S 12V-V Green 12V
H001316 LED BA9S 220-B White 220V
H001315 LED BA9S 220-G Yellow 220V
H001313 LED BA9S 220-R Red 220V
H001314 LED BA9S 220-V Green 220V

H001308 LED BA9S 24V-B White 24V

H001307 LED BA9S 24V-G Yellow 24V
H001305 LED BA9S 24V-R Red 24V
H001306 LED BA9S 24V-V Green 24V

Enclosures equipped with pilot light + LED lamps

will have the Temperature Class = T5/T6

Note: Valid for all M32 Barrels.

To be used with our certified Ex d enclosures only.

44
Control Equipment – Components

Components for certified Ex d enclosures

Selector Switches (nominal current AC1-600V)

– Modular Barrel M32
Code Type Poles Rating A Weight (kg)
542.51 PSRC 120 1 20 0,130
542.52 PSRC 220 2 20 0,160
542.53 PSRC 320 3 20 0,200
542.54 PSRC 420 4 20 0,200
543.51 PSRC 132 1 32 0,200
543.52 PSRC 232 2 32 0,200
543.53 PSRC 332 3 32 0,250
543.54 PSRC 432 4 32 0,250

PSRC – C
Step Switches (nominal current AC1-600V)
– Modular Barrel M32
Code Type Poles Rating A Weight (kg)
545.51 PSRC-C-120 1 20 0,130
545.52 PSRC-C-220 2 20 0,200
545.53 PSRC-C-320 3 20 0,250

PSRC – D
Change Over Switches (nominal current AC1-600V)
– Modular Barrel M32
Code Type Poles Rating A Weight (kg)
544.51 PSRC-D-120 1 20 0,130
544.52 PSRC-D-220 2 20 0,200
544.53 PSRC-D-320 3 20 0,250

Maximum 4 contact blocks for each operators

Code Type Description Weight (kg)
280.1 ELC - NO NO FOR Pushbutton 0,006
operator
280.2 ELC - NC NC FOR Pushbutton 0,006
operator
ELC – NC/NO NC+NO Contact block
combintation
ELC – NO/NC NO+NC Contact block
combination

Note: Valid for all M32 Barrels.

To be used with our certified Ex d enclosures only.
45
46
Control Stations

XAWG-XAWF- XAWFS
Complete Control Station, Ex e/ed/em/emd, GRP/Zinc Alloy/AISI 316 48
XAWE
Enclosure, Ex e/em/ed/emd, Plastic 52
XAWG-XAWF-XAWFS
Enclosure for Control Station, Ex e/ed/em/emd, GRP/Zinc Alloy/AISI 316 54
XAWP
Pendant Control Station, Ex ed/emd, Metal, Rubber and GRP 56
EFE Series
Push Button Stations, Ex e/em/de/dem, GRP 60
TNCC
Control Box/Station, Ex e/i, AISI 316 62
TNUC
Control Box/Station, Ex e/i, GRP 63
XADW/XAEW
Complete Control Station, Ex d, Aluminium 64
CP.../EFDCN Series
Enclosure for Push Button Stations, Ex d, Copper free Aluminium 68
CP.../EFSRC Series
Switches, Selector Switches, Push Button Stations, Ex d, Copper free Aluminium 72
EFQL Series
Miniature Circuit Breakers Enclosures, Ex d 74
EPKMZ Series
Motor-Protective Circuit Breakers Enclosures, Ex d 75
AC1WD/DE8BA
Motor Starter, Ex d, Aluminium 76

47
Control Stations

XAWG/XAWF/XAWFS

Technor ATEX Ex e empty enclosures are used with the HARMA-

TEX range of pushbuttons and light units. The combination enables
our customers to customize each control station. The enclosures
can be delivered with 1 to 52 control units in lid. Small enclosures
are standard ¿tted with 1 M20 entry.

Specifications

Material GRP, zinc alloy, stainless steel

IP Rating IP65 – IP66
Temperature –20°C to +40°C (+50°C, +60°C)
Approvals INERIS 03ATEX0122
Standards Cenelec EN50014, EN50018, EN50019, N50028,
EN500281-1-1
Ex-Code Ex e II or em II or ed IIC or emd IIC T6 to T4
IP65 or IP66 T85°C to T135°C
ATEX II 2 GD or 2 (1) GD

Dimensions

D
W
XAWG

H H

D
W D

XAWF XAWFS

48
Control Stations

XAWG/XAWF/XAWFS

Control stations enclosures Ex e

Empty insulated enclosures

External dimensions in mm Max. nbr. of Window for de- Enclosure reference Enclosure reference Weight
W H D Ø22,2 cutout vice Ø48mm with cutouts witout cutouts kg
85 146 70 1 - XAWG201 XAWG2C 0,540
2 - XAWG208 XAWG2C 0,540
- 1 XAWG208 XAWG2C 0,540
85 226 70 3 - XAWG303 XAWG3C 0,670
2 1 XAWG308 XAWG3C 0,670
85 281 70 4 - XAWG504 XAWG5C 0,930
5 - XAWG505 XAWG5C 0,930

Empty metal enclosures

External dimensions in mm Max. nbr. of Window for de- Enclosure reference Enclosure reference Weight
W H D Ø22,2 cutout vice Ø48mm with cutouts witout cutouts kg
80 80 77 1 XAWF101 XAWF1C 0,610
80 130 77 2 XAWF202 XAWF2C 0,820
- 1 XAWF208 XAWF2C 0,820
80 175 77 3 XAWF303 XAWF3C 1,150
2 1 XAWF308 XAWF3C 1,150
80 220 77 4 XAWF404 XAWF4C 1,400
80 310 77 6 XAWF606 XAWF6C 1,900

Empty stainless steel enclosures

External dimensions in mm Max. nbr. of Window for de- Enclosure reference Enclosure reference Weight
W H D Ø22,2 cutout vice Ø48mm with cutouts witout cutouts kg
90 90 77 1 - XAWFS101 XAWFS1C 1,000
90 130 77 2 - XAWFS202 XAWFS2C 1,200
- 1 XAWFS208 - 1,200
90 175 77 3 - XAWFS303 XAWFS3C 1,400
2 1 XAWFS308 - 1,400
90 220 77 4 - XAWFS404 XAWFS4C 1,600
3 1 XAWFS408 - 1,600
90 275 77 5 - XAWFS505 XAWFS5C 1,900
4 1 XAWFS508 - 1,900
90 310 77 6 - XAWFS606 XAWFS6C 2,100
5 1 XAWFS608 - 2,100

Cable glands (maximum possible per side)

SIDE A/C

M20 M25 M32 References

1 1 - XAWG2...
1 1 - XAWG3...
1 1 - XAWG5...
1 1 1 XAWF1-FS1...
1 1 1 XAWF2-FS2...
1 1 1 XAWF3-FS3...
1 1 1 XAWF4-FS4/5...
1 1 1 XAWF6-FS6...

49
Control Stations

XAWG/XAWF/XAWFS

Junction box enclosures Ex e

Empty insulated enclosures

External dimensions in mm Max. nbr. of terminal Max terminal Enclosure reference Enclosure reference Weight
W H D blocks to be ¿tted capacity in with cutouts witout cutouts kg
mm2
85 146 70 10 0 to 4 XAWG9204 XAWG92C 0,450
6 10 XAWG9210 XAWG92C 0,450
85 226 70 15 0 to 4 XAWG9304 XAWG93C 0,700
10 10 XAWG9310 XAWG93C 0,700
85 281 70 25 0 to 4 XAWG9504 XAWG95C 0,800
20 10 XAWG9510 XAWG95C 0,800

Empty metal enclosures

External dimensions in mm Max. nbr. of Ø22,2 Max terminal Enclosure reference Enclosure reference Weight
W H D cutout capacity in with cutouts witout cutouts kg
mm2
80 130 77 7 0 to 4 XAWF9204 XAWF92C 0,810
- 10 XAWF9210 XAWF92C 0,810
80 175 77 15 0 to 4 XAWF9304 XAWF93C 1,150
15 10 XAWF9310 XAWF93C 1,150
80 220 77 20 0 to 4 XAWF9404 XAWF94C 1,380
20 10 XAWF9410 XAWF94C 1,380
80 310 77 30 0 to 4 XAWF9604 XAWF96C 1,900
30 10 XAWF9610 XAWF96C 1,900

Empty stainless steel enclosures

External dimensions in mm Max. nbr. of Ø22,2 Max terminal Enclosure reference Enclosure reference Weight
W H D cutout capacity in with cutouts witout cutouts kg
mm2
90 130 77 7 0 to 4 XAWFS9204 XAWFS92C 1,200
- 10 XAWFS9210 - 1,200
90 175 77 15 0 to 4 XAWFS9304 XAWFS93C 1,400
15 10 XAWFS9310 - 1,400
90 220 77 20 0 to 4 XAWFS9404 XAWFS94C 1,600
20 10 XAWFS9410 - 1,600
90 275 77 25 0 to 4 XAWFS9504 XAWFS95C 1,900
25 10 XAWFS9510 - 1,900
90 310 77 30 0 to 4 XAWFS9504 XAWFS96C 2,100
30 10 XAWFS9510 - 2,100

Cable glands (maximum possible per side) Cable glands (maximum possible per side)
SIDE A/C SIDE B/D
M20 M25 M32 References
M20 M25 M32 References
2 2 - XAWG92...
1 1 - XAWG92...
4 4 - XAWG93...
1 1 - XAWG93...
5 5 - XAWG95...
1 1 - XAWG95...
2 1 1 XAWF92-FS92...
1 1 1 XAWF92-FS92...
2 3 2 XAWF93-FS93...
1 1 1 XAWF93-FS93...
5 4 3 XAWF94-FS94/5...
1 1 1 XAWF94-FS94/5...
6 5 4 XAWF96-FS96...
1 1 1 XAWF96-FS96...

50
Control Stations

XAWG/XAWF/XAWFS

Empty insulated enclosures

Dimensions in mm Number of control and signaling units Maximum permissible dissipation

Reference Length Width Height which can be mounted on the cover for the enclosure W
XAWG800 151 241 87 8 40
XAWG2526 255 250 120 15 60
XAWG2540 400 250 120 30 100
XAWG2560 600 250 120 45 170
XAWG4140 405 400 120 48 160

Metal enclosures
Dimensions in mm Number of control and signaling units Maximum permissible dissipation
Reference Length Width Height which can be mounted on the cover for the enclosure in W
XAWF2320 200 230 110 10 40
XAWF2333 330 230 110 15 85
XAWF2340 400 230 110 24 100
XAWF2360 600 230 110 34 170
XAWF3140 400 310 110 36 100
XAWF3160 600 310 110 52 170

De¿nition of a junction box enclosure or control station:

Calculation of the total dissipation:
1 terminal 0 to 4 mm2 = 1,2W
1 terminal 0 to 10 mm2 = 2W
1 terminal 6 to 16 mm2 = 3,5W
1 terminal 16 to 35 mm2 = 5W

1 N/O contact block = 0W

1 N/C contact block = 1W
1 led pilot light = 1,5W
1 ammeter = 1,5W

For enquiries regarding cable gland enclosures capacity, please contact our sales of¿ce.

51
Control Stations

XAWE

This new range of enclosures has been designed for optimized use with
our HARMATEX Pushbutton range. Advanced coupling abilities mean that
customers need only 1 unit to realize a speci¿c control system. Our stan-
dard range of pushbutton unit covers the most used types, but tailor made
units can be delivered upon request. All of our enclosures are standard
¿tted with polyamide cable gland and plug.

Specifications

Material Plastic
IP Rating IP65 –IP66
Temperature –20°C to +60°C
Standards Cenelec EN50014, EN50018, EN50019,
EN50028, EN500281-1-1
Ex-Code Ex e II or em II or ed IIC or emd IIC T6 to T4
IP65 or IP66 T85°C to T135°C
ATEX II 2 GD
Cable gland entry M20 or M25 cable gland

Dimensions (mm)

52
Control Stations

XAWE

Pushbutton Stations
Function Labels (pushbutton colour) and contact func- Insulated station with insulated unit
tion
1 pushbutton, spring return Start (green) 1 NO XAWE10
1 pushbutton, spring return Stop (red) 1 NC XAWE11
1 pushbutton, mushroom head Ø40 mm, spring return Stop (red) 1 NC XAWE16
1 pushbutton, mushroom head Ø40 mm, latching turn to Stop (red) 1 NC XAWE17
release
1 selector switch, 2 positions stay put Start/Stop 1 NO XAWE13
2 pushbuttons, spring return Start (green) 1 NO XAWE21
Stop (red) 1 NC
3 pushbuttons, spring return Forward (green) 1 NO XAWE31
Stop (red) 1 NC
Reverse (green) 1 NO
1 pilot light, 2 pushbuttons, spring return Red light unit 24-415V AC-DC XAWE34
Start (green) 1 NO
Stop (red) 1 NC

Measurement Station
Function Label (pushbutton colour) and contact function Insulated station with insulated unit
1 ammeter XAWE2812

Junction Box
Function Label (pushbutton colour) and contact function Insulated station with insulated unit
5 terminals 3P+T+N XAWE9104
Cable gland :
XAWE1… :
1 cable gland M20 for cable Ø 8 to 13 mm + 1 plug

XAWE2 and XAWE3… :

1 cable gland M20 for cable Ø 8 to 13 mm + 1 plug
1 cable gland M25 for cable Ø 13 to 16 mm + 1 plug

XAWE9… :
4 cable glands M20 for cable Ø 8 to 13 mm + 4 plugs

The ammeter is of the current transformer type, for use with a current transformer of 1 or 5 amp secondary (C.T. not supplied). Please state required
ammeter motor scale and C.T. secondary current when ordering. If more pilot lights and switches are required, several XAWE can be mounted to-
gether.
Please contact Technor for further information.

Empty Stations External dimensions in mm

Function Insulated station with insulated unit Cable gland number and type W H D
1 pushbutton XAWE101 1 cable gland M20 85 85 66
1 plug M20
2 pushbuttons XAWE302 1 cable gland + 1 plug M20 85 150 66
1 cable gland + 1 plug M25
3 pushbuttons XAWE303 1 cable gland + 1 plug M20 85 150 66
1 cable gland + 1 plug M25
All empty enclosures are ¿tted with certi¿ed polyamide cable gland and plug.
The cable gland is located on the smallest face.
See the HARMATEX section for further details of available pushbuttons or light units.
Cable gland capacity :
- cable gland M20 for unarmored cable Ø 8 to 13 mm
- cable gland M25 for unarmored cable Ø 13 to 19 mm

53
Control Stations

XAWG/XAWF/XAWFS

Our complete stations, made in GRP, Zinc alloy or Stainless Steel, are
primarily used as control systems. Composed by control units or an am-
meter, our boxes come standard-¿tted with plastic cable glands.

Specifications

Material GRP, zinc alloy or stainless steel

IP Rating IP65 – IP66
Temperature –20°C to +40°C (+50°C, +60°C)
Approvals INERIS 03ATEX0122
Standards Cenelec EN50014, EN50018, EN50019,
EN50028, EN500281-1-1
Ex-Code Ex e II or em II or ed IIC or emd IIC T6 to T4
IP65 or IP66 T85°C to T135°C
ATEX II 2 GD

Pushbutton Station
Insulated
Label (pushbutton station with Metal station Stainless steel
colour) and contact insulated with metal station with
Function function unit unit metal unit
1 pushbutton with spring return Start (green) 1 NO XAWG10 XAWF10 XAWFS10
1 pushbutton with spring return Stop (red) 1 NC XAWG11 XAWF11 XAWFS11
1 pushbutton, mushroom head Ø40 mm, with spring return Stop (red) 1 NC XAWG16 XAWF16 XAWFS16
1 pushbutton, mushroom head Ø40 mm, latching turn to release Stop (red) 1 NC XAWG17 XAWF17 XAWFS17
1 selector switch 2 positions stay put Start/Stop 1 NO XAWG13 XAWF13 XAWFS13
2 pushbuttons with spring return Start (green) 1 NO Stop XAWG21 XAWF21 XAWFS21
(red) 1 NC
3 pushbuttons with spring return Forward (green) 1 NO XAWG31 XAWF31 XAWFS31
Stop (red) 1 NC
Reverse (green) 1 NO
1 pilot light, 2 pushbuttons with spring return Red light unit 24-415V XAWG34 XAWF34 XAWFS34
AC-DC
Start (green) 1 NO
Stop (red) 1 NC
Measurement Station
Insulated
Labels (pushbutton station with Metal station Stainless steel
colour) and contact insulated with metal station with
Function function unit unit metal unit
1 ammeter XAWG2812 XAWF2812 XAWFS2812
1 ammeter, 1 selector switch, 2 positions stay put Start/Stop 1 NO XAWG3812 XAWF3812 XAWFS3812
1 ammeter, 2 pushbuttons, spring return Start (green) 1 NO XAWG382 XAWF482 XAWFS482
Stop (red) 1 NC

Cable gland: XAWG1... XAWG2... plastic cable gland for cable Ø 8 to 13 mm

XAWG3... plastic cable gland for cable Ø 13 to 19 mm
XAWF(S)1... XAWF(S)2... XAWF(S)3... brass cable gland for cable Ø 8,5 to 16 mm
XAWF(S)4... brass cable gland for cable Ø 12 to 20,5 mm
For control unit please see our Harmatex documentation
The ammeter is of the current transformer type, for use with a currrent transformer of 1 or 5 amp secondary (C.T. not supplied). Please state required
ammeter motor scale and C.T. secondary current when ordering.
Note: For the insulated station the contact blocks are mounted in the base. For the metal stations, they are mounted on the cover.

54
Control Stations

XAWG/XAWF/XAWFS

Dimensions (mm)

d : max 67 mm for operating head

Reference a b c G H
XAWF1... 80 80 77 50 65
XAWF2... 80 130 77 50 115
XAWF3... 80 175 77 50 160
XAWF4... 80 220 77 50 205

Reference a b c G
XAWFS1... 125 90 75 75
XAWFS2... 125 130 75 75
XAWFS3... 125 175 75 75
XAWFS4... 125 220 75 75

Reference a b c G H
XAWG1... 85 146 70 70 105
XAWG2... 85 146 70 70 105
XAWG3... 85 226 70 70 108

55
Control Stations

XAW-P

The XAWP range of pendant control stations is suitable for all kinds of
industry, especially those where an explosive atmosphere may be pres-
ent. This range is certi¿ed ATEX II 2 GD. Primarily used on cranes. Our
pendant control station is available with 2, 4, 6, 8 pushbuttons and offers
a variety of simple and complex design features including 12 or 16 push-
button models.

Specifications

Material Metal, Rubber and GRP

IP Rating IP65
Temperature 20°C to +60°C (without lighting functions)
-20°C to +50°C (with lighting functions)
Approvals INERIS 03ATEX0122
Standards Cenelec EN50014, EN50018,
EN50019, EN50028, EN500281-1-1
Ex-Code II 2 GD - Ex ed IIC / Ex emd IIC
Mounting Assembly of components only by TECHNOR
Cable entry capacity for Ø10 to Ø22 mm cable
Connection Screw clamp terminals
From 1 x 0,5 mm² cable
to 2 x 1,5 mm² cable
(with or without ferrule)
Availability Standard version available on catalogue
Special version available on request

Dimensions

56
Control Stations

XAW-P

Stations

Fitted with interchangeable booted operators and cable boot suitable for Ø10 to Ø22mm

Number of way Function Contact blocks mounted on each way Reference Weight Kg

1 N/O XAWP271 0,940

2

1 N/C + 1 N/O XAWP281 1,000

1 N/O XAWP471 1,290

4

1 N/C + 1 N/O XAWP481 1,400

1 N/O XAWP671 1,650

6

1 N/C + 1 N/O XAWP681 1,800

Fitted with interchangeable booted pushbutton, operators with start and emergency stop functions.
With labels in yellow blank and cable boot suitable for Ø10 to Ø22mm cable.
Number of way Function Contact blocks mounted on each way Reference Weight
Kg

1 N/O
XAWP472 1,320
For Direction and
Start Functions 1 N/C
4 For Stop Function
XAWP482 1,380
I 1 N/C + 1 N/O
O For All Functions

Fitted with interchange-

1 N/O XAWP672 1,650
able booted pushbutton, For Direction and 1 N/C
operators with start and Start Functions For Stop Function
6
emergency stop functions.
1 N/C + 1 N/O XAWP682 1,690
With labels in yellow blank I For All Functions
O
and cable boot suitable for
Ø10 to Ø22mm cable
1 N/O
For Direction and
1 N/C XAWP872 2,000
Start Functions
8 For Stop Function
1 N/C + 1 N/O
XAWP882 2,250
I For All Functions
O

57
Control Stations

XAW-P

Double step pushbutton stations

Fitted with “double” step mechanism on each pushbutton. Legend plate 30x40mm black or white
symbols on white or black background. Cable boot suitable for Ø10 to Ø22mm

Number of way Function Contact blocks Reference Weight Kg

13 33
2 XAWP2271 1,000

14 34

13 33

4 XAWP4271 1,400

14 34

13 33

6 XAWP6271 1,800

14 34

Double step pushbutton stations

Fitted with “double” step mechanism on each indicator. Illuminated or not start pushbutton label I, red Ø40
Mushroom head latching to release, yellow blank label, cable boot suitable for Ø10 to Ø22mm

Number of way Function Contact blocks Reference Weight Kg

13 33
XAWP4272 with
standard START
pushbutton
4 3 14 34 1,350
1
1 N/O 1 N/C XAWP4373 with
I For Start For Stop illuminated START
Functions Functions pushbutton
O
4 2

13 33
XAWP6272 with
standard START
pushbutton
6 3 14 34 1 1,800
1 N/O 1 N/C XAWP6373 with
For Start For Stop illuminated START
I Functions Functions pushbutton
O 4 2

13 33

XAWP8272 with
standard START
14 34 pushbutton
8 3 1
2,250
XAWP8373 with
1 N/O 1 N/C
For Stop illuminated START
For Start
Functions Functions pushbutton
I 4 2
O

58
Control Stations

XAW-P

ARROW for ARROW for

Accessories and spare parts Double step pushbutton Single step pushbutton
Type Function Reference UP ZBWY4953 UP ZBWY4951
02 buttons XAWP029 DOWN ZBWY2956 DOWN ZBWY2954
04 buttons XAWP049 RIGHT ZBWY4903 RIGHT ZBWY4901
Empty pendant control station for 06 buttons XAWP069 LEFT ZBWY2906 LEFT ZBWY2904
mounting exclusively by TECHNOR 08 buttons XAWP089
FORWARD ZBWY4965 FORWARD ZBWY4963
12 buttons XAWP069D
16 buttons XAWP089D REVERSE ZBWY2968 REVERSE ZBWY2966
N/O ZBWE101 FAST UP ZBWY4952
Slow break contact block
N/C ZBWE102 FAST DOWN ZBWY2955
White (W) XAWP9411 FAST RIGHT ZBWY4902
Black (B) XAWP9412
Complete booted pushbutton operator FAST LEFT ZBWY2905
Green (G) XAWP9413
Red (R) XAWP9414 FAST FORWARD ZBWY4964
2 pos. XBW5AD21 FAST REVERSE ZBWY2967
Black+NO I ZBWY4980
Selector switches (Stayput)
3 pos. XBW5AD33
Black+2NO O ZBWY2931
Green XL- O-I ZBWY2178
Illuminator pushbutton “Start”
(G)+NO W5AW3331 I - II ZBWY2179
White XLW5AV013
I - O - II ZBWY2186
Green XLW5AV033
Pilot light + head EMERGENCY ZBWY2330
Red XLW5AV043
(-24V to 415V AC-DC) STOP
Yellow XLW5AV053
Blue XLW5AV063
Blank plug XAWZ3
Double step push-buttons White (W) XAWP9421
(use only with ZBWE101 contact Black (B)
blocks) XAWP9422
Emergency Mushroom head (Ø40) Red+NC ZA2BS54 +
ZBWE102
Emergency Mushroom head (Ø30) Red+NC ZA2BS44 +
ZBWE102

XAWP9411

ZBWE101

XLW5AV033

59
Control Stations

EFE

Control and/or Signalling Units Series EFE is based on a basic range of

10 different sizes of GRP (Glass ¿bre Reinforced Polyester) enclosures,
Ex e II certi¿ed. The EFE...Series can be assembled with accessories
including start pushbutton, stop pushbutton with padlocking device, local-
remote change-over switch, ammeter, wired to a terminal strip inside the
enclosure.

Specifications

Material Resin GRP

(Glass Fiber Reinforced Polyester)
IP Rating IP65
Temperature -50°C to 60°C
Certification EC-Type Examination Certi¿cate
& Approvals INERIS 04ATEX0035
GOST Certi¿cate ɊɈɋɋ IT.ȽȻ04.ȼ00493
Standards EN 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 60079-7 /
60079-18 / 61241-0 / 61241-1
Ex-code II 2 GD
Ex e II T6 IP65 T85°C
Ex e II T4 IP65 T135°C
Ex emb II T6 IP65 T85°C
Ex emb II T4 IP65 T135°C
Ex de IIC T6 IP65 T85°C
Ex de IIC T4 IP65 T135°C
Ex demb IIC T6 IP65 T85°C
Ex demb IIC T4 IP65 T135°C
Type of protection depends on what components are ¿tted.
According to European Directive 94/9/EC (ATEX)
For Zone 1 / Zone 2, Zone 21 / Zone 22
Lid / Door gasket Silicone seal
Surface treatment Black colour
Earthing Earth connections are made via EEx e certi¿ed terminals
Drain plug The enclosures can be equipped with drain and breather devices
ECR-1; ECR-2 type.
Entries thread Metric pitch 1.5, ANSI B1.20.1 NPT, UNI 6125
Standard Identi¿cation nameplate is realized in high resistance self-adhesive polyester with thermal transfer
identification inscriptions
Quantity for entries Contact our Technical Department for further information
Quantity for terminals Contact our Technical Department for further information
Rated Voltage 690 V
Rated Current 16 A
Rated Frequency 48÷62 Hz

Note Captive screws stainless steel made

Available only with terminal strip installed

60
Control Stations

EFE

Control/Signalling Units - Push Button Stations listed in the following table are “not assembled”,
they are examples of the possible combinations. The maximum number of control units shown
in the table is compatible with our standard labelling system (holder-label).

Number of Control and Signalling Units Maximum permissible Dissipation

TYPE DIMENSIONS [mm]
Which can be mounted on the Cover for the Enclosures [W]
EFE 1212-CS 122x120x90 2 10
EFE 1222-CS 120x220x90 6 30
EFE 1616-CS 160x160x90 4 20
EFE 1626-CS 160x260x90 8 40
EFE 1636-CS 160x360x90 10 50
EFE 2526-CS 255x250x121 16 60
EFE 2540-CS 250x400x121 24 100
EFE 2560-CS 250x600x121 40 170
EFE 4140-CS 405x400x121 42 160

61
Control Stations

TNCC

The control boxes/stations in SS316 are designed to meet the

requirements for use on- and offshore, in Petrochemical and Marine
applications and for any other industry where an explosive atmos-
phere may be present.

Specifications

Material Acid resistant stainless steel SS316

IP Rating IP66 standard (67 and 68 upon request)
Temperature -40ºC to +60ºC
Approvals DNV-2003-OSL-ATEX-0042 GOST
Standards EN50014, IEC/EN 60079-0
EN50018, IEC/EN 60079-1
Lid/Door gasket Neoprene (temp. -40ºC to +100ºC)
Silicone (temp. -40ºC to +200ºC)
Surface treatment Acidized Pickling as standard
Electropolished as an option
Material thickness Min. 1,5 mm (depending on the box size)
Earthing Internal earth bar/bracket
External earth bracket
Drain Plug Optional
Other options Ref. TNCN

TNCC Measurement Range of Stocked Boxes

A B C Volume Weight
Type
Width cm Height cm Depth cm dm3 kg
121009** 12 10 9 1,08 1,5
151510** 15 15 10 2,25 2,5
202010 20 20 10 4,00 3,0
202015 20 20 15 6,00 3,5
204015 20 40 15 12,00 5,4
282815 28 28 15 11,76 5,2
282827 28 28 27 21,17 7,0
302015 30 20 15 9,00 5,0
383815 38 38 15 21,66 8,1
383827 38 38 27 38,99 10,3
384515 38 45 15 25,65 8,9
385715 38 57 15 32,49 10,7
575715 57 57 15 48,74 16,4
575730 57 57 30 97,47 21,4
577620 57 76 20 77,98 21,7
769520 76 95 20 13,00 32,9

Dimensions

62
Control Stations

TNUC

The control boxes/stations in GRP are designed to meet the market

requirements for use on- and offshore, in Petrochemical and Marine
applications, and any other industry where an explosive atmosphere may
be present.

Specifications

Material Glass ¿bre reinforced polyester (GRP)

IP Rating IP66 according to IEC 529
Temperature -20ºC to +40ºC
Approvals DNV-2004-OSL-ATEX-0121
Standards EN50014, IEC/EN 60079-0
EN50019, IEC/EN 60079-7
Lid/Door gasket Perbunan
Earthing PE bar and/or earth terminals
Earth continuity plate / earth tag upon request
Electrical data Umax = 750V, Imax = 500A
Colour Black
Cover Screws SS316
Other options Ref. TNUP

Measurement Table
A B C
Type Width [cm] Height [cm] Depth [cm] Weight [kg]
121209 123 120 91 1,1
161609 160 160 92 1,5
252512 255 250 120 2,9
361609 360 160 92 2,5
402512 400 250 120 4,3
404117 400 405 165 6,1

Dimensions

63
Control Stations

XADW / XAEW

Primarily used as a control system, our complete station is composed of

a pushbutton unit, pilot light or ammeter. Aluminium enclosure and brass
glands is standard.

Specifications

Material Aluminium
IP Rating IP65 – IP66
Temperature –20°C to +60°C
Approvals INERIS 03ATEX0145 for XADW
INERIS 03ATEX0146 for XAEW
Standards Cenelec EN50014, EN50018, EN500281-1-1
Ex-Code Ex d IIB T6 IP65/66 - T85°C for XADW
Ex d IIC T6 IP65/66 - T85°C for XAEW
ATEX II 2 GD
Surface treatment RAL 7032 Painting
Special painting upon request
Cable gland entry Fitted with 1 M20 brass cable gland

Group IIB-T6 With flanged joint (for group IIB gases and vapours)
Pushbutton spring return 1 mushroom head pushbutton 1 selector switch
Function Start Stop Stop Stop-Start
Contact type 1 NO 1 NC 1 NC 1 NC
Non armoured gland version XADW12110P11IC XADW12111P11IC XADW12116P11IC XAD12113P11IC
Armoured gland version XADW12110P14I XADW12111P14I XADW12116P14I XADW12113P14I
2 pushbuttons with 3 pushbuttons with
spring return spring return 1 pilot light and 2 pushbuttons with spring return (1)
Function Start-Stop Forward-Stop-Reverse Stop -Start-Stop
Contact type 1 NO - 1 NC 1 NO - 1 NC - 1 NO Direct lamp - 1 NO - 1 NC
Non armoured gland version XADW12221P11IC XADW13231P11IC XADW13236P11IC
Armoured gland version XADW12221P14I XADW13231P14I XADW13236P14I
1 Ammeter Ø48mm (1) 1 Ammeter Ø48mm and 1 1 Ammeter Ø48mm and
selector switch 2 pushbuttons with spring return
Function ammeter ammeter - Stop-Start ammeter - Start-Stop
Contact type - 1 NO 1 NO - 1 NC
Non armoured gland version XADW1231P11IC XADW122321P11IC XADW132321P11IC
Armoured gland version XADW1231P14I XADW122321P14I XADW132321P14I

(1) available in Group IIC-T6, please contact our sale of¿ce

The ammeter may be either of the following types;
- direct fed: up to 30 A
- current transformer (not supplied): please state transformer ratio
For other combinations please check our variable enclosure pages, or contact your local retailer.

64
Control Stations

XADW / XAEW

Dimensions (mm)

XADW12... XADW13... XADW22... XAEW12...

d: 67 mm max. operating heads

Ø: 4 elongated holes 9 x 12
(1): cable glans only mounted on complete station

65
Control Stations

XADW / XAEW

Our extensive range of Àameproof are primarily used use as control

unit and signal units in Atex zones. The variable composition of our
enclosures enables customers to customize the unit to meet their speci¿c
application needs. In addition, elements of our Standard range can be
included in the design process to ensure that the ¿nal product meets our
customers’ speci¿c needs.

Specifications

Material Aluminium
IP Rating IP65 – IP66
Temperature –20°C to +60°C
Approvals INERIS 03ATEX0145 for XADW
INERIS 03ATEX0146 for XAEW
Standards Cenelec EN50014, EN50018, EN50019,
EN500281-1-1
Ex-Code Ex d IIB T6 IP65/66 - T85°C for XADW
Ex d IIC T6 IP65/66 - T85°C for XAEW
ATEX II 2 GD
Surface treatment RAL 7032 Painting
Special painting on request.

Dimensions

66
Control Stations

XADW / XAEW

Variable composition stations assembled by Technor

With Circular joint (for group IIC gases and vapours)
Group IIC-T6
M20 entries Positions Reference
1 A XAEW12101
1 operator or pilot light 2 A-C XAEW12102
2 L-M XAEW12103

1 A XAEW12201
2 operators or pilot lights 2 A-C XAEW12202
2 L-M XAEW12203

1 A XAEW12301
Single for 1 ammeter > 48mm 2 A-C XAEW12302
2 L-M XAEW12303

With flat joint (for group IIB gases and vapours)

Group IIB-T6
M20 entries Positions Reference
1 A XADW12101
1 operator or pilot light
2 A-C XADW12102

1 A XADW12201
2 operators or pilot lights
2 A-C XADW12202

1 A XADW13201
3 operators or pilot lights
2 A-C XADW13202

1 A XADW22301
4-6 operators or pilot lights 2 A-C XADW22302
2 L-M XADW22303

1 A XAWD12301
Single for 1 ammeter 48mm
2 A-C XAWD12302

2 way for 1 ammeter 48mm and 1 operator 1 A XAWD122301

or pilot light 2 A-C XAWD122302

3 way for 1 ammeter 48mm and 2 operator 1 A XAWD132301

or pilot light 2 A-C XAWD132302

1 A XAWD224301
5 way for 1 ammeter 48mm and 4 operator
2 A-C XAWD224302
or pilot light
2 L-M XAWD224303

The choice of operator and lights unit is made with the ZB8 products catalogue pages.
Consult your local sales of¿ce for more information or a speci¿c quotation.

67
Control Stations

CP.../EFDCN

The Push Buttons Stations CP…/ EFDCN Series is based on the fea-
tures of our CP… Enclosure, which enables an Ex d IIC mode of protec-
tion with or without accessories (push buttons, selector switches, poten-
tiometers, signal lamps, rotary handles, ammeters, voltmeters, fuses,
etc.). Enclosures are made of Copper free Aluminium (Cu<0,1%) and
completed with threaded hubs suitable for cable glands or conduit and
internal threaded devices to secure DIN/Omega normalized rails for ter-
minal strips. Connection of ¿ttings do not affect inner space, which is fully
available for terminals and wirings. Internal and external screws are in
Stainless Steel AISI 304. This series is custom-made to customer speci-
¿cations, including quantity and type of operators (M32 modular barrels)
required on the CP-.../EFDCN enclosure. Based on the customers needs
and certi¿cate requirements, our technical department will advise and
select the most suitable CP-.../EFDCN combination.

Specifications

Material Copper free Aluminium (Cu <0,1%)

IP Rating IP65
Temperature -35°C to 40°C for T6 / T85°C
-35°C to 50°C for T5 / T100°C
-35°C to 60°C for T4 / T135°C

Certification & Approvals EC-Type Examination Certi¿cate INERIS 03ATEX0009

GOST Certi¿cate ɊɈɋɋ IT.ȽȻ04.ȼ00508
Standards EN 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 61241-0 / 61241-1
IEC 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 61241-0 / 61241-1
Ex-code II 2 GD
Ex d IIC T6 / T5 / T4
Ex tD A21 IP65 T85°C / T100°C / T135°C
according to European Directive 94/9/EC (ATEX)
For Zone 1 / Zone 2, Zone 21 / Zone 22
Lid / Door gasket O-ring made in Nitrile Rubber (NBR)
Surface treatment Unpainted
Electrical characteristics Max DC voltage 440 V
Max AC voltage 1000 V
Nominal frequency 50 / 60 Hz
Max current 100 A
Nominal incandescent lamp power ”5W
Max. LED lamp dissipated power ”3W
Internal diameter Available from 90 mm. to 120 mm.
Entries position (C) = 2, (T) = 3, ways
Entries thread Metric pitch 1.5, ANSI B1.20.1 NPT, UNI 6125
Standard identification Identi¿cation nameplate is realized in high resistance
self-adhesive polyester with thermal transfer inscriptions
Accessories on request External polyurethane painting “Standard Cycle” Green RAL 6003

68
Control Stations

CP.../EFDCN

This series is custom-made to customer speci¿cations, including the number and type of operators (M32 modular barrels)
required on the CP-... enclosure. Based on the customers needs and certi¿cate requirements, our technical department
will advise and select the most suitable CP-.../EFDCN combination.

Push button stations listed in the following table are “not assembled”, they are only examples of the possible combinations.
CODE TYPE DESCRIPTION ENTRIES WEIGHT
A.0451.10 CPC-26/ EFDCN-1-90 1 Operator - enclosure 90 mm. diameter 2XM25 0,930
A.0452.50 CPSC-26/ EFDCN-1-120 1 Operator on 120 mm enclosure’s diameter 2XM25 1,330
A.0452.20 CPSC-26/ EFDCN-2-120 2 Operator on 120 mm enclosure’s diameter 2XM25 1,280
A.0452.30 CPSC-36/ EFDCN-3-120 3 Operator on 120 mm enclosure’s diameter 2XM32 1,300
A.0452.40 CPSC-36/ EFDCN-4-120 4 Operator on 120 mm enclosure’s diameter 2XM32 1,320
A.0452.50 CPSG-26/ EFDCN-1-120 1 Operator on 120 mm enclosure’s diameter 3xM25 1,500
A.0452.60 CPSG-36/ EFDCN-2-120 2 Operator on 120 mm enclosure’s diameter 3xM25 1,450
A.0452.70 CPSG-36/ EFDCN-3-120 3 Operator on 120 mm enclosure’s diameter 3xM32 1,470
A.0452.80 CPSG-36/ EFDCN-4-120 1 Operator on 120 mm enclosure’s diameter 3xM32 1,490
A.0493.01 CPC-26/EFDCN-EM 1 Emergency push botton complete with breakable glass and hummer 2xM25 1,200
A.0493.21 CPC-26/EFDCN-EM-P 1 Emergency push botton complete with breakable glass and hummer. 2xM25 1,200
The push button, normally open, will automatically close the circuit at
the breaking of the glass.
A.0494.01 CPC-26/EFDCN-PE Footswitch with safety guard 2xM25 3,200

Dimensions

CPSG-26/EFDCN-3-120

CPSG-36/EFDCN-4-120

69
70
Control Stations

CP.../EFDCN

Dimensions

CPC-26/EFDCN-1-90 CPSC-26/EFDCN-1-120 CPSC-26/EFDCN-2-120

CPSC-26/EFDCN-3-120 CPSG-26/EFDCN-1-120 CPSG-26/EFDCN-2-120

71
Control Stations

CP.../EFSRC

The Customer Oriented Combination Enclosure for Switches:

CP-…/ EFSRC Series is based on the features of CP… Enclo-
sures Series which can grant an Ex d IIC mode of protection with
or without accessories (pushbuttons, selector switches, potentiom-
eters, signal lamps, rotary handles, ammeters, voltmeters, fuses,
etc.). Enclosures are made of Copper free Aluminium (Cu<0,1%),
completed with threaded hubs suitable for cable glands or conduit
and internal threaded devices to secure DIN/Omega normalized
rails for terminal strips. Connection of ¿ttings do not affect inner
space, which is fully available for terminals and wirings. Internal
and external screws are in Stainless Steel AISI 304.

This series is custom-made to customer speci¿cations, including

the number and type of operators (M32 modular barrels) required
on the CP-... enclosure. Based on the customers needs and
certi¿cate requirements, our technical department will advise and
select the most suitable CP-.../EFSRC combination.

Specifications

Material Copper free aluminium (Cu<0,1%)

IP Rating IP65
Temperature -35°C to 40°C for T6 / T85°C
-35°C to 50°C for T5 / T100°C
-35°C to 60°C for T4 / T135°C
Certification EC-Type Examination Certi¿cate INERIS 03ATEX0009
& Approvals GOST Certi¿cate ɊɈɋɋ IT.ȽȻ04.ȼ00508
Standards EN 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 61241-0 / 61241-1
IEC 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 61241-0 / 61241-1
Ex-code II 2 GD
Ex d IIC T6 / T5 / T4
Ex tD A21 IP65 T85°C / T100°C / T135°C
according to European Directive 94/9/EC (ATEX)
For Zone 1 / Zone 2, Zone 21 / Zone 22
Lid / Door gasket O-ring made in Nitrile Rubber (NBR)
Surface treatment Unpainted
Electrical characteristics Max. DC voltage 440 V
Max. AC voltage 1000 V
Nominal frequency 50 / 60 Hz
Max. current 100 A
Nominal incandescent lamp power ”5W
Max. LED lamp dissipated power ”3W
Internal diameter 90 mm.
Entries position (C) = 2
Entries thread Metric pitch 1.5, ANSI B1.20.1 NPT, UNI 6125
Standard identification Identi¿cation nameplate is realized in high resistance self-adhesive polyester with thermal
transfer inscriptions
Accessories on request External polyurethane painting “Standard Cycle” Green RAL 6003

72
Control Stations

CP.../EFSRC

Switches listed in the following table are “not assembled”, they are only examples
of the possible combinations.

CODE TYPE DESCRIPTION ENTRIES WEIGHT

451.2 CPC-26/ EFSRC-220 Rotary switch 2 poles 20 A 2XM25 1,100
451.4 CPC-26/ EFSRC-420 Rotary switch 4 poles 20 A 2XM25 1,150
452.4 CPC-26/ EFSRC-432 Rotary switch 4 poles 32 A 2XM25 1,300
453.2 CPC-26/ EFSRC- D - 220 Change - over switch 2 poles 20 A 2XM32 1,150
453.3 CPC-26/ EFSRC- D - 320 Change - over switch 3 poles 20 A 2XM32 1,200
454.2 CPC-26/ EFSRC- C - 220 Step switch 2 poles 20 A 2XM25 1,150
454.3 CPC-26/ EFSRC- C - 320 Step switch 3 poles 20 A 2XM25 1,300

73
Control Stations

EFQL

EFQL Miniature Automatic Circuit Breakers are based on the features of

EFQL Enclosure, made of Copper free Aluminium and painted according
to RAL 6003. Can be used indoor or outdoor, in corrosive and hazardous
locations where gases, vapours and dusts may be present.
The control-, interruption- and/or protection units EFQL… Series consists
of Ex d IIB certi¿ed enclosures, completed with automatic circuit breakers,
on-load switches and selector switches up to 63A.

Specifications

Material Copper free aluminium (Cu<0,1%)

IP Rating IP66/IP67 with Àanged joint coated with
silicone grease (contact our sales dept. for
detailed reference)
Temperature -30°C to 55°C
Certification EC-Type Examination Certi¿cate
& Approvals INERIS 02ATEX0027X
GOST Certi¿cate ɊɈɋɋ IT.ȽȻ04.ȼ00508
Standards EN 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 61241-0 / 61241-1
IEC 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 61241-0 / 61241-1
Ex-code II 2 GD
Ex d IIB T6
Ex tD A21 IP66 T85°C
According to European Directive 94/9/EC (ATEX)
For Zone 1 / Zone 2, Zone 21 / Zone 22
Surface treatment Painted RAL 6003 colour
Entries No 2 Entries diam. 1” or M32
Standard Identi¿cation nameplate is realized in high
resistance self-adhesive polyester with thermal
identification Dimensions EFQL - 3
transfer inscriptions
Poles 3 Poles
Voltage 220/660V 50/60Hz
Accessories Residual Current Device ”VIGI”
Auxiliary Switch ”OF”
Alarm Switch ”SD”
Shunt trip release ”MX+OF”
Undervoltage release ”MN”
Customized colours

Note Foreseen with electrical unit up to 63 A

External operating handle

ITEM NOTE WEIGHT [kg]

TYPE EFQL - 3 Compatible until No. 8 steps of 9 mm. (MULTI-9) 3,250
TYPE EFQL - 4 Compatible until No. 10 steps of 9 mm. (MULTI-9) 4,600

74
Control Stations

EPKMZ

EPKMZ Motor-Protective Circuit Breakers are based on the EFQL Enclo-

sure made of Copper free Aluminium and painted according to RAL 6003.
They can be used indoor or outdoor, as well as in corrosive and hazard-
ous locations where gases, vapours and dusts may be present.
Motor-protective circuits breakers EPKMZ… Series consists of Ex d IIB
certi¿ed enclosures, completed with automatic circuit breakers, on-load
switches and selector switches up to 63A.

Specifications

Material Copper-free aluminium (Cu<0,1%)

IP Rating IP66/IP67 with Àanged joint coated with silicone
grease (contact our sales dept. for
detailed reference)
Temperature -30°C to 55°C
Certification EC-Type Examination Certi¿cate
& Approvals INERIS 02ATEX0027X
GOST Certi¿cate ɊɈɋɋ IT.ȽȻ04.ȼ00508
Standards EN 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 61241-0 / 61241-1
IEC 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 61241-0 / 61241-1
Ex-code II 2 GD
Ex d IIB T6
Ex tD A21 IP66 T85°C
According to European Directive 94/9/EC (ATEX)
For Zone 1 / Zone 2, Zone 21 / Zone 22
Surface treatment Painted RAL 6003 colour
Entries No 2 Entries diam. 1” or M32 Dimensions EFQL - 4
Standard Identi¿cation nameplate is realized in high
Identification resistance self-adhesive polyester with thermal
transfer inscriptions
Poles 3 Poles
Voltage 220/660V 50/60Hz
Accessories Customized colors
Overload and short circuit releases

Note Foreseen with electrical unit up to 63 A

External operating handle

EPKMZ
Item Note Weight [kg]
TYPE EFQL - 3 Compatible until No. 8 steps of 9 [mm] (MULTI-9) 3,250
TYPE EFQL - 4 Compatible until No. 10 steps of 9 [mm] (MULTI-9) 4,600

75
Control Stations

AC1WD/DE8BA

Solid and robust, our range of Ex d triple-pole starters with overload relay
will meet your needs. Motor-
starters are available in three versions with overload relay:

• Without isolator, without fuses

• Without isolator, with fuses
• With isolator, with fuses

A standard range of contactors, thermal relays and disconnecting switch

with or without fusible door, allows a customization of starters for various
applications.

Specifications

Material Cast iron, steel

IP Rating IP65
Temperature 20°C to +40°C (+50°C, +60°C)
Approvals INERIS 03ATEX0121X
INERIS 03ATEX0144X
Standards Cenelec EN50014, EN50018, EN500281-1-1
Ex-Code II 2 GD - Ex d IIB
II 2 GD - Ex d IIC

Dimensions

76
Control Stations

AC1WD/DE8BA

Triple-pole starters Ex d with overload relay without isolator, without fuse

Complete with Start and Stop pushbuttons mounted on door
Motor rating Overload Gas Group Basic refer- Weight
Rated current Complete your own
230V 400 V 500V range and temp. ence without cable
reference (1)
kw kw kw class (2) gland
A A
. 0,37 0,75 1 to 1.6
0,37 0,75 1,1 1.6 to 2.5
IIB-T6 AC1WD312 •• • • • 5,00
0,75 1,5 2 2.5 to 4
1,1 2,2 3 4 to 6
12
1,8 3 4 5.5 to 8
2,2 4 5,5 7 to 10
IIC-T3 DE8WH2612 •• • • • 12,00
3 5,5 7,5 9 to 13

4 7,5 10 12 to 18
IIB-T6 AC1WD325 •• • • • 5,50
5,5 11 15 17 to 25
25
IIC-T3 DE8WH2625 •• • • • 12,00

7,5 15 18,5 23 to 32
IIB-T6 DE8BA321340 •• • • • 26,00
11 18,5 22 30 to 40
40
IIC-T3 DE8WH2640 •• • • • 12,00

15 22 30 37 to 50
IIB-T6 DE8BA321365 •• • • • 26,00
15 25 37 48 to 65
65
IIC-T3 DE8WH2665 •• • • • 12,00

Cable glands
Number and position Number Position
2 A, H P1 • • •
2 L, M P2 • • •
3 L, M, H P3 • • •

1 F for non armoured cable with clamping module 1 I C

Thread ISO M20 4 F for armoured câble 4 I
Without câble gland 5 I

1 F for non armoured cable with clamping module 6 I C

Thread ISO M25 4 F for armoured cable 8 I
Without câble gland 9 I

(1) When ordering, please complete your reference. Example: AC1WD321P24I

(2) This basic reference, once completed, should be followed by the information: overload relay and voltage

For other con¿guration (range, cable gland entries

77
78
Level-, Detection- and Limit Switches

XUWB
Proximity Detector, Ex d, AISI 316L 80
XCW
Limit Switch, Ex d, Zinc Alloy 82
XC8
Limit Switch, Ex d, Cast Iron 84
XCKW
Limit Switch, Ex ed, Zinc Alloy 86
XCSW
Sceurity Swich, Ex ed, Zinc Alloy 92
XY2WCE
Emergency Trip Switch, Ex ed, Zinc Alloy 94
XPEW
Emergency Foot Switch, Ex ed, Zinc Alloy 95
XMLWC
Nautilex Pressure Switch, Ex ed, Zinc Alloy 96

79
Level-, Detection- and Limit Switches

XUWB

The ¿rst Technor ATEX Ex d proximity detector is based on Schneider

components. With a body dimension of just 30mm and standard cable
lengths of 2 or 5 meters, this pre-wired detector can be used in a range
of applications and processes. Featuring 0.6 meter to 15 meters of
useful sensing range, you will be able to ¿nd the detector for your ap-
plication.

Specifications

Material Stainless Steel 316L

IP Rating IP65 / IP67
Working Temperature –20°C to +55°C
Storage temperature –40°C to +70°C
Standards Cenelec EN50014, EN50018,
EN500281-1-1
Ex-Code II 2 GD – Ex d IIC T6 to
T4 IP 65–66 T85 to T135°C
Connection Length: 2m (XUWB…L2)
Length: 5 m (XUWB…L5)
Type of transmission Infrared, except for polarized reÀex (red)
Way of detection Along case axis

Detector for DC application (static output)

Diffuse system with
Detector type adjustable sensitivity Polarised reÀex system ReÀex system Thru-beam system
Sensing distance (Sn) (m) 0,6 2 4 15
Fixing diameter 30 mm
Rated supply voltage 12 to 24V DC with protection against reverse polarity
Current consumption, no-load 35 mA
Maximum switching frequency 500 Hz
CONTACT TYPE PNP
NO XUWB5APANL2 XUWB9APANL2 XUWB1APANL2 XUWB2APANL2R
NC XUWB5APBNL2 XUWB9APBNL2 XUWB1APBNL2 XUWB2APBNL2R
Transmitter for Thru-beam - - - XUWB2AKSNL2T
CONTACT TYPE NPN
NO XUWB5ANANL2 XUWB9ANANL2 XUWB1ANANL2 XUWB2ANANL2R
NC XUWB5ANBNL2 XUWB9ANBNL2 XUWB1ANBNL2 XUWB2ANBNL2R
Transmitter for Thru-beam - - - XUWB2AKSNL2T
For a 5 meter cable length replace L2 with L5 example: XUWB5APANL2 becomes XUWB5APANL5

ACCESSORIES
ReÀectors Dimensions (mm) Reference
Standard reÀector Ø 16 XUZC16
Ø 21 XUZC21
Ø 31 XUZC31
Ø 39 XUZC39
ReÀector for short sensing distances 24 x 21 XUZC24

80
Level-, Detection- and Limit Switches

XUWB

Dimensions

81
Level-, Detection- and Limit Switches

XCW

The XCW family is a full pre-cabled range of certi¿ed ATEX limit switches.
Available in a range of cable lengths, the XCW’s compact bodies and
large choice of heads makes them a practical solution in process systems
and much more.

Specifications

Material (body) Zinc Alloy (ZnAl 4 - Zamak)

IP Rating IP66 – IP67
Temperature –20°C to +60°C
Approvals 03ATEX0083X
Standards Cenelec EN50014, EN50018,
EN500281-1-1
Ex-Code Ex d IIC T6 T85ºC II 2 GD
Cable type Pre-wired cable
Cable length Standard 1, 2, 5, 10 meters
Mechanical life 10 millions

Dimensions

82
Level-, Detection- and Limit Switches

XCW

Limit switches EEx”d” – “Severe duty” compact XCW

XCWA102 1 C/O snap action contact, pre-wired cable.
Available in: 1 meter, 2 meters, 5 meters, or 10 meters.
Description 1 m cable length 2 m cable length 5 m cable length 10 m cable length
Fixing by the body
Steel end plunger (1) XCWA110 XCWA1102 XCWA1105 XCWA1100
Weight Kg 0,240 0,250 0,500 0,900
Steel roller plunger for lateral XCWA102 XCWA1022 XCWA1025 XCWA1020
cam approach (2)
Weight Kg 0,240 0,260 0,500 0,950
XCWA103
Steel roller plunger for traverse XCWA103 XCWA1032 XCWA1035 XCWA1030
cam plunger approach (2)
Weight Kg
0,240 0,260 0,500 0,950
Thermoplastic roller lever (3) XCWA115 XCWA1152 XCWA1155 XCWA1150
Rotary operation
Weight Kg 0,250 0,300 0,550 1,000
Fixing by the head
XCWA110
Steel end plunger (1) XCWF110 XCWF1102 XCWF1105 XCWF1100
Weight Kg 0,260 0,280 0,550 0,950
Steel roller plunger for lateral XCWF102 XCWF1022 XCWF1025 XCWF1100
cam approach (2)
Weight Kg 0,260 0,280 0,550 0,950
Steel roller plunger for XCWF103 XCWF1032 XCWF1035 XCWF1030
traverse cam approach (2)
Weight Kg 0,260 0,280 0,550 0,950
Roller lever (mounted by cus- XCWZ24
tomer) for XCWA110 (4)
XCWA115 Weight Kg 0,080
(1) Actuation on end. Speed between 0.001 and 0.5m/s.
(2) Actuation by 30° cam. Speed between 0.001 and 0.1m/s.
(3) Actuation by 30° cam. Maximum speed 1.5m/s.
(4) 1 direction of actuation by 30° cam.

Contact function
Wiring diagram

XCWF102 XCW•102,
XCW•110 XCWZ24 XCW•103,
BK BN
XCWA115
Black Brown
Contact funct
ion
Closed 1.5 10(A) 2.6(
A)
BK-BK BK-BK BK-BK
Open
BN-BU BN-BU BN-BU
Green Yellow BK-BK BK-BK BK-BK
Black Blue GN YW 0 1 5 0 8.75 0 1.75
BN-BU BN-BU BN-BU
BK BU

XCWF103
0°

A
20.0
0

40.
35.00

00

XCWF110 A = displaceme
nt of
cam A=displacement of cam

83
Level-, Detection- and Limit Switches

XC8

The XC8 series of limit switches is a combination of different bodies and

heads. Our standard product range boasts both robust construction and
cable gland entry, making the XC8 a safe and easy choice for our custom-
ers worldwide.
In addition, further head types are available for those customers who need
a more customized product.

Specifications

Material Cast iron (Painted)

IP Rating IP65–IP66
Temperature –20°C to +60°C
Approvals 03ATEX0123
Standards Cenelec EN50014, EN50018, EN500281-1-1
Ex-Code Ex d IIC T6 T85ºC II 2 GD
Cable type Nickel-plated brass cable gland
Mechanical life 10 millions

Dimensions

84
Level-, Detection- and Limit Switches

XC8

Limit switches Ex d – “Severe duty” XC8JC

1 C/O snap action contact, with nickel cable gland ISO M20,
Available for armoured cable or non armoured cable
Reference
Complete your
Description With plunger heads own reference
Steel plunger (1) XC8JC161P1 • • •
XC8-JC161P1 Weight 2 Kg
Roller plunger (2) XC8JC162P1 • • •
Weight 2 Kg
Side plunger (2) XC8JC163P1 • • •
Weight 2 Kg
Heavy duty roller plunger (2) XC8TA1P1 • • •
Weight 2,4 Kg
With rotary heads
Delrin roller lever (3) Actuation from left and right XC8JC10111P1 • • •
XC8-JC162P1
Weight 2,2 Kg Actuation from left or right (5) XC8JC10511P1 • • •
Variable length (3) Actuation from left and right XC8JC10131P1 • • •
Weight 2,2 Kg Actuation from left or right (5) XC8JC10531P1 • • •
Steel rod (4) Actuation from left and right XC8JC10151P1 • • •
3 mm, length: 125 mm Actuation from left or right (5) XC8JC10551P1 • • •
Weight 2,2 Kg
Limit switch body only 1 C/O ZC8JC1P1 • • •
for plunger and rotary heads 2 C/O double pole, simultaneous ZC8JC2P1 • • •
XC8-JC163P1 1 C/O + 1 C/O double pole, 2 steps ZC8JC4P1 • • •
Weight 2,2 Kg 1 C/O Nitrogen ¿lled contact ZC8JCNP1 • • •
Cable gland entry

Thread ISO M20 1F for non armoured cable with clamping module 1 I C
4F for armoured cable 4 I
Without cable gland 5 I
(1) Actuation on end. Maximum speed 0,5m/s.
(2) Actuation by 30° cam. Maximum speed 0,5m/s.
(3) Actuation by 30° cam. Maximum speed 1,5m/s.
XC8JC10111P1- (4) Actuation by cylindrical ¿nger. Maximum speed 1,5ms.
XC8JC10511P1 (5) By programming the operating head.

XC8JC10131P1- XC8JC10151P1- XC8TA1P1 Z8JC1P1-ZC8JC1P1-

XC8JC10531P1 XC8JC10151P1 ZC8JC4P1

85
Level-, Detection- and Limit Switches

XCKW

This range of limit switches is based on Telemecanique series of

heads and bodies, and equipped with Ex ed Technor Atex contact-
block. The products are well known around the world for their reli-
ability, design and possibilities of the different heads. Glands gives
easy installation.

Specifications

Material (body) Zink Alloy (ZnAl 4 - Zamak)

IP Rating IP65
Temperature -20°C to +60°C
Approvals 03ATEX0038X/03ATEX0039X
Standards Cenelec EN50014, EN50018,
EN50019, EN500281-1-1
Ex-Code Ex ed IIC T6 T85ºC EX II 2 GD
Entries ISO M20 or ISO M16
Thermal current 6A with N/O + N/C (500v)

XCKWD, Compact, fixing by body (fixing centres 20mm)

Thermoplastic
Booted metal end Thermoplastic roller
Type of actuator Metal end plunger Steel roller plunger roller lever, hori-
plunger lever, vertical actuation
zontal actuation

Mechanical durability (millions of

15 10 15
operating cycles)
Actuation speed 0,5 m/s 1 m/s
Cable entry 1 entry ¿tted with ISO M16 cable gland for cable Ø 5 to 8 mm
Body dimensions WxDxH (mm) 31x30x65
N/C + N/O snap action XCKWD2110P16 XCKWD2111P16 XCKWD2102P16 XCKWD2121P16 XCKWD2127P16
N/O + N/O snap action XCKWD2910P16 XCKWD2911P16 XCKWD2902P16 XCKWD2921P16 XCKWD2927P16

XCKWD, Compact, fixing by body (fixing centres 20mm)

Thermoplastic Variable lenght

Thermoplastic Variable lenght
roller lever, Thermoplastic thermoplastic M18 head Metal M18 steel roller
roller lever thermoplastic ”Cat’s wisker”
vertical or horiz. roller lever roller lever end plunger end plunger
Ø 50mm roller lever
actuation Ø 50mm

15 10 5 10
1 m/s 1,5 m/s 1 m/s 0,5 m/s
1 entry ¿tted with ISO M16 cable gland for cable Ø 5 to 8 mm
31x30x65
XCK- XCK- XCK- XCK- XCK- XCK- XCK- XCK-
WD2128P16 WD2118P16 WD2139P16 WD2145P16 WD2149P16 WD2106P16 WD21H0P16 WD21H2P16
XCK- XCK- XCK- XCK- XCK- XCK- XCK- XCK-
WD2928P16 WD2918P16 WD2939P16 WD2945P16 WD2949P16 WD2906P16 WD29H0P16 WD29H2P16
86
Level-, Detection- and Limit Switches

XCKW

XCRA/B/TW, For hoisting, handling, conveyor belts (fixing centres 85x75mm)

Conveyor belt shift monitoring

Rotary (lever)
switch
Square cross Square cross
Large roller rod Large roller rod
levers 6mm levers 6mm Galvanized steel Stainless steel
Type of actuator lever thermoplas- lever thermoplas-
crossed spring crossed stay put operating lever operating lever
tic Ø 30mm tic Ø 50mm
return position position
Mechanical durability (mil-
10 0.3
lions of operating cycles
Actuation speed 1.5m/s

Cable entry 1 entry ¿tted with ISO M20 for cable Ø8 to 13mm
Body dimensions WxHxD
85x75x95
(mm)
2 N/O + N/C snap action,
XCRAW111 XCRAW121 XCRAW151 XCREW181 (2)
actuated in each direction
N/O + N/C snap action
XCRBW111 XCRBW121 XCRBW151 XCRFW171 (3)
actuated in each direction
2 ”N/O + 2N/C” snap action XCRTW115 XCRTW215

XCKWM, Classic, fixing by body (fixing centres 41mm)

Thermoplastic
Thermoplastic
Type of actuator Metal end plunger Steel roller plunger roller lever, hori- ”Cat’s wisker”
roller lever
zontal actutation

Mechanical durability (millions of

20 10
operating cycles)
Actuation speed 0,5 m/s 1,5 m/s 0,5 m/s
Cable entry 3 entries ISO M20 (1)
Body dimensions WxDxH (mm) 63x30x64mm
N/C + N/O snap action XCKWM2110H29 XCKWM2102H29 XCKWM2121H29 XCKWM2115H29 XCKWM2106H29

XCKWJ, Compact, fixing by body (fixing centres 30x60mm)

Variable length Round rod lever Ø

Thermoplastic roller
Metal end plunger Steel roller plunger Steel roller lever thermoplastic roller 6mm polyamide
lever
lever L= 200mm
30 25 30 20
0,5 m/s 1 m/s 1,5 m/s
1 entry ¿tted ISO M20 equipped with cable gland for cable Ø 8 to 13 mm
40x44x77
XCKWJ2161H29 XCKWJ2167H29 XCKWJ210513H29 XCKWJ210511H29 XCKWJ210541H29 XCKWJ210559H29

87
Level-, Detection- and Limit Switches

XCKW

XCKWMR, For hoisting, handling, conveyor belts

(fixing centres 61.5mm)

Type of actuator Square cross levers 6mm crossed Square cross levers 6mm crossed reversed head

Mechanical durability (millions of operating cycles) 2

Actuation speed 1,5 m/s

Cable entry 3 entries ISO M20 (1)

Body dimensions WxHxD (mm) 118x59x77

2N/C + 2N/C snap action break for make XCKWMR54D1H29 XCKWMR54D2H29

Dimensions
Limit switch, Compact, XCKWD (metal) - body + head
2
10

(2)
65

19
142
53

30 (3)
20/22
(1) 31

12,5
15
15
12,5

(1) ISO M16 x 1,5 for cable gland.

(2) 2 oblongs holes ø 4,3 x 6,3 mm pitch 22 mm or 2 holes ø 4,3 pitch 20 mm.
(3) 2 holes for mounting ø 3 depth 4 mm.

Z CE 10 Z CE 11 Z CE 02 16
Z CE 21
12,5
12,5 12,5 ø14
3,5 ø 11,6 5,5
20,2
20

30

30,5

39

Z CE 27 Z CE 28 Z CE H0 Z CE H2
12,5
36,2
5,5 16
ø22 12,5
5,5 3,5
2,5 = = 2,5 ø7 M18x1(4)
22

M18x1
41

29

(4)
38
26
48

12
13 7 (4) Screw thickness 3,5 mm.

ZCE01 + ZCY18 ZCE01 + ZCY45 ZCE01 + ZCY39 ZCE01 + ZCY49

37,5 40

12,5 10
42
40 5,5
10
5,5
24
33
52,5

78
33

12,5
12,5
16
12,5 16

Limit switch, Classic,hXCKWJ

l (metal) ( l) X CK W J210511H29
52
57
17 5,5 44
17 5 41
5
40…85
62…107
41
37

63
50

139…184
114

140
127
60

60

60

60

25 (1)
36 = 30 = 25 (1)
25 (1)
42,5 36 = 30 = 25 (1)
62 = 30 =
42,5 60 = 30 =
42,5
X CKWJ210559H29 42,5

(1) 1 ISO M20 x 1,5 for cable gland.

48 26,2 (2) lever ø 6, length 200 mm.
(2) (3) 282 maxi.
(4) 190 maxi.
(5) 212 maxi.
(4)

ø: 2 oblongs holes ø 5,3 x 7,3.

(5)
(3)

60

25 (1)
60 = 30 =
42,5

88
Level-, Detection- and Limit Switches

XCKW

Limit switch, XCKWMR, XCRA/B/TW

6
(1) 3 ISO M20 x 1,5 for cable gland.
(2) 2 centring holes ø 3,9.
ø : 2 oblongs holes 6,2 x 6,5.
200

31,5
6,5
118

5,5

11,5
6,2

81
(2)
26°30' (1)

(1) 5 55 (1)
15 59 = 61,5 =
35,6 77
200
47
51

XCRAW111 XCRAW121 XCRAW151 XCREW181

XCRBW111 XCRBW121 XCRBW151 XCRFW171
72…60 68
66 9 66
9

6 (2) 6 (2)

102
(3)

78
=

=
=
=
18

18
18
18

(4)
85
95

85
95
85
95
85
95

= 32 = (1)
=

= 32 = (1)

=
= 32 = (1)
=

= 32 = (1)
=

53 = 75 = 53 = 75 =
53 = 75 = 53 = 75 =
75 85 75 85
4 75 85 75 85

XCR TW115 / XCRTW215

66 (1) ISO M20 x 1,5 for cable gland.
(2) Lever length: 200mm.
(3) Lever length + roller: 160mm.
(4) Lever length 300mm for XCRFW, 200mm for
(6) (6) Fixing
80

XCREW
Horizontal position Vertical position (5) 200 maxi – 83 mini
(5)

36
(6) 90° maxi
127 95
= =
Ø: 2 oblongs holes 6,2 x 6,5.
53 = 107 = 11
=
=

= =
11
5
18

117

137
85
95

100
95

= 32 = (1)
=

53 = 75 =
75 85

Limit switch, Classic, XCKWM (metal)

XCKWM2110H29 XCKWM2102H29 XCKWM2121H29 XCKWM2115H29

14 14 22 15
4 8 5,5
14
34,5
30

48,5

60,5
54
88,5

112,5
108

119

(1) = 41 =
30 64 (1) = 41 = 30 (1) 41
(1) 41 11,5 = =
30 64 30 65 8 34 64

XCK WM2106H29
(1) 3 ISO M20 x 1,5 for cable gland.
14 (2) 2 x Ø 4.
Back side Ø: 2 oblongs holes 5,2 x 6,2.
41
142,5
201

54

(2)

= 27 =

(1) = 41 =
30 64

89
90
Level-, Detection- and Limit Switches

XCKW

Limit switch, XCKWMR, XCRA/B/TW

, ,
XCKWMR54D1H29 / XCKWMR54D2H29
6
(1) 3 ISO M20 x 1,5 for cable gland.
(2) 2 centring holes ø 3,9.
ø : 2 oblongs holes 6,2 x 6,5.
200

31,5
6,5
118

5,5

11,5
6,2

81
(2)
26°30' (1)

(1) 5 55 (1)
15 59 = 61,5 =
35,6 77
200
47
51

XCRAW111 XCRAW121 XCRAW151 XCREW181

XCRBW111 XCRBW121 XCRBW151 XCRFW171
72…60 68
66 9 66
9

6 (2) 6 (2)

102
(3)

78
=

=
=
18

18
18
18

(4)
85
95

95
85
95
85
95

= 32 = (1)
=

= 32 = (1)
= 32 = (1)
=

= 32 = (1)
=

53 = 75 = 53 = 75 =
53 = 75 = 53 = 75 =
75 85 75 85
4 75 85 75 85

XCR TW115 / XCRTW215

66 (1) ISO M20 x 1,5 for cable gland.
(2) Lever length: 200mm.
(3) Lever length + roller: 160mm.
(4) Lever length 300mm for XCRFW, 200mm for
(6) (6) Fixing
80

XCREW
Horizontal position Vertical position (5) 200 maxi – 83 mini
(5)

36
(6) 90° maxi
127 95
= =
Ø: 2 oblongs holes 6,2 x 6,5.
53 = 107 = 11
=
=

= =
11
5
18

117

137
85
95

100
95

= 32 = (1)
=

53 = 75 =
75 85

Limit switch, Classic, XCKWM (metal)

( )
XCKWM2110H29 XCKWM2102H29 XCKWM2121H29 XCKWM2115H29
14 14 22 15
4 8 5,5
14
34,5
30

48,5

60,5
54
88,5

112,5
108

119

(1) = 41 =
30 64 (1) = 41 = 30 (1) 41
(1) 41 11,5 = =
30 64 30 65 8 34 64

XCK WM2106H29
(1) 3 ISO M20 x 1,5 for cable gland.
14 (2) 2 x Ø 4.
Back side Ø: 2 oblongs holes 5,2 x 6,2.
41
142,5
201

54

(2)

= 27 =

(1) = 41 =
30 64

91
Level-, Detection- and Limit Switches

XCSW

These key operated safety switches is specially designed for machine

guarding applications. They provide an ideal solution for the locking or
interlocking of movable guards used on industrial machinery.

Specifications

Material (body) Zink Alloy (ZnAl 4 - Zamak)

IP Rating IP66
Temperature –20°C to +60°C
Approvals INERIS 04ATEX0038X
Ex II 2 GD - Ex ed IIC T6 IP67 T85°C
Standards IEC61241–0, pr IEC61241–1
Ex-Code Ex ed IIC T6 T85°C ATEX II 2 GD
Zone 1 - 2 and 21 - 22
Type of actuator XCSW metallic body
Actuator speed Maximal: 0,5 m/s, minimal: 0,001 m/s
Cable entry 1 entry ¿tted with ISO M20 cable gland
Fixing centres 30 x 60
Dimensions (mm) 40 x 113,5 x 44

Guard switches

Without locking of the operating With locking of the operating key and manual unlocking
key With pushbutton With key operated lock
Weight (kg) 0,450 0,480 0,500
Resistance to forcible withdrawal of actuator XCSWB and XCSWC: 1500 N
Mechanical durability (millions of operating 1 0,6
cycles)
N/C + N/C snap action XCSWA2902 XCSWB2902 XCSWC2902
N/O + N/C stagged XCSWA2102 XCSWB2102 XCSWC2102

Attention:
The XCSW product must be used with a Safety modules for monitoring based on Schneider PREVENTA range.
This module must be locate in safety zone (not ATEX) or in an Explosion proof enclosure.

Reference of actuators
Description Straight actuator Wide actuator Pivoting actuator Latch for sliding doors

For guard switches XCSWA, B, XCS Z01 XCS Z02 XCS Z03 XCS Z05
C, E
Weight (kg) 0,020 0,020 0,095 0,600

92
Level-, Detection- and Limit Switches

XCSW

Key operated metal case safety switches

Without locking of the operating key
Metal case limit switches for use on machines without inertia and operating in normal conditions (no vibration or
shock). Guard mounted vertically without risk of rebound on closing, thereby eliminating unintentional opening of
the guard.

With locking of the operating key and manual unlocking

Metal case limit switches for use on heavy machines without inertia and operating in arduous conditions (shock
or vibration exist), whereby the guard could open unintentionally. A key operated lock or a pushbutton enables
the positive locking of the guard and its subsequent unlocking.

Operating keys
The operating keys are common to all metal case safety switches. Their oblong ¿xing holes enable simple
adjustment when mounting on moving guards. A pivoting operating key (both horizontally and vertically) is
available when using safety switches in conjunction with hinged guards or guards with imprecise guiding. Straight
operating keys are supplied with an adaptor shank for simple replacement of an XCKWJ limit switch by an XCSW
switch, without the need to drill additional ¿xing holes.

Turret head
All metal case safety switches are ¿tted with a square turret head which can be rotated through 360° in 90° steps
8 directions of actuation are possible for the operating key:
- 4 in the horizontal plane,
- 4 from above the switch (4 alternative positions of the key slot, depending on the orientation of the head).
On removal of the ¿ xing screw for re-orientation of the operating head, the head itself remains attached to the
body and the contact state remain unchanged.

Safety contacts
Metal case safety switches incorporate a 2-pole contact block, with positive opening operation, which is actu-
ated by insertion or withdrawal of the operating key. The withdrawal of the operating key opens the N/C safety
contact(s), even in the event of the contact sticking or welding.

Manual locking/unlocking by pushbutton or key operated lock

on XCWSB and XCWSC
Their use is not necessary for the normal operation of the limit switch. For ease of access, the pushbutton or
lock may be mounted on the right or the left of the limit switch head. For limit switches type XCSWC, when the
machine guard is locked (key in position “LOCK”), the resistance to forcible withdrawal of the operating key ¿ tted
to the guard is 150 daN. The key is removable from the locking device in the “LOCK” position.

Dimensions XCSWA XCSWB, XCSWC

93
Level-, Detection- and Limit Switches

XY2WCE

The tripwire emergency stop is located above or close to the conveyor. In

the event of a mechanical problem or overloading on the belt, the tripwire
mechanism will cause the belt to stop.

Specifications

Material (body) Zink Alloy (ZnAl 4 - Zamak)

IP rating IP65
Temperature 20°C to +60°C
Approvals INERIS 04ATEX0040 for XY2W
Standards Cenelec EN50014, EN50018, EN50019,
EN500281-1-1
Ex-Code Ex ed IIC T6 IP65 / T85ºC ATEX II 2 GD
Work specifications AC15; A300 (Ue=240V, Ie=3A) /
DC13; Q300 (Ue=250V, Ie=0,27 A)
Protection By fuse 10A gG (gl)

Wire trip emergency stop

For operating cable ut to 50m long Latching without indicator light
Mechanical durability (million of operating cycles)
0.01
Connection 1 entry with ISO M20 cable gland (for cable ø 7mm to 15mm)
and 2 entries ¿tted with blank plug
Reset By booted pushbutton By key release pushbutton (key no 421)
Operating cable length < 50m < 50m
Operating cable anchoring point To left To right To left To right
References 1 N/C + N/O positive snap action XY2W- XY2W- XY2WCE2A450 XY2WCE1A450
CE2A250 CE1A250
2 N/C + N/O positive snap action XY2W- XY2W- XY2WCE2A470 XY2WCE1A470
CE2A270 CE1A270

Dimensions

94
Level-, Detection- and Limit Switches

XPEW

The foot switch gives information by foot action so that operators

can focus their hands and eyes on other tasks at hand.

Specifications

Material Zink Alloy (ZnAl 4 - Zamak)

IP rating IP66
Temperature 20°C to +60°C
Approvals INERIS 04ATEX0042 for XPEW
Standards Cenelec EN50014, EN50018, EN50019,
EN500281-1-1
Ex-Code Ex ed IIC T6 IP65/IP66 T85ºC ATEX II 2 GD
Work specifications AC15; A300 (Ue=240V, Ie=3A) / DC13;
Q300 (Ue=250V, Ie=0,27 A)
Protection By fuse 10A gG (gl)

Single pedal switches

Type Single pedal switches
Mechanical durability (million of operating cycles)
5
Connection 1 entry ¿tted with PG16 cable gland (for cable ø 5mm to 13mm)
and 1 ¿tted with blank plug
Colour Blue Orange
Contact operation 1 step 2 step 1 step 2 step
References 1 N/C + N/O positive snap action XPEWM110 – XPEWR110 –
2 N/C + N/O positive snap action XPEWM111 XPEWM211 XPEWR111 XPEWR211

Dimensions

95
Level-, Detection- and Limit Switches

XMLWC

When it is important to control Àuids in your installation, Technor Atex

pressure switches are the solution. With an extensive range for pressures
and Àuids, XMLWC pressures switches give you control in your ATEX
zone. For further information, please contact our sales of¿ce for informa-
tion.

Specifications

Material (body) Zink Alloy (ZnAl 4 - Zamak)

IP Rating IP66
Temperature ÀuidT < +70°C or
+70°C < ÀuidT < +150°C
Approvals INERIS 04ATEX0007
Standards Cenelec EN50014, EN50018, EN50019,
EN500281-1-1
Ex-Code ATEX II 2 GD - Ex ed IIC T6 - IP66 - T85°C
for ÀuidT < +70°C
ATEX II 2 GD - Ex ed IIC T3 - IP66 - T200°C
for +70°C < ÀuidT < +150°C
Connection Screw clamp terminals
1/4” gas female
Availability Corrosive Àuids, oil, water, air

Type Vacuum switch with Pressure switch with display

display
Gauge - 1 bar 1 bar 1 bar
Conformity ATEX Directive 94/9/EC, EN 50014, EN 50018, EN 50019, EN 50281-1-1
Zones 1-2 (Gas) / 21 - 22 (combustible dust)
EC type examination certi¿cate INERIS 04ATEX0007
number
Product labeling ATEX II 2 GD - Ex ed IIC T6 - IP66 - T85°C for ÀuidT < +70°C
ATEX II 2 GD - Ex ed IIC T3 - IP66 - T200°C for +70°C < ÀuidT < +150°C
Hydraulic connection 1/4” gas female
Electric connection On terminal, entry tapped for cable ISO M20 x 1,5
Temperature range - 20 °C … + 60°C
Degree of protection IP66
Rated operational characteristics Ue = 250V Ie = 6A
Protection against short-circuits By fuse cartridge 10 A gG (gl)
Adjustable range of switching point -1…-0,14 bar 0,005…1 bar 0,005…1 bar
(PH)
Fluids controlled Oil, water, air, Oil, air Water, corrosive Àuids
corrosive Àuids
Possible differential Min. at low setting 0,13 bar 0,03 bar 0,03 bar
subtract from PH Min. at high setting 0,14 bar 0,04 bar 0,04 bar
to give PB Max. at high setting 0,8 bar 0,8 bar 0,8 bar
Single-pole contact N/C+N/O snap XMLW-CM02T2S12 XMLW- XMLW-C001S2S12
action C001R2S12

96
Level-, Detection- and Limit Switches

XMLWC

Type Pressure switch with display

Gauge 4 bar 4 bar 10 bar
Conformity ATEX Directive 94/9/EC, EN 50014, EN 50018, EN 50019, EN 50281-1-1
Zones 1-2 (Gas) / 21 - 22 (combustible dust)
EC type examination certi¿cate number INERIS 04ATEX0007
Product labeling ATEX II 2 GD - Ex ed IIC T6 - IP66 - T85°C for ÀuidT < +70°C
ATEX II 2 GD - Ex ed IIC T3 - IP66 - T200°C for +70°C < ÀuidT < +150°C
Hydraulic connection 1/4” gas female
Electric connection On terminal, entry tapped for cable ISO M20 x 1,5
Temperature range - 20 °C … + 60°C
Degree of protection IP66
Rated operational characteristics Ue = 250V Ie = 6A
Protection against short-circuits By fuse cartridge 10 A gG (gl)
Adjustable range of switching point (PH) 0,3…4 bar 0,3…4 bar 0,7…10 bar
Fluids controlled Oil, water, air Corrosive Àuids Oil, water, air
Possible differential Min. at low setting 0,17 bar 0,17 bar 0,45 bar
subtract from PH Min. at high setting 0,15 bar 0,15 bar 0,70 bar
to give PB Max. at high setting 2,5 bar 2,5 bar 8 bar
Single-pole contact N/C+N/O snap action XMLW-C004B2S12 XMLW-C004C2S12 XMLW-C010B2S12

Type Pressure switch with display

Gauge 10 bar 20 bar 20 bar
Conformity ATEX Directive 94/9/EC, EN 50014, EN 50018, EN 50019, EN 50281-1-1
Zones 1-2 (Gas) / 21 - 22 (combustible dust)
EC type examination certi¿cate number INERIS 04ATEX0007
Product labeling ATEX II 2 GD - Ex ed IIC T6 - IP66 - T85°C for ÀuidT < +70°C
ATEX II 2 GD - Ex ed IIC T3 - IP66 - T200°C for +70°C < ÀuidT < +150°C
Hydraulic connection 1/4” gas female
Electric connection On terminal, entry tapped for cable ISO M20 x 1,5
Temperature range - 20 °C … + 60°C
Degree of protection IP66
Rated operational characteristics Ue = 250V Ie = 6A
Protection against short-circuits By fuse cartridge 10 A gG (gl)
Adjustable range of switching point (PH) 0,7…10 bar 1,3…20 bar 1,3…20 bar
Fluids controlled Corrosive Àuids Oil, water, air Corrosive Àuids
Possible differential Min. at low setting 0,45 bar 0,7 bar 0,7 bar
subtract from PH Min. at high setting 0,70 bar 1 bar 1 bar
to give PB Max. at high setting 8 bar 11 bar 11 bar
Single-pole contact N/C+N/O snap action XMLW-C010C2S12 XMLW-C020B2S12 XMLW-C020C2S12

Type Pressure switch with display

Gauge 35 bar 35 bar
Conformity ATEX Directive 94/9/EC, EN 50014, EN 50018, EN 50019, EN 50281-1-1
Zones 1-2 (Gas) / 21 - 22 (combustible dust)
EC type examination certi¿cate number INERIS 04ATEX0007
Product labeling ATEX II 2 GD - Ex ed IIC T6 - IP66 - T85°C for ÀuidT < +70°C
ATEX II 2 GD - Ex ed IIC T3 - IP66 - T200°C for +70°C < ÀuidT < +150°C
Hydraulic connection 1/4” gas female
Electric connection On terminal, entry tapped for cable ISO M20 x 1,5
Temperature range - 20 °C … + 60°C
Degree of protection IP66
Rated operational characteristics Ue = 250V Ie = 6A
Protection against short-circuits By fuse cartridge 10 A gG (gl)
Adjustable range of switching point (PH) 3,5…35 bar 3,5…35 bar
Fluids controlled Oil, water, air Corrosive Àuids
Possible differential Min. at low setting 1 bar 1 bar
subtract from PH Min. at high setting 1,5 bar 1,5 bar
to give PB Max. at high setting 22 bar 22 bar
Single-pole contact N/C+N/O snap action XMLW-C035B2S12 XMLW-C035C2S12

97
Level-, Detection- and Limit Switches

XMLWC

Type Pressure switch with display

Gauge 70 bar 70 bar 70 bar
Conformity ATEX Directive 94/9/EC, EN 50014, EN 50018, EN 50019, EN 50281-1-1
Zones 1-2 (Gas) / 21 - 22 (combustible dust)
EC type examination certi¿cate number INERIS 04ATEX0007
Product labeling ATEX II 2 GD - Ex ed IIC T6 - IP66 - T85°C for ÀuidT < +70°C
ATEX II 2 GD - Ex ed IIC T3 - IP66 - T200°C for +70°C < ÀuidT < +150°C
Hydraulic connection 1/4” gas female
Electric connection On terminal, entry tapped for cable ISO M20 x 1,5
Temperature range - 20 °C … + 60°C
Degree of protection IP66
Rated operational characteristics Ue = 250V Ie = 6A
Protection against short-circuits By fuse cartridge 10 A gG (gl)
Adjustable range of switching point 7…70 bar 7…70 bar 7…70 bar
(PH)
Fluids controlled Oil, air Fresh water, sea water Corrosive Àuids
Possible differential Min. at low setting 4,5 bar 4,5 bar 4,5 bar
subtract from PH Min. at high setting 8,9 bar 8,9 bar 8,9 bar
to give PB Max. at high setting 60 bar 60 bar 60 bar
Single-pole contact N/C+N/O snap XMLW- XMLW-C070E2S12 XMLW-C070N2S12
action C070D2S12

Type Pressure switch with display

Gauge 160 bar 160 bar 160 bar
Conformity ATEX Directive 94/9/EC, EN 50014, EN 50018, EN 50019, EN 50281-1-1
Zones 1-2 (Gas) / 21 - 22 (combustible dust)
EC type examination certi¿cate number INERIS 04ATEX0007
Product labeling ATEX II 2 GD - Ex ed IIC T6 - IP66 - T85°C for ÀuidT < +70°C
ATEX II 2 GD - Ex ed IIC T3 - IP66 - T200°C for +70°C < ÀuidT < +150°C
Hydraulic connection 1/4” gas female
Electric connection On terminal, entry tapped for cable ISO M20 x 1,5
Temperature range - 20 °C … + 60°C
Degree of protection IP66
Rated operational characteristics Ue = 250V Ie = 6A
Protection against short-circuits By fuse cartridge 10 A gG (gl)
Adjustable range of switching point 12…160 bar 12…160 bar 12…160 bar
(PH)
Fluids controlled Oil, air Fresh water, sea water Corrosive Àuids
Possible differential Min. at low setting 9 bar 9 bar 9 bar
subtract from PH Min. at high setting 21 bar 21 bar 21 bar
to give PB Max. at high setting 110 bar 110 bar 110 bar
Single-pole contact N/C+N/O snap XMLW- XMLW-C160E2S12 XMLW-C160N2S12
action C160D2S12

98
 Level-, Detection- and Limit Switches

XMLWC

Type Pressure switch with display

Gauge 300 bar 300 bar 300 bar
Conformity ATEX Directive 94/9/EC, EN 50014, EN 50018, EN 50019, EN 50281-1-1
Zones 1-2 (Gas) / 21 - 22 (combustible dust)
EC type examination certi¿cate number INERIS 04ATEX0007
Product labeling ATEX II 2 GD - Ex ed IIC T6 - IP66 - T85°C for ÀuidT < +70°C
ATEX II 2 GD - Ex ed IIC T3 - IP66 - T200°C for +70°C < ÀuidT < +150°C
Hydraulic connection 1/4” gas female
Electric connection On terminal, entry tapped for cable ISO M20 x 1,5
Temperature range - 20 °C … + 60°C
Degree of protection IP66
Rated operational characteristics Ue = 250V Ie = 6A
Protection against short-circuits By fuse cartridge 10 A gG (gl)
Adjustable range of switching point (PH) 22…300 bar 22…300 bar 22…300 bar
Fluids controlled Oil, air Fresh water, sea water Corrosive Àuids
Possible differential Min. at low setting 16 bar 16 bar 16 bar
subtract from PH Min. at high setting 35 bar 35 bar 35 bar
to give PB Max. at high setting 240 bar 240 bar 240 bar
Single-pole contact N/C+N/O snap action XMLW- XMLW-C300E2S12 XMLW-C300N2S12
C300D2S12

Type Pressure switch with display

Gauge 500 bar 500 bar 500 bar
Conformity ATEX Directive 94/9/EC, EN 50014, EN 50018, EN 50019, EN 50281-1-1
Zones 1-2 (Gas) / 21 - 22 (combustible dust)
EC type examination certi¿cate number INERIS 04ATEX0007
Product labeling ATEX II 2 GD - Ex ed IIC T6 - IP66 - T85°C for ÀuidT < +70°C
ATEX II 2 GD - Ex ed IIC T3 - IP66 - T200°C for +70°C < ÀuidT < +150°C
Hydraulic connection 1/4” gas female
Electric connection On terminal, entry tapped for cable ISO M20 x 1,5
Temperature range - 20 °C … + 60°C
Degree of protection IP66
Rated operational characteristics Ue = 250V Ie = 6A
Protection against short-circuits By fuse cartridge 10 A gG (gl)
Adjustable range of switching point 30…500 bar 30…500 bar 30…500 bar
(PH)
Fluids controlled Oil, air Fresh water, sea water Corrosive Àuids
Possible differential Min. at low setting 19 bar 19 bar 19 bar
subtract from PH Min. at high setting 52 bar 52 bar 52 bar
to give PB Max. at high setting 340 bar 340 bar 340 bar
Single-pole contact N/C+N/O snap XMLW- XMLW-C500E2S12 XMLW-C500N2S12
action C500D2S12

Dimensions

90 46 PH : HIGH SETUP POINT

PB : LOW POINT

Choose the pressure by adjusting the red

screw '1' and adjust the low pressure by
setting up the differential pressure with the
green screw '2'.
113

2xØ5,2
37 5
Ø5,2 x 6,7
37

(2)
17,5

23 = 20-22 =
56

99
100
Flameproof Enclosures

TNCD
Enclosure, Ex d, AISI 316 102
TNXCD
Cylindrical Enclosure, Ex d, AISI 316 103
DE8WH
Enclosure, Ex d/de, Semi-hardened Steel 104
DE1WH
Enclosure, Ex e/ed, Semi-hardened Steel 105
GUB Series
Enclosures for connection, Ex d IIC, Copper free Aluminium 106
GUB-QL Series
Enclosures for check and control, Ex d IIC, Copper free Aluminium 108
CP Series
Junction Boxes, Ex d IIC, Copper free Aluminium 110
TNBCD
Enclosure, Ex d, AISI 316 115
DE8BC
Enclosure, Ex d/de, Semi-hardened Steel or AISI 316 116
EJB Series
Enclosures for control, check and connection, Ex d IIB + H2, Copper free Aluminium 117
TNDLD
Line Bushing, Ex d, Acid Resistant Steel 121
TNDLD (Fibre optic)
Line Bushing, Ex d, Acid Resistant Steel 122
TNDLDE (Coax cable)
Line Bushing, Ex d, Acid Resistant Steel 123

101
Flameproof Enclosures

TNCD

The TNCD range of Enclosures is designed to meet the requirements

for Ex d IIC equipment in rigorous environments on- and offshore.

Specifications

Material Acid Resistant Stainless Steel SS316

IP Rating IP66 (IP67 upon request)
Temperature -20ºC to +40ºC (T6),
Option -40ºC to +60ºC
Approvals NEMKO 03ATEX263U
Complete certificate DNV-2203-OSL-ATEX-0135
Standards EN50014, IEC/EN 60079-0
EN50018, IEC/EN 60079-1
Ex-Code Ex d IIC/IIB T6 – T4
II 2 G/D or II 2(1/2)G/D
Lid gasket Viton
Surface treatment Glass blasted
Earthing between
Ex d and Ex e/i Through the Àange assembly
enclosures
Cover With or without hinges, depending on size

Measurement table for EEx d IIC Explosion proof enclosures

TNCD Internal dimensions
A B C D Ø a b c Viewing window TNCD
Width Height Depth Total Weight Window Width Height Depth Viewing windows are available in the
TNCD (mm) (mm) (mm) depth kg (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) following diameters: 65mm, 100mm and
191918 190 190 180 213 16 65 170 170 131 154mm. The window is placed in the
282827 280 280 270 300 37 65/100 260 260 217 centre of the lid. Windows (Ø65) can also
383827 380 380 270 300 60 65/100 360 360 217
be placed on the sides or back wall.
575727 570 570 270 300 125 65/100/154 550 550 213

Range of EEx e connection boxes (optional)

E F G
Width Heigth Depth Kg
TNCC (mm) (mm) (mm) Weight
191918 190 190 180 3,0
282827 280 280 270 6,6
383827 380 380 270 10,5
575727 570 570 270 19,7

Dimensions

102
Flameproof Enclosures

TNXCD

The TNXCD range of enclosures features a slim and compact

multipurpose design.
The enclosures are Ex d IIC approved for use on- and offshore

Specifications

Material Acid resistant stainless steel SS316

IP Rating IP66 (IP67 and IP68 upon request)
Temperature Various max: -50ºC to +60ºC
Approvals
- Empty enclosure DNV-2003-OSL-ATEX-0436-U
- Complete enclosure DNV-2004-OSL-ATEX-0115

Standards Cenelec
EN50014, IEC/EN 60079-0
EN50018, IEC/EN 60079-1
EN50019, IEC/EN 60079-7
Ex-Code empty enclosure Ex IIC, II 2 G

Earthing between Ex d
and Ex e enclosure Through the Àange assembly

Entries Ex e glands and EEx d bushings,

or EEx d glands only
Gland Size EEx e M25
Gland Size EEx d According to speci¿cation
Bushing EEx d Max M42,
number and core size acc. to spec.

Dimensions

103
Flameproof Enclosures

DE8WH

Our ATEX enclosures range comprises many standard sizes of enclosures

manufactured in painted steel. Each of the enclosures allow for the utiliza-
tion of standard electrical components inside making subsequent replace-
ment and maintenance of the installed components easier as it may be
performed by trained electricians. If required, several enclosures may be
assembled on a framework, with separate or common Ex e/I junction box-
es. The enclosures can be delivered empty with U component certi¿cate or
supplied fully assembled according to client demands. DE8WH range can
be provided in Semi-hardened steel.

Specifications

Material Semi-hardened steel

IP Rating IP65
Temperature –20°C to +40°C (+50°C, +60°C)
Approvals INERIS 03ATEX0121X
Standards Cenelec EN50014, EN50018, EN50019,
EN50020, EN500281-1-1
Ex-Code Ex d IIC or de IIB T6 to T4 IP6X - T85°C to T135°C
ATEX II 2 GD or 2 (1) GD
Ex d [ia] or d [ia] ia or de [ia] or
de [ia] ia IIB T6 IP6X T85°C
Surface treatment RAL 7032 Painting - Special painting on request.
Drain plug Upon request

Measurement table for Ex d IIC Explosion proof enclosure

Useful Fixing Diameter Base plate Max. Weights
Reference Width Height Door Depth Depth points of fixing useful surface dissipation Empty
DE8WH A B Ø H P A1 x B1 holes IxJ W kg
DE8WH107 670 1040 550 360 317 720x800 Ø 14 646x1016 600 260
DE8WH64 670 670 550 300 257 720x552 Ø 14 646x646 330 200
DE8WH43 520 520 400 300 257 570x400 Ø 14 496x496 270 125
DE8WH32 330 330 250 300 257 380x210 Ø 14 306x306 165 65
DE8WH261 260 260 245 135 85 116x305 Ø9 Ø 190 90 9
DE8WH26 260 260 230 135 175 116x305 Ø9 Ø 190 90 12

Dimensions

104
Flameproof Enclosures

DE1WH

Our ATEX enclosures range comprises many standard sizes of

enclosures manufactured in painted steel. Each of the enclosures
are allows for the utilization of standard electrical components inside
making subsequent replacement and maintenance of the installed
components easier as they may be performed by trained electricians.
If required, several enclosures may be assembled on a framework,
with separate or common Ex e/I junction boxes. The enclosures
can be delivered empty with U component certi¿cate or supplied
fully assembled according to client demands. DE1WH range can be
providing in Semi-hardened steel.

Specifications

Material Semi-hardened steel

IP Rating IP65
Temperature –20°C to +40°C (+50°C, +60°C)
Approvals INERIS 03ATEX0006
Standards Cenelec EN50014, EN50018, EN50019,
EN50028, EN500281-1-1
Ex-Code Ex e II or ed IIC or em II or emd IIC T6 to T4
IP6X - T85°C to T135°C
ATEX II 2 GD
Surface treatment RAL 7032 Painting – Special painting on request.
Drain plug Upon request

Measurement table for Ex e IIC Increase safety enclosures: DE1WH

Nb of Diameter Weights
Reference Width Height Depth command and Nb of of fixing empty
DE1WH A B C signal unit Ammeter holes kg
DE1WH270 250 270 230 9 2 25 6
DE1WH330 250 330 230 18 4 42 8
DE1WH520 330 520 230 40 4 72 13
DE1WH670 520 670 230 108 5 120 22

Dimensions

105
Flameproof Enclosures

GUB

The GUB… series of enclosures for control, check, signal, automation,

interruption and/or protection units is Ex d IIC certi¿ed. Suitable for electric
and/or electronic equipment and terminals for the link to the outside cir-
cuits. GUB… Enclosure lids may be equipped with an inspection window.

Specifications

Material Copper free Aluminium (Cu<0,1%)

IP Rating IP66
Temperature -50°C to 55°C
-30°C to 55°C with glass inspection window
Certification EC-Type Examination Certi¿cate
& Approvals INERIS 00ATEX0033X
GOST Certi¿cate
ɊɈɋɋ IT.ȽȻ04.ȼ00495
Standards EN 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 60079-11 /
61241-0 / 61241-1 / 61241-11
IEC 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 60079-11 /
61241-0 / 61241-1 / 61241-11
Ex-code II 2 GD
Ex d IIC T6 / T5 / T4
Ex tD A21 IP66 T85°C / T100°C / T135°C
II 2(1) GD
Ex d [ia] IIC T6
Ex tD [ia] A21 IP66 T85°C
According to European Directive 94/9/EC (ATEX)
For Zone 1 / Zone 2, Zone 21 / Zone 22
Lid / Door gasket O-ring made in Nitrile Rubber (NBR)
Surface treatment Unpainted
Drain plug The enclosures can be equipped with drain and/or breather devices:
ECR-1; ECR-2 type.
Entries thread Metric pitch 1.5, ANSI B1.20.1 NPT, UNI 6125
Standard identification Identi¿cation nameplate is realized in high resistance self-adhesive polyester with thermal transfer inscriptions
Max. Q.ty for entries Maximum quantity of entries per side A/B: check table’s references
Max. Q.ty for terminals Maximum quantity of terminals per size in sqmm: check table’s references
Accessories on request External polyurethane painting “Standard Cycle” Green RAL 6003
External polyurethane customized painting
Main Applications GUB…- Lighting / Power Distribution Panel (QADL)
GUB-…EMH…Instruments Housing
GUB-QL…

Note Bearing in mind the inifinite of combinations between:

• quantity of terminals,
• relevant cross section,
• class of temperature,
• ambient temperature
... we suggest using our software CALCUBOX to set up the compatible terminals strips and entries.
A free copy of CALCUBOX is usually supplied with the CD version of the product Catalogue and is also available as
a download from our website.

106
Flameproof Enclosures

GUB

Items Table
Weight
TYPE CODE A B C D F G ØH I L M Kg P R AA EE
GUB 01 A.0244.10 169 169 152 139 62 105 125 150 150 7 3,620 - - - -
GUB 02 A.0245.10 190 190 164 160 63 113 144 170 170 8 4,720 - - - -
GUB 03 A.0246.10 210 210 179 180 78 127 167 190 190 8 5,950 - - - -
GUB 04 A.0247.10 232 281 206 202 97 152 183 210 260 8 8,900 - - - -
GUB 05 A.0248.10 257 298 222 227 106 163 206 235 275 8 11,860 - - - -
GUB 06 A.0249.10 293 329 248 259 140 203 242 270 305 10 15,750 - - - -

Maximum quantity of entries per sides A/B Indicative maximum quantity of terminals
Conduit Entries (one row) per Size in square mm.
(For speci¿c quantity contact our sales service)
GUB GUB GUB GUB GUB GUB Type GUB GUB GUB GUB GUB GUB
Type 01 02 03 04 05 06 mm2 01 02 03 04 05 06
M20 ½” 3/3 3/3 4/4 4/5 4/5 5/6 2,5 18 22 25 40 46 58
M25 ¾” 2/2 2/2 4/4 4/5 4/5 4/5 4 17 21 25 40 46 58
M32 1” 2/2 2/2 3/3 3/4 3/4 4/4 6 14 17 19 22 34 42
M50 1 ½” 1/1 1/1 2/2 2/3 2/3 2/3 10 11 13 15 17 19 34
M63 2” 1/1 1/1 1/1 2/2 2/2 2/3 16 9 10 12 14 16 19
M75 2 ½” - - 1/1 1/2 2/2 2/2 25 5 6 8 9 10 12
M80 3” - - - 1/1 1/2 1/2 35 - 6 8 9 10 12
4” - - - - 1/1 1/1 50 - 5 6 8 8 11
70 - - - - 5 8
120 - - - - 4 6
Maximum quantity of entries per sides A/B
185 - - - - - 5
Cable Glands Entries (two row)
GUB GUB GUB GUB GUB GUB
Type 01 02 03 04 05 06
M20 ½” 3/3 5/5 5/5 5/7 7/9 7/9
GUB-...Lighting/power distribution panels (QADL)
M25 ¾” 3/3 5/5 5/5 5/7 7/9 7/9
M32 1” 2/2 3/3 3/3 5/5 5/7 5/7 GUB…Series of Enclosures, in combination with MCB circuit
M50 1 ½” 1/1 2/2 2/2 2/3 2/3 3/5 breakers series MULTI-9 Merlin Gerin brand of Schneider Electric,
M63 2” 1/1 1/1 1/1 2/2 2/2 3/2 are suitable for building “Customized” Lighting/Power Distribution
M75 2 ½” - - 1/1 1/2 2/2 2/2 Panels and Heat Tracing panels. These customized Lighting/
M80 3” - - - 1/1 1/2 1/2
Power distribution panels are used, indoor or outdoor, in corrosive
4” - - - - 1/1 1/1
and hazardous locations due to the presence of gases, vapours
and dusts.

Dimensions

107
Flameproof Enclosures

GUB-QL

The GUB-QL series of enclosures for control, check, signal, automation,

interruption and/or protection units are Ex d IIC certi¿ed. Suitable for
electric and/or electronic equipment and terminals for the link to the out-
side circuits. On GUB-QL enclosures, accessories such as pushbuttons,
pilot lamps and selector switch operators can be installed.

Specifications

Material Copper free Aluminium (Cu <0,1%)

IP Rating IP66
Temperature -50°C to 55°C
Certification EC-Type Examination Certi¿cate
& Approvals INERIS 00ATEX0033X
GOST Certi¿cate ɊɈɋɋ IT.ȽȻ04.ȼ00495
Standards EN 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 60079-11 /
61241-0 / 61241-1 / 61241-11
IEC 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 60079-11 /
61241-0 / 61241-1 / 61241-11
Ex-code II 2 GD
Ex d IIC T6 / T5 / T4
Ex tD A21 IP66 T85°C/T100°C/T135°C

II 2(1) GD
Ex d [ia] IIC T6
Ex tD [ia] A21 IP66 T85°C

According to European Directive 94/9/EC (ATEX)

For Zone 1 / Zone 2, Zone 21 / Zone 22
Lid / Door gasket O-ring made in Nitrile Rubber (NBR)
Surface treatment Unpainted
Drain plug The enclosures can be equipped with drain and/or
breather devices: ECR-1; ECR-2 type.
Entries thread Metric pitch 1.5, ANSI B1.20.1 NPT, UNI 6125
Standard identification Identi¿cation nameplate is realized in high resistance
self-adhesive polyester with thermal transfer inscriptions
Quantity for entries Maximum quantity of entries per side A/B:
check table’s references
Quantity for terminals Maximum quantity of terminals per size in sqmm:
check table’s references
Accessories on Request External polyurethane painting “Standard Cycle” Green RAL 6003
External polyurethane customized painting

Note Bearing in mind the endless of combinations between:

quantity of terminals, relevant cross section, class of
temperature, ambient temperature... we suggest using
our software CALCUBOX to set up the compatible
terminals strips and entries. A free copy of CALCUBOX
is usually supplied with the CD Catalogue and is also
available as a download from our website.

108
Flameproof Enclosures

GUB-QL

TYPE Maximun M32 REFERENCE / QUOTE

Devices A B C D E F G H I L M N P
GUB-QL 02 3 190 190 139 160 160 63 104 144 170 170 8 143 179
GUB-QL 03 4 210 210 160 180 180 78 119 167 190 190 8 139 174
GUB-QL 06 10 293 329 235 259 295 140 195 242 305 270 10 / /

NB. The Enclosures are equipped with an inside thermostat that, when evironment temperature is rangin from -25°C to -50°C, assure an internal
temperature of -25°C min. Instead, when inside temperature goes over 40°C the thermostat must cut out the circuit tension.

Dimensions

109
Flameproof Enclosures

CP

The CP… series of Enclosures Ex d IIC certi¿ed with or without

terminals for the connection to the outside circuits.
CP… Enclosures are made of Copper free Aluminium (Cu <0,1%),
completed with threaded hubs suitable for cable glands or conduit
and internal threaded devices to secure DIN/Omega normalized rails
for terminal strips. Connection of ¿ttings do not affect inner space,
which is fully available for terminals and wirings. Internal and
external screws are in Stainless Steel AISI 304

Specifications

Material Copper free Aluminium (Cu <0,1%)

IP Rating IP65
Temperature -35°C to +40°C for T6 / T85°C
-35°C to +50°C for T5 / T100°C
-35°C to +60°C for T4 / T135°C
Certification EC-Type Examination Certi¿cate
& Approvals INERIS 03ATEX0009
GOST Certi¿cate
ɊɈɋɋ IT.ȽȻ04.ȼ00508
Standards EN 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 61241-0 / 61241-1
IEC 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 61241-0 / 61241-1
Ex-code II 2 GD
Ex d IIC T6 / T5 / T4
Ex tD A21 IP65 T85°C / T100°C / T135°C
According to European Directive 94/9/EC (ATEX)
For Zone 1 / Zone 2 & Zone 21 / Zone 22
Lid / Door gasket O-ring made in Nitrile Rubber (NBR)
Surface treatment Unpainted
Electrical Max DC voltage 440 V
characteristics Max AC voltage 1000 V
Nominal frequency 50 / 60 Hz
Max current 100 A
Internal diameter Available from 90 mm to 120 mm
Entries position (C) = 2, (T) = 3, (X) = 4 ways
Entries thread Metric pitch 1.5, ANSI B1.20.1 NPT, UNI 6125
Standard identification Identi¿cation nameplate is made of high resistance self-adhesive
polyester with thermal transfer inscriptions
Accessories upon External polyurethane painting “Standard Cycle” Green RAL 6003
request

110
Flameproof Enclosures

CP

Code Type Internal Diameter [mm] Entries Number Entries Configuration Entries Diameter Ø Weight [kg]
A.0213.02 CPC- 26 90 2 C ¾” UNI-6125 0,88
A.0213.22 CPC- 26 90 2 C ¾” NPT
A.0213.20 CPC- 26 90 2 C M25 metric x 1,5 0,88
A.0213.06 CPT- 26 90 3 T ¾” UNI-6125 0,88
A.0213.26 CPT- 26 90 3 T ¾” NPT
A.0213.60 CPT- 26 90 3 T M25 metric x 1,5 0,88
A.0213.08 CPX- 26 90 4 X ¾” UNI-6125 0,88
A.0213.28 CPX- 26 90 4 X ¾” NPT
A.0213.80 CPX- 26 90 4 X M25 metric x 1,5 0,88
A.0212.01 CPSC- 26 120 2 C ¾” UNI-6125 1,27
A.0212.21 CPSC- 26 120 2 C ¾” NPT
A.0212.20 CPSC- 26 120 2 C M25 metric x 1,5 1,27
A.0212.05 CPST- 26 120 3 T ¾” UNI-6125 1,27
A.0212.26 CPST- 26 120 3 T ¾” NPT
A.0212.25 CPST- 26 120 3 T M25 metric x 1,5 1,27
A.0212.07 CPSX- 26 120 4 X ¾” UNI-6125 1,27
A.0212.27 CPSX- 26 120 4 X ¾” NPT
A.0212.70 CPSX- 26 120 4 X M25 metric x 1,5 1,27
A.0214.01 CPSG- 26 120 3 ¾” UNI-6125 1,27
A.0214.21 CPSG- 26 120 3 ¾” NPT
A.0214.10 CPSG- 26 120 3 M25 metric x 1,5 1,27
A.0212.02 CPSC- 36 120 2 C 1” UNI-6125 1,27
A.0212.42 CPSC- 36 120 2 C 1” NPT
A.0212.32 CPSC- 36 120 2 C M32 metric x 1,5 1,27
A.0212.06 CPST- 36 120 3 T 1” UNI-6125 1,27
A.0212.36 CPST- 36 120 3 T 1” NPT
A.0212.62 CPST- 36 120 3 T M32 metric x 1,5 1,27
A.0212.08 CPSX- 36 120 4 X 1” UNI-6125 1,27
A.0212.38 CPSX- 36 120 4 X 1” NPT
A.0212.72 CPSX- 36 120 4 X M32 metric x 1,5 1,27
A.0215.01 CPSG- 36 120 3 1” UNI-6125 1,27
A.0215.31 CPSG- 36 120 3 1” NPT
A.0215.32 CPSG- 36 120 3 M32 metric x 1,5 1,27

CPX-26, CPT-26, CPC-26

Cross section [sqmm] Quantity/connection per terminal Features
2,5 6/2 screw/screw
4 6/2 screw/screw
6 6/2 screw/screw

340/SP

Terminal strip type Suitable for 3 cables 3 wires 4 sqmm : Ph # N # E

Construction
Connection per
Terminal type sqmm terminal Features Colour Label Manufacturer function
11546820 4 3 Spring Grey L Entrelec Phase
12546822 4 3 Spring Blue N Entrelec Neutral
19563712 4 3 Spring Yellow /green E Entrelec Earth

440/SP

Terminal strip type Suitable for 4 cables 3 wires 4 sqmm : Ph # N # E

Construction
Connection per
Terminal type sqmm terminal Features Colour Label Manufacturer function
11547923 4 4 Spring Grey L Entrelec Phase
12547925 4 4 Spring Blue N Entrelec Neutral
19563823 4 4 Spring Yellow /green E Entrelec Earth

111
Flameproof Enclosures

CP

CPSX-26, CPSG-26
Cross section [sqmm] Quantity / connection per terminal Features
2,5 12/2 Screw/screw
4 12/2 Screw/screw
6 10/2 Screw/screw
10 6/2 Screw/screw
16 6/2 Screw/screw
Terminal strip type 340/THPN
Suitable for 3 cables 5 wires 4 sqmm :
Ph # N # E
Construction
Connection per
Terminal type sqmm terminal Features Colour Label Manufacturer function
11546820 4 3 Spring Grey L1 Entrelec Phase
11546820 4 3 Spring Grey L2 Entrelec Phase
11546820 4 3 Spring Grey L3 Entrelec Phase
12546822 4 3 Spring Blue N Entrelec Neutral
19563712 4 3 Spring Yellow /green E Entrelec Earth
Terminal strip type 440/THPN
Suitable for 4 cables 5 wires 4 sqmm :
Ph # N # E
Construction
Connection per
Terminal type sqmm terminal Features Colour Label Manufacturer function
11547923 4 4 Spring Grey L1 Entrelec Phase
11547923 4 4 Spring Grey L2 Entrelec Phase
11547923 4 4 Spring Grey L3 Entrelec Phase
12547925 4 4 Spring Blue N Entrelec Neutral
19563823 4 4 Spring Yellow /green E Entrelec Earth

CPST-36, CPSG-36
Cross section [sqmm] Quantity / connection per terminal Features
2,5 12/2 Screw/screw
4 12/2 Screw/screw
6 10/2 Screw/screw
10 6/2 Screw/screw
16 6/2 Screw/screw
340/THPN
Terminal strip type Suitable for 3 cables 5 wires 4 sqmm :
Ph # N # E
Construction
Connection per
Terminal type sqmm terminal Features Colour Label Manufacturer function
11546820 4 3 Spring Grey L1 Entrelec Phase
11546820 4 3 Spring Grey L2 Entrelec Phase
11546820 4 3 Spring Grey L3 Entrelec Phase
12546822 4 3 Spring Blue N Entrelec Neutral
19563712 4 3 Spring Yellow /green E Entrelec Earth
440/THPN
Terminal strip type Suitable for 4 cables 5 wires 4 sqmm :
Ph # N # E
Construction
Connection per
Terminal type sqmm terminal Features Colour Label Manufacturer function
11547923 4 4 Spring Grey L1 Entrelec Phase
11547923 4 4 Spring Grey L2 Entrelec Phase
11547923 4 4 Spring Grey L3 Entrelec Phase
12547925 4 4 Spring Blue N Entrelec Neutral
19563823 4 4 Spring Yellow /green E Entrelec Earth

112
Flameproof Enclosures

CP

Cross section [sqmm] Quantity / connection per terminal Features

2,5 12/2 Screw/screw
4 12/2 Screw/screw
6 10/2 Screw/screw
Terminal 340/THPN
strip type Suitable for 3 cables 5 wires 4 sqmm :
Ph # N # E
Construction
Connection per
Terminal type sqmm terminal Features Colour Label Manufacturer function
11546820 4 3 Spring Grey L1 Entrelec Phase
11546820 4 3 Spring Grey L2 Entrelec Phase
11546820 4 3 Spring Grey L3 Entrelec Phase
12546822 4 3 Spring Blue N Entrelec Neutral
19563712 4 3 Spring Yellow /green E Entrelec Earth
Terminal 440/THPN
strip type Suitable for 4 cables 5 wires 4 sqmm : Ph # N # E

Construction
Connection per
Terminal type sqmm terminal Features Colour Label Manufacturer function
11547923 4 4 Spring Grey L1 Entrelec Phase
11547923 4 4 Spring Grey L2 Entrelec Phase
11547923 4 4 Spring Grey L3 Entrelec Phase
12547925 4 4 Spring Blue N Entrelec Neutral
19563823 4 4 Spring Yellow /green E Entrelec Earth

Dimensions (mm)

INNER
VIEW
CPS-..26

CP-. CPS-..36 CPS-..26 CPS-G-26

CPS-G-36

113
114
Flameproof Enclosures

TNBCD

The TNBCD range of enclosures is designed to meet the

requirements for Ex d IIB equipment on- and offshore.

Specifications

Material Acid Resistant Stainless Steel SS316

IP Rating IP66 (IP67 and IP68 upon request)
Temperature –20ºC to +50ºC (T6)
Option -50ºC to +60ºC
Approvals NEMKO 03ATEX264U
Complete certificate DNV-2003-OSL-ATEX-0136
Standards EN50014, IEC/EN 60079-0
EN50018, IEC/EN 60079-1
Ex-Code Ex d IIC/IIB T6 – T4
II 2 G/D or II 2(1/2)G/D
Lid gasket Viton
Surface treatment Glass blasted
Earthing between
EEx d and EEx e/i Through the Àange assembly
enclosures
Cover With or without hinges,
depending on size

Range of for EEx d IIB Explosion proof enclosures

TNBCD Internal dimensions
A B C Kg Ø a b c
Width Height Depth Weight Window Wide Height Depth
TNBCD (¿xing) (mm) (¿xing) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
262531 230 290 315 48 65/100 226 216 265
323321 360 300 215 57 65/100 286 296 165
453535 420 390 355 95 65/100/154 416 316 305
573835 545 420 355 122 65/100/154 541 346 305

Measurement table for EEx e connection boxes (optional)

TNCN/TNCC
E F G
(mm) (mm) (mm)
202025 200 200 255
252015 250 200 155
383821 380 380 255
453825 450 380 255

Dimensions

115
Flameproof Enclosures

DE8BC

Our ATEX enclosures range comprises many standard sizes of

enclosures manufactured in painted carbon steel. Each of the
enclosures allow for the utilization of standard electrical compo-
nents inside, making subsequent replacement and maintenance of
the installed components easier as it may be performed by trained
electricians. If required, several enclosures may be assembled on
a framework, with separate or common Ex e/I junction boxes. The
enclosures can be delivered empty with U component certi¿cate or
supplied fully assembled according to client demands. DE8BC range
can be provided in Semi-hardened steel or stainless steel.

Specifications

Material Semi-hardened steel or stainless steel

IP Rating IP65–IP66
Temperature –20°C to +40°C (+50°C, +60°C)
Approvals INERIS 03ATEX0005X
Standards Cenelec EN50014, EN50018, EN50019,
EN50020, EN500281-1-1
Ex-Code Ex d IIB or de IIB T6 to T4 IP6X +40°C T85°C
to T135°C
ATEX II 2 GD or 2 (1) GD
Ex d [ia] or d [ia] ia or de [ia]
or de [ia] ia IIB T6 IP6X T85°C
Surface treatment RAL 7032 Painting - Special painting on request.
Drain plug Upon request

Measurement table for EEx d IIB Explosion proof enclosure

Useful Fixing Diameter Base plate Max. Weights
Reference Width Height Depth
Depth points of fixing useful surface dissipation empty
DE8BC A B C
C1 H1 x L1 holes HxL W kg
DE8BC148 940 1590 510 425 1200x900 Ø 20 1450x800 1500 1100
DE8BC108 864 1164 425 300 908x868 Ø 20 1000x700 800 580
DE8BC107 864 1164 380 251 908x868 Ø 20 1000x700 800 530
DE8BC86 764 964 365 271 714x734 Ø 20 800x600 600 370
DE8BC75 664 864 320 231 614x630 Ø 20 700x500 590 260
DE8BC64 544 744 310 226 514x526 Ø 20 600x400 470 154
DE8BC54 544 644 305 226 414x526 Ø 20 500x400 410 139
DE8BC44 544 544 295 226 334x526 Ø 12 400x400 380 113
DE8BC43 434 534 290 226 334x526 Ø 12 400x300 300 86
DE8BC351 354 474 240 166 274x346 Ø 12 350x225 200 61
DE8BC32 334 434 240 166 234x326 Ø 12 300x200 260 51

Dimensions

116
Flameproof Enclosures

EJB

The EJB… series of enclosures for control, check, signal, automation,

interruption and/or protection units provide an Ex d IIB or Ex d IIB+H2
mode of protection, containing electric and/or electronic equipment and
terminals, for the link to the outside circuits.

Specifications

Material Copper-free aluminium (Cu <0,1%)

IP Rating IP66/IP67 with Àanged joint coated with
silicone grease (contact our sales dept.
for detailed reference)
Temperature -50°C to 55°C
-50°C to 40°C with intrinsically safe
elements “ia” or “ib”
Certification EC-Type Examination Certi¿cate
& Approvals INERIS 00ATEX0021X
GOST Certi¿cate ɊɈɋɋ IT.ȽȻ04.ȼ00495
Standards EN 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 60079-11 /
61241-0 /61241-1 / 61241-11
IEC 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 60079-11 /
61241-0 / 61241-1 / 61241-11
Ex-code II 2 GD
Ex d IIB T6/T5/T4/T3
Ex d IIB+H2 T6/T5/T4/T3
Ex tD A21 IP66 T85°C/T100°C/T135°C/T200°C

II 2(1) GD
Ex d [ia] IIB T6
Ex d [ia] IIB+H2 T6
Ex tD [ia] A21 IP66 T85°C
According to European Directive 94/9/EC (ATEX)
For Zone 1 / Zone 2, Zone 21 / Zone 22
Surface treatment Unpainted
Drain plug The enclosures can be equipped with drain and/or breather devices:
ECR-1; ECR-2 type
Entries thread Metric pitch 1.5, ANSI B1.20.1 NPT, UNI 6125
Standard Identi¿cation nameplate is realized in high resistance self-adhesive polyester with thermal transfer
identification inscriptions
Quantity for entries Maximum quantity of entries per side A/B: check table’s references
Quantity for terminals Maximum quantity of terminals per size in sqmm
check table’s references
Accessories on Painted Polyurethane ¿nish (standard) RAL 6003 colours
Request External polyurethane customized painting
Main Applications EJB…- Instruments Housing (Windows) EJB…- Moulded Case Circuit Breakers (MCCB)
EJB…- On Load Switches (I) EJB…- Fuse On Load Switches (IF)
EJB…- Lighting / Power Distribution Panel (QADL) EJB…- Motor Control Starter (TTB)
EJB…- Reverse Motor Control Starter (ITB) EJB…- Star Delta Motor Control Starter (STB)

Note Bearing in mind the infinite number of combinations between:

• quantity of terminals,
• relevant cross section,
• class of temperature,
• ambient temperature
... we suggest using our software CALCUBOX to set up the compatible terminals strips and
entries. A free copy of CALCUBOX is usually supplied together with the CD version of this product
Catalogue is also available to download from our website.

117
Flameproof Enclosures

EJB

EJB...Instruments Housing (Windows)

EJB…Lids may be equipped with inspection windows made of
tempered glass. The disposition and number of the windows may
change in base to their dimensions and the windows may have
square, rectangular, circular shape as speci¿ed in the relative table
reference.
Customized Instrument Housing EJB… Instrument Housing is
suitable for use indoor or outdoor, in corrosive and hazardous due
to the presence of gases, vapours and dusts…

EJB...Moulded Case Automatic Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

EJB…Enclosure are compatible with any type of MCCB
(Moulded Case Circuit Brakers) when in line with relevant EN/IEC
STANDARDS.

EJB... On Load Swicthes (I)

EJB…meet the demands of customer oriented On-Load Switches.
EJB…Series of Enclosures are suitable to build Ex d low voltage
switchboard, in accordance with the heat dissipation listed in the
relevant certi¿cates.

EJB... Fuse/On-Load Switches (IF)

EJB… meet the needs of customer oriented Fuse/On-Load
Switches.
EJB…Series of Enclosures are suitable for the set up and the use
of Fuses Switches, in accordance with the heat dissipation listed in
the relevant certi¿cates.

EJB...Lighting/Power Distribution Panels (QADL)

EJB…meet the needs of customer oriented Lighting/Power
Distribution Panel.
EJB…Series of Enclosures are suitable to build Ex d low voltage
switchboard, in accordance with the heat dissipation listed in the
relevant certi¿cates.

EJB... Motor Control Starter (TTB)

EJB…meet the needs of a customer oriented D.O.L.
Motor Control Starter.

EJB... Reverse Motor Control Starter (ITB)

EJB… meet the needs of a customer oriented Reverser
Motor Control Starter based.

EJB... Star Delta Motor Control Starter (ITB)

EJB… meet the needs of a customer oriented Star-Delta
Motor Control Starter.

118
Flameproof Enclosures

EJB

Items
Weight
TYPE CODE A B C D E F G H I L M N ØP R [kg] AA EE
EJB 2 A.0259.10 298 238 174 230 168 95 135 205 140 250 280 9 M6 20 10,07 12 160 x 220

EJB 3 A.0260.10 412 238 177 340 167 85 136 330 150 250 280 9 M8 20 13,40 18 155 x 330

EJB 3a A.0260.13 412 238 199 340 167 85 158 330 150 250 280 9 M8 20 13,50 9 155 x 330

EJB 4 A.0261.10 418 302 175 335 220 90 132 300 190 300 320 9 M8 20 17,50 20 210 x 325

EJB 5 A.0262.10 480 300 232 392 209 125 182 350 185 300 320 9 M8 20 20,50 22 200 x 385

EJB 6 A.0263.10 483 408 238 387 310 130 186 355 280 390 420 9 M8 20 33,00 28 300 x 380

EJB 8 A.0265.10 634 365 254 530 262 140 204 495 225 340 370 9 M8 20 36,05 36 250 x 520

EJB 9 A.0266.10 535 468 257 426 363 140 204 410 340 440 470 12 M10 20 40,00 34 350 x 420

EJB 10 A.0267.10 750 366 292 630 250 185 234 580 205 330 360 12 M10 20 48,50 34 240 x 620

EJB 11 A.0268.10 596 505 267 483 394 130 204 445 360 480 510 12 M10 20 53,3 44 380 x 470

EJB 12 A.0269.10 805 455 310 690 335 170 243 640 285 425 450 14 M12 20 73,00 54 325 x 675

EJB 13 A.0270.10 832 607 314 723 500 115 236 630 405 580 620 14 M12 20 106,00 76 470 x 690

EJB 13A A.0270.13 832 607 400 723 500 205 322 630 405 580 620 14 M12 20 124,00 76 470 x 690

NB The Enclosures are equipped with an inside thermostat that, when evironment temperature is ranging from -25°C to -50°C,
assure an internal temperature of -25°C min. Alternatively, when inside temperature goes over 40°C the thermostat must cut out the
circuit tension.
AA = Max quantity of M32x1,5 Push Botton, Pilot Lamp, Selector Swich Operators, that can be installed on the boxes cover.
EE = Internal mounting plate dimension in mm.

Maximum quantity of entries per sides A/B

Type EJB 2 EJB 3 EJB 4 EJB 5 EJB 6 EJB 8 EJB 9 EJB 10 EJB 11 EJB 12 EJB 13 EJB 13a
M20 / ½” 9/7 14/7 14/9 27/13 24/18 35/16 27/24 57/21 32/27 61/28 48/32 81/54
M25 / ¾” 9/5 7/3 7/4 14/7 14/10 29/13 24/18 46/18 21/27 40/18 27/18 54/36
M32 / 1” 4/3 6/3 6/4 12/5 12/9 16/17 12/10 29/10 14/12 32/16 23/16 35/24
M50 / 1 ½” 3/2 4/2 4/3 5/2 5/4 7/3 9/9 14/5 6/5 16/7 9/6 18/10
M63 / 2” 2/1 3/1 3/2 4/2 4/3 6/2 4/4 12/4 5/4 12/5 8/5 14/9
M75 / 2 ½” - - - 3/1 3/2 4/2 3/3 5/2 4/3 6/3 6/4 6/4
M80 / 3” - - - 2/1 2/2 3/1 2/2 4/1 3/2 4/2 5/3 5/3
4” - - - 1/1 1/1 2/1 2/2 3/1 2/2 3/1 3/2 5/3

If only one side of the box with entries, the above mentioned quantities may be increased (for cable glands only) with
previous check of Italsmea

Indicative maximum quantity of terminals per Size in mm2

(For specific quantity contact our sales service)
Size [mm2] EJB 2 EJB 3 EJB 4 EJB 5 EJB 6 EJB 8 EJB 9 EJB 10 EJB 11 EJB 12 EJB 13 EJB 13a
2,5 48 84 84 96 96 134 96 100 100 180 180 180
4 48 42 84 96 96 134 96 100 100 180 180 180
6 40 36 68 80 80 90 80 80 80 90 90 90
10 32 26 52 60 60 64 60 60 60 108 108 108
16 - 22 44 48 48 58 48 48 46 90 90 90
25 - 10 16 32 18 36 26 36 36 46 70 70
35 - 10 16 16 18 36 26 36 36 18 70 70
50 - 6 12 12 14 14 16 14 25 12 37 37
70 - - - 10 10 10 12 12 18 12 20 20
120 - - - - 8 8 8 8 12 12 17 17
185 - - - - - - - - - 8 14 14

119
Flameproof Enclosures

EJB.../WIN, Instrument Housing

EJB…/WIN is a customer oriented Instrument Housing based on the

feature of EJB…Series of Enclosures that is suitable to build EEx d low
voltage switchboards, in accordance with the heat dissipation listed in the
relevant certi¿cates.
The control, check, signal, automation, interruption and/or protection units
EJB. /. -. Series are constituted by Enclosures with Ex d IIB or Ex d IIB+H2
mode of protection and can be completed with accessories such as:
push buttons type PLA, PLC-I, PLC-S, PLF; rotary actuators type PSRC;
potentiometers; pilot lamps type PLD; rotary actuators type SRC-1/2,
SRC-10/11/12; reset device type PLC-R; etc., containing electric and/or
electronic equipment and terminals for the link to the outside circuits.

EJB. /. -. Series Lids may be equipped with inspection windows made

by tempered glass. The disposition and number of the windows may
change in base to their dimensions and the windows may have square,
rectangular, circular shape as speci¿ed in the relative table reference.
Customized Instrument Housing named EJB…/WIN is suitable for indoor
or outdoor use and in locations considered corrosive and hazardous due
to the presence of gases, vapours and dusts…

EJB…/WIN…Series
Instruments Housing
Code P0263.26 Code P0263.25 Code P0263.19 Code P0263.17
B = Window on cover, applicable C = Window on cover, applicable D = Window on cover, applicable E = Window on cover, applicable glass
glass dim. 40x70 mm. glass dim. 40x200 mm. glass dime. 100x270 mm. dim. 175x380 mm.

Compatible Round Window

Ø mm 70 85 100 120 150 170 190 230
CODE P0263.44 P0263.42 P0263.41 P0263.39 P0263.38 P0263.37 P0263.36 P0263.35

Other window with customized dimensions are available on request when compatible with certi¿cates

Dimensions

120
Flameproof Enclosures

TNDLD

The range of TNDLD line bushings is designed for use with

Ex de applications

Specifications

Material Acid resistant stainless steel SS316

Temperature
TNDLD/TNDLDC/
TNDLDE -40ºC to 110ºC
Approvals NEMKO-01-ATEX-471U
Standards EN50014, IEC/EN 60079-0
EN50018, IEC/EN 60079-1
Ex-Code Ex d II C
II 2 G
Surface treatment Machine treaded
Rated voltage Max 1000V
Colour Standard black or blue wires
Type of wire Radox 125 halogen free 1250
Options Other lengths and colours upon request

Wire lenght Rated

Number Wire Thread in mm current
Type
of cores size mm² size EEx e / A with
EEx d T-amb 60ºC
TNDLD 4x0,75 4 0,75 M24 1000/1000 12
TNDLD 6x0,75 6 0,75 M24 1000/1000 11
TNDLD 12x0,75 12 0,75 M42 1000/1000 8
TNDLD 16x0,75 16 0,75 M42 1000/1000 8
TNDLD 21x0,75 21 0,75 M42 1000/1000 7
TNDLD 4X1,5 4 1,5 M24 1000/1000 19
TNDLD 6X1,5 6 1,5 M42 1000/1000 16
TNDLD 12X1,5 12 1,5 M42 1000/1000 13
TNDLD 16X1,5 16 1,5 M42 1000/1000 12
EEx d Line bushings blue, 1000V, -40ºC - +110ºC
TNDLD 20X1,5 20 1,5 M42 1000/1000 11
Wire lenght Rated
TNDLD 4X2,5 4 2,5 M24 1000/1000 26 Number Wire Thread in mm current A
Type
TNDLD 6X2,5 6 2,5 M42 1000/1000 23 of cores size mm² size EEx e / with
TNDLD 12X2,5 12 2,5 M42 1000/1000 18 EEx d T-amb 60ºC
TNDLD 6x4 6 4 M42 1000/1000 31 TNDLD 6x0,75B 6 0,75 M24 1000/1000 11
TNDLD 16x0,75B 16 0,75 M42 1000/1000 8
TNDLD 6X6 6 6 M42 1000/1000 41
TNDLD 21X0,75B 21 0,75 M42 1000/1000 7
TNDLD 9X6 9 6 M42 1000/1000 37
TNDLD 4X1,5B 4 1,5 M24 1000/1000 19
TNDLD 3X10 3 10 M42 1000/1000 73
TNDLD 6X1,5B 6 1,5 M42 1000/1000 16
TNDLD 6X10 6 10 M42 1000/1000 59 TNDLD12X1,5B 12 1,5 M42 1000/1000 13
TNDLD 3X16 3 16 M42 1000/1000 97 TNDLD 20X1,5B 20 1,5 M42 1000/1000 11
TNDLD 6X16 6 16 M42 1000/1000 79
TNDLD 3X25 3 25 M42 1000/1000 129
TNDLD 3X35 3 35 M42 1000/1000 163
TNDLD 3X50 3 50 M42 1000/1000 205
TNDLD 1X70 1 70 M42 1000/1000 372
TNDLD 1X95 1 95 M42 1000/1000 448
TNDLD 1X120 1 120 M42 1000/1000 523
TNDLD 1X185 1 185 M42 1000/1000 682

121
Flameproof Enclosures

TNDLD (Fiber)

The range of TNDLD(F) is an Ex d bushing with optical ¿bres or

bushings with combinations of optical ¿bres, coaxial cables and
ordinary wires.

Specifications

Material Acid resistant Stainless Steel SS316

Temperature
TNDLD/TNDLDC/
TNDLDE -20ºC to 76ºC
Approvals NEMKO-01-ATEX-471U
Standards EN50014, IEC/EN 60079-0
EN50018, IEC/EN 60079-1
Ex-Code Ex d II C
II 2 G
Surface treatment Machine treaded
Rated voltage Max 1000V
Colour Standard black or blue wires
Type of wire Radox 125 halogen free 1250
Options Other lengths and colours upon request

Ex d Fibre bushings, -20ºC - +76ºC

Number Fibre Thread Fibre length in mm
Type of ¿bres type size EEx e / EEx d Connector
TNDLDF 1X62,5/125 1 62,5/125 M24 750/750 ST
TNDLDF 2X62,5/125 2 62,5/125 M24 750/750 ST
TNDLDF 4X62,5/125 4 62,5/125 M24 750/750 ST

Ex d Multi fibre / line bushings, -20ºC - +76ºC

Fibre/wire
Number Fibre Thread length in mm Connector Number Wire Rated current A
Type of ¿bres type size EEx e/EEx d of cores size mm² with T-amb 60ºC
TNDLDF 4X62,5/ 62,5/
125+10x0,75 4 125 M42 750/750 ST 10 0,75 9
TNDLDF 4X62,5/ 62,5/
125+10x1,5 4 125 M42 750/750 ST 10 1,5 14

Max energy in ¿bre is for llB + llC T1-T4 and for 5mW/mm²
or 35mW pr. ¿bre, llC T5-T6 5mW/mm² or other applications/
connectors can be delivered upon request.

122
Flameproof Enclosures

TNDLDE (Coax)

The range of TNDLDE is an Ex d bushing with coaxial cables, for example

RG179 (50Ÿ), or bushings with more than one cable in the same bushing.

Technical Data Construction

Centre conductor Copper 2,25mm diameter

Dielectric REX (Polyethylene cross-linked)
7,25mm diameter
Outer conductor Copper, Silver plated, braid, 95%,
8,15mm diameter
Jacket RADOX (LSFH), RAL 9005 – bk 10,3mm ±0,1
Print HUBER+SUHNER GX 07272 50W (PA no.)

Electrical Data

Impedance 50W ±2
Max. Operating frequency 2 GHz
Capacitance 101 pF/m
Velocity of signal propagation 66 %
Signal delay 5,03 ns/m
Insulation resistance >1 x 108MWm
Min. screening effectiveness >41 dB (up to 2 GHz)
Max. operating voltage 5 kVrms (at sea level)
Test voltage 10 kVrms (50Hz/1 min)

Mechanical Data

Weight 16,1 kg/100 m

Min. bending radius Static 55 mm
Dynamic 154 mm

Environmental Data

Temperature range -40ºC to 110º

Ex d Coax bushings, 50W, -40°C- +110°C

Coax length
Number
Type Coax type Thread size in mm EEx e/
of coax
EEx d
TNDLDE1x50 1 RG213U, 50ȍ M24 1000/1000
TNDLDE2x50 2 RG213U, 50ȍ M24 1000/1000
Ex d Multi fibre / Coax / line bushings, -20°C- +76°C
Rated
Conductor
Number Connec- Number Coax Number Core current [A]
Type Fiber type Thread size length in mm
of ¿bers tor of Coax type of cores size @Tamb
EEx e/EEx d
60°C
TNDLDF
RG213U,
2x62,5/125+ 2 62,5/125 M42 750/750 ST 2 10 0,75 9
50W
10x0,75+2x50

123
124
Pressurized Systems

TNCNP
Pressurized System, Ex p, AISI 316 126
ELB F-351
Control Unit, Ex e m, GRP, epoxy resin 127

125
Pressurized Systems - Cabinets

TNCNP

The Ex p pressurized systems are designed and purpose built according

to each client’s requirements. The equipment allows for use of standard
(non-Ex) electrical components in zone 1 and 2. Technor deliveres a
variety of turn-key solutions with enclosures made in Acid Resistant
Stainless Steel SS316, Certi¿ed by DNV.

Specifications

Material Acid resistant stainless steel SS316

IP Rating IP66/IP67
Temperature -40ºC to +60ºC
Approvals
- Complete enclosures DNV-2003-OSL-ATEX-0028
- Empty enclosures DNV-2003-OSL-ATEX-0027U
Standards EN50014, IEC/EN 60079-0
EN50016, IEC/EN 60079-2
Ex-Code Ex p II
II 2 G
Lid/Door gasket Neoprene (temp. -40ºC to +100ºC)
Silicone (temp. -40ºC to +200ºC)
Surface treatment Acidized as standard
Electro polished as option
Earthing Internal earth bar/bracket
External earth bracket

Dimensions

126
Pressurized Systems - Cabinets

ELB F-351

The Control boxes/stations in GRP are designed to meet the market

requirements for use on- and offshore, in Petrochemical and Marine
applications, and any other industry where an explosive atmosphere may
be present.

Specifications

Material GRP, epoxy resin, black

IP Rating IP65
Operating temperature -30ºC to +60ºC, without condensation
Approvals TÜV 02ATEX1801
Standards EN50014, IEC/EN 60079-0
EN50016, IEC/EN 60079-2
EN50018, IEC/EN 60079-1
EN50019, IEC/EN 60079-7
EN50020, IEC/EN 60079-11
EN50028
EN954-1
Ex-code II 2 G Ex e m ia [p] [ia] IIC T4
Dimensions 122mm x 122mm x 90mm
Measure range 0-25 mbar
Security class Duo-tec technology.
Fail safe, meets AK4
(according to EN945-1, cat.3)

Electrical Specifications

Current consumption 30mA at 230VAC/ 60mA at 115VAC/

300mA at 24VAC/ 200mA at 24VDC
Mains Voltage 12VDC, 24VDC, 24VAC, 115VAC, 230VAC,
48…62 Hz
Contact load C: U = 250VAC, I = 12,0A/ cos j = 1
4xEx cable glands
2xM16 for cable d = 4,5 – 10mm,
2xM20 for cable d = 7-13mm
Intrinsic Safe Connector
(5pole) Intrinsic safe connector for external
temperature and pressure sensor F-470,
remote unit F-411 or bypass-keyswitch f-480

Dimensions

127
128
Audible and Visual Signals

TNFCD, TNFAD, TNFCDM

Flashing beacons, Ex d/de, Acid Resistant Steel 130
EVde-ROT 4 Series
Rotating Signalling Lights, Ex de, Copper free Aluminium 132
EVde-XN / EVde-MXN / EVcc-MXN Series
lashing Signalling Lights, Ex de/d, Copper free Aluminium 134
WA.. Series
LIOL (Low Intensity aviation Obstruction Lights), Steady 137
EVcc-5 / LED Series
MIOL (Medium Intensity aviation Obstruction Lights), long life, Steady, Ex d, Glass / Copper free Aluminium 138
EV-MIOL-LED 90+90
MIOL (Medium Intensity aviation Obstrction Lights), long life, Flashing, Ex nC, Glass / Copper free Aluminium,
with electronic adjustable control unit 140
TNDSP-25 Ex bell
Ex bell, Ex des, Antistatic Polyamide 142
V6, YO6, YL6
Signalling products, Ex ed/d, Aluminium 143
YO9S
Sounder, Ex d, GRP 144
YO3, YO4, YO5
Sounders, Ex ia, Flame retardant plastic 145
Voyants V4
LED beacon, Ex ia, Flame retardant plastic 146
XAWS
Fire Alarm Station, Ex ed, GRP 147

129
Audible and Visual Signals

TNFCD/TNFAD/TNFCDM

TNFCD Àashing beacons is designed to meet the most rigorous offshore

environments. They are suitable for areas where an explosive atmosphere
may be present and the need for warning is required.
TNFCD Àashing beacons are available as Ex de, Ex d only or as Non-Ex-
Special application upon request

Specifications

Material
TNFCD/TNFCDM Acid resistant stainless steel SS316
TNFAD Seawater resistant aluminium
IP Rating IP66 (IP67 upon request)
Temperature -50ºC - +60ºC
Approvals NEMKO 01ATEX430
Standards EN50014, IEC/EN 60079-0
EN50018, IEC/EN 60079-1
EN50019, IEC/EN 60079-7
Ex-Code Ex d IIC T4 or EEx de IIC T4, (ex) II 2 G/D
Surface treatment SS316 Acidized
Earthing Inside and outside
Cable entry TNFCD/TNFAD Standard M25
Cable entry TNFCDM Standard M25,
M20 or Àying lead upon request
Real humidity 100%
Dome colours Red, yellow, Blue, Green, Orange, Clear
Flash frequency 1 Hz
Flash energy
TNFCD/TNFAD 10 joule
TNFCDM 5 joule
Weight
TNFCD 5,1 Kg
TNFAD 2,5 Kg
TNFCDM 2,5 Kg

Electrical data TNFCD/TNFAD

Rated Voltage 220-254 VAC 110-120 VAC 110VDC 24-48VDC
Voltage Range ±10% ±10% ±20% ±20%
Rated current 110mA 220mA 135mA 24VDC: 670mA 48VDC: 330mA
Power consumption 24VA 24VA 15VA 16VA
Frequency 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz
Typical start current >1A in max 1msec.
Triggering Direct, Telephone, 24-48VDC, Fail safe
Fuse 1-2 A time-lag fuse is recommended
Siren card for acoustic warning 8W, 20W or 25W for Ex loudspeaker (8 ohm, 20 ohm or 100V line)

Electrical data TNFCDM

Rated Voltage 220-254VAC 110-127VAC 24VDC 48VDC
Voltage Range 190 – 272VAC ±20% ±20% ±20%
Power consumption 100mA 380mA 200mA
Triggering Direct
Typical start current 1A in max 1msec

130
Audible and Visual Signals

TNFCD/TNFAD/TNFCDM

Dimensions

131
Audible and Visual Signals

EVde-ROT 4 Series

Copper free Aluminium signalling ¿xtures with rotating light, painted RAL
6003, with 2 ea. M25 entries. Evde-ROT-4… is available in different
colours: blue / orange / red / green / yellow / transparent.

Specifications

Material Copper-free aluminium (Cu <0,1%)

Temperature -50°C to 60°C
IP Rating IP65
Certification EC-Type Examination Certi¿cate INERIS 01ATEX0019X
& Approvals GOST Certi¿cate ɊɈɋɋ IT.ȽȻ04.ȼ00510
Standards EN 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 60079-7 / 61241-0 / 61241-1
IEC 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 60079-7 / 61241-0 /
61241-1
Ex-code II 2 GD
Ex d IIC T5 / T4
Ex tD A21 IP65 T100°C / T135°C
Ex de IIC T5 / T4
Ex tD A21 IP65 T100°C / T135°C

According to European Directive 94/9/EC (ATEX)

For Zone 1 & 2 and Zone 21 & 22
Gaskets O-ring made in Nitrile Rubber (NBR)
Surface treatment External polyurethane painting “Standard Cycle”
Green RAL 6003
Entries Nr. 2 M25 entries
Hardware and Stainless steel external hardware
Screw
Lamps Lamp included
Lamps Wattage 25W
Ballast N.A.
Rated operation 12Vac / 24Vac / 48Vac / 110Vac / 230Vac / 240Vac
voltage (UE) 12Vdc / 24Vdc / 48Vdc
Frequency 50/60 Hz
Accessories Customized colours

Note Continuous Running

Signalling lighting fixtures with rotating light

Type Colour Voltage Dimensions Weight kg Power (W)
EVde-ROT-4 Transparent 12V cc 220x516 8,500 45
EVde-ROT-4 Transparent 24V cc 220x516 8,500 45
EVde-ROT-4 Transparent 48V cc 220x516 8,500 45
EVde-ROT-4 Transparent 12V ac 50-60Hz 220x516 8,500 25
EVde-ROT-4 Transparent 24V ac 50-60Hz 220x516 8,500 25
EVde-ROT-4 Transparent 48V ac 50-60Hz 220x516 8,500 25
EVde-ROT-4 Transparent 110V ac 50-60Hz 220x516 8,500 25
EVde-ROT-4 Transparent 230V ac 50-60Hz 220x516 8,500 25
EVde-ROT-4 Transparent 240V ac 50-60Hz 220x516 8,500 25

132
Audible and Visual Signals

EVde-ROT 4 Series

Type Colour Voltage Dimensions Weight kg Power (W)

EVde-ROT-4 Blue 12V cc 220x516 8,500 45
EVde-ROT-4 Blue 24V cc 220x516 8,500 45
EVde-ROT-4 Blue 48V cc 220x516 8,500 45
EVde-ROT-4 Blue 12V ac 50-60Hz 220x516 8,500 25
EVde-ROT-4 Blue 24V ac 50-60Hz 220x516 8,500 25
EVde-ROT-4 Blue 48V ac 50-60Hz 220x516 8,500 25
EVde-ROT-4 Blue 110V ac 50-60Hz 220x516 8,500 25
EVde-ROT-4 Blue 230V ac 50-60Hz 220x516 8,500 25
EVde-ROT-4 Blue 240V ac 50-60Hz 220x516 8,500 25

Type Colour Voltage Dimensions Weight kg Power (W)

EVde-ROT-4 Orange 12V cc 220x516 8,500 45
EVde-ROT-4 Orange 24V cc 220x516 8,500 45
EVde-ROT-4 Orange 48V cc 220x516 8,500 45
EVde-ROT-4 Orange 12V ac 50-60Hz 220x516 8,500 25
EVde-ROT-4 Orange 24V ac 50-60Hz 220x516 8,500 25
EVde-ROT-4 Orange 48V ac 50-60Hz 220x516 8,500 25
EVde-ROT-4 Orange 110V ac 50-60Hz 220x516 8,500 25
EVde-ROT-4 Orange 230V ac 50-60Hz 220x516 8,500 25
EVde-ROT-4 Orange 240V ac 50-60Hz 220x516 8,500 25

Type Colour Voltage Dimensions Weight kg Power (W)

EVde-ROT-4 Red 12V cc 220x516 8,500 45
EVde-ROT-4 Red 24V cc 220x516 8,500 45
EVde-ROT-4 Red 48V cc 220x516 8,500 45
EVde-ROT-4 Red 12V ac 50-60Hz 220x516 8,500 25
EVde-ROT-4 Red 24V ac 50-60Hz 220x516 8,500 25
EVde-ROT-4 Red 48V ac 50-60Hz 220x516 8,500 25
EVde-ROT-4 Red 110V ac 50-60Hz 220x516 8,500 25
EVde-ROT-4 Red 230V ac 50-60Hz 220x516 8,500 25
EVde-ROT-4 Red 240V ac 50-60Hz 220x516 8,500 25

Type Colour Voltage Dimensions Weight kg Power (W)

EVde-ROT-4 Green 12V cc 220x516 8,500 45
EVde-ROT-4 Green 24V cc 220x516 8,500 45
EVde-ROT-4 Green 48V cc 220x516 8,500 45
EVde-ROT-4 Green 12V ac 50-60Hz 220x516 8,500 25
EVde-ROT-4 Green 24V ac 50-60Hz 220x516 8,500 25
EVde-ROT-4 Green 48V ac 50-60Hz 220x516 8,500 25
EVde-ROT-4 Green 110V ac 50-60Hz 220x516 8,500 25
EVde-ROT-4 Green 230V ac 50-60Hz 220x516 8,500 25
EVde-ROT-4 Green 240V ac 50-60Hz 220x516 8,500 25

Type Colour Voltage Dimensions Weight kg Power (W)

EVde-ROT-4 Yellow 12V cc 220x516 8,500 45
EVde-ROT-4 Yellow 24V cc 220x516 8,500 45
EVde-ROT-4 Yellow 48V cc 220x516 8,500 45
EVde-ROT-4 Yellow 12V ac 50-60Hz 220x516 8,500 25
EVde-ROT-4 Yellow 24V ac 50-60Hz 220x516 8,500 25
EVde-ROT-4 Yellow 48V ac 50-60Hz 220x516 8,500 25
EVde-ROT-4 Yellow 110V ac 50-60Hz 220x516 8,500 25
EVde-ROT-4 Yellow 230V ac 50-60Hz 220x516 8,500 25
EVde-ROT-4 Yellow 240V ac 50-60Hz 220x516 8,500 25

133
Audible and Visual Signals

EVde-XN / EVde-MXN / EVcc-MXN Series

Signalling Lighting Fixtures with Flashing Light and Fresnel lens, assem-
bled in a Copper free Aluminium body, painted RAL 6003 and with 2 ea
M25 entries. EVde-…XN is available in different colours and voltages.

Specifications

Material Copper-free aluminium (Cu<0,1%)

Temperature -50°C to 60°C
IP Rating IP65
Certification EC-Type Examination Certi¿cate
& Approvals INERIS 01ATEX0019X
GOST Certi¿cate ɊɈɋɋ IT.ȽȻ04.ȼ00510
Standards EN 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 60079-7 /
61241-0 / 61241-1
IEC 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 60079-7 /
61241-0 / 61241-1

Ex-code II 2 GD
Ex d IIC T5 / T4
Ex tD A21 IP65 T100°C / T135°C
Ex de IIC T5 / T4
Ex tD A21 IP65 T100°C / T135°C
According to European Directive
94/9/EC (ATEX)
For Zone 1 / Zone 2, Zone 21 / Zone 22
Gaskets O-ring made in Nitrile Rubber (NBR)
Surface treatment External polyurethane painting “Standard Cycle” Green RAL 6003
Entries Nr. 2 M25 entries
Hardware and Screw Stainless steel external hardware
Lamps Lamp included
Lamps Wattage 10W, 25W, 50W
Rated operation voltage (UE) 110Vac / 230Vac / 240Vac
12Vdc / 24Vdc
Frequency 50/60 Hz

Note Continuous Running

Evde-…XN Signalling lighting fixtures with flashing light

Type Power W Dimensions Weight kg
EVde–XN-3 12/24V cc 10 195x450 5,100
EVde–XN-3 110V ca 10 195x450 5,100
Evde–XN-3 230-240V ca 10 195x450 5,100
EVde–MXN-3 12/24V cc 25 195x450 5,100
EVde–MXN-3 110V ca 25 195x450 5,100
EVde–MXN-3 230-240V ca 25 195x450 5,100
EVcc–MXN-5 12/24V cc 50 195x450 5,100
EVcc–MXN-5 110V ca 50 195x450 5,100
EVcc–MXN-5 230-240V ca 50 195x450 5,100

Note. This is a Sintesis table, which means that in each line you can choose among different combination of colors and voltage

134
Audible and Visual Signals

EVde-XN / EVde-MXN / EVcc-MXN Series

Listed below you can ¿nd all the possible combinations, each of them listed with a unique code…
Type COLOR VOLTAGE Power (W) Dimensions Weight kg
EVde–XN-3 Blue 12V cc 10 195x450 5,100
EVde–XN-3 Blue 24V cc 10 195x450 5,100
Evde–XN-3 Blue 110V ac 10 195x450 5,100
Evde–XN-3 Blue 230-240V ac 10 195x450 5,100
EVde–MXN-3 Blue 12V cc 25 195x450 5,100
EVde–MXN-3 Blue 24V cc 25 195x450 5,100
EVde–MXN-3 Blue 110V ac 25 195x450 5,100
EVde–MXN-3 Blue 230-240V ac 25 195x450 5,100
EVcc–MXN-5 Blue 12V cc 50 195x450 5,100
EVcc–MXN-5 Blue 24V cc 50 195x450 5,100
EVcc–MXN-5 Blue 110V ac 50 195x450 5,100
EVcc–MXN-5 Blue 230-240V ac 50 195x450 5,100

Type COLOR VOLTAGE Power (W) Dimensions Weight kg

EVde–XN-3 Orange 12V cc 10 195x450 5,100
EVde–XN-3 Orange 24V cc 10 195x450 5,100
Evde–XN-3 Orange 110V ac 10 195x450 5,100
Evde–XN-3 Orange 230-240V ac 10 195x450 5,100
EVde–MXN-3 Orange 12V cc 25 195x450 5,100
EVde–MXN-3 Orange 24V cc 25 195x450 5,100
EVde–MXN-3 Orange 110V ac 25 195x450 5,100
EVde–MXN-3 Orange 230-240V ac 25 195x450 5,100
EVcc–MXN-5 Orange 12V cc 50 195x450 5,100
EVcc–MXN-5 Orange 24V cc 50 195x450 5,100
EVcc–MXN-5 Orange 110V ac 50 195x450 5,100
EVcc–MXN-5 Orange 230-240V ac 50 195x450 5,100

135
Audible and Visual Signals

EVde-XN / EVde-MXN / EVcc-MXN Series

Type COLOR VOLTAGE Power (W) Dimensions Weight Kg.

EVde–XN-3 Red 12V cc 10 195x450 5,100
EVde–XN-3 Red 24V cc 10 195x450 5,100
Evde–XN-3 Red 110V ac 10 195x450 5,100
Evde–XN-3 Red 230-240V ac 10 195x450 5,100
EVde–MXN-3 Red 12V cc 25 195x450 5,100
EVde–MXN-3 Red 24V cc 25 195x450 5,100
EVde–MXN-3 Red 110V ac 25 195x450 5,100
EVde–MXN-3 Red 230-240V ac 25 195x450 5,100
EVcc–MXN-5 Red 12V cc 50 195x450 5,100
EVcc–MXN-5 Red 24V cc 50 195x450 5,100
EVcc–MXN-5 Red 110V ac 50 195x450 5,100
EVcc–MXN-5 Red 230-240V ac 50 195x450 5,100
Type COLOR VOLTAGE Power (W) Dimensions Weight Kg.
EVde–XN-3 Green 12V cc 10 195x450 5,100
EVde–XN-3 Green 24V cc 10 195x450 5,100
Evde–XN-3 Green 110V ac 10 195x450 5,100
Evde–XN-3 Green 230-240V ac 10 195x450 5,100
EVde–MXN-3 Green 12V cc 25 195x450 5,100
EVde–MXN-3 Green 24V cc 25 195x450 5,100
EVde–MXN-3 Green 110V ac 25 195x450 5,100
EVde–MXN-3 Green 230-240V ac 25 195x450 5,100
EVcc–MXN-5 Green 12V cc 50 195x450 5,100
EVcc–MXN-5 Green 24V cc 50 195x450 5,100
EVcc–MXN-5 Green 110V ac 50 195x450 5,100
EVcc–MXN-5 Green 230-240V ac 50 195x450 5,100
Type COLOR VOLTAGE Power (W) Dimensions Weight Kg.
EVde–XN-3 Yellow 12V cc 10 195x450 5,100
EVde–XN-3 Yellow 24V cc 10 195x450 5,100
Evde–XN-3 Yellow 110V ac 10 195x450 5,100
Evde–XN-3 Yellow 230-240V ac 10 195x450 5,100
EVde–MXN-3 Yellow 12V cc 25 195x450 5,100
EVde–MXN-3 Yellow 24V cc 25 195x450 5,100
EVde–MXN-3 Yellow 110V ac 25 195x450 5,100
EVde–MXN-3 Yellow 230-240V ac 25 195x450 5,100
EVcc–MXN-5 Yellow 12V cc 50 195x450 5,100
EVcc–MXN-5 Yellow 24V cc 50 195x450 5,100
EVcc–MXN-5 Yellow 110V ac 50 195x450 5,100
EVcc–MXN-5 Yellow 230-240V ac 50 195x450 5,100
Type COLOR VOLTAGE Power (W) Dimensions Weight Kg.
EVde–XN-3 Transparent 12V cc 10 195x450 5,100
EVde–XN-3 Transparent 24V cc 10 195x450 5,100
Evde–XN-3 Transparent 110V ac 10 195x450 5,100
Evde–XN-3 Transparent 230-240V ac 10 195x450 5,100
EVde–MXN-3 Transparent 12V cc 25 195x450 5,100
EVde–MXN-3 Transparent 24V cc 25 195x450 5,100
EVde–MXN-3 Transparent 110V ac 25 195x450 5,100
EVde–MXN-3 Transparent 230-240V ac 25 195x450 5,100
EVcc–MXN-5 Transparent 12V cc 50 195x450 5,100
EVcc–MXN-5 Transparent 24V cc 50 195x450 5,100
EVcc–MXN-5 Transparent 110V ac 50 195x450 5,100
EVcc–MXN-5 Transparent 230-240V ac 50 195x450 5,100

136
Audible and Visual Signals

WA.. Series

Obstruction aircraft warning light in Copper free Aluminium with

incandescent reinforced ¿lament lamp, painted RAL 6003 and with
red metacrilate dome.

Specifications

Material Copper free Aluminium (Cu <0,1%)

IP Rating IP65
Temperature -50°C to +40°C (Temp. class T4)
-50°C to +60°C (Temp. class T3)
Certification EC-Type Examination Certi¿cate
& Approvals INERIS 01ATEX0019X
GOST Certi¿cate ɊɈɋɋ IT.ȽȻ04.ȼ00510
Standards EN 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 61241-0 / 61241-1
IEC 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 61241-0 / 61241-1
Ex-code II 2 GD
Ex d / Ex de IIC T4 / T3
Ex tD A21 IP65 T135°C / T200°C
According to European Directive
94/9/EC (ATEX)
For Zone 1 / Zone 2, Zone 21 / Zone 22
Gaskets O-ring made in Nitrile Rubber (NBR)
Surface treatment External polyurethane painting “Standard Cycle” Green RAL 6003
Entries Nr. 1 or Nr.2 M25 entry
Hardware and Screw Stainless steel external hardware
Lamps Incandescent reinforced ¿lament Lamp included
Lamps Wattage 1 x 100W or 2 x 100W
Rated operation voltage (UE) 220V
Accessories Customized colours

Note Red Metacrilate Dome

Code Model Type Mode of Protection Power (W) Voltage Weight (kg)
A042102 EVde-2 / I 100 EVde-WAR 1x100W Ex de 1 x 100 W 220-240V 3,35
A042002 EVCC-2 / I 100 EVCC-WAR 1x100W Ex d 1 x 100 W 220-240V 3,00
A042202 EVA-2 / I 100 EVA-WAD 2x100W Ex d 2 x 100 W 220-240V 7,50

137
Audible and Visual Signals

EVcc-5 / LED Series

EVCC-5/...LED type represents the top of technology among M.I.O.L.

(Medium Intensity Obstruction Lighting) devices, suitable for providing:
low heat dissipation, low watt consumption and up to 100.000/hours
maintenance free. Aircraft warning lighting ¿xtures EVCC-5/...LED is a
multi light source power LED’s with wide beam and is fully compliant
with ICAO Annex 14, which foreseen for structures over 45 mt. high the
application of medium intensity lighting ¿xtures, therefore a lighting output
of 1600 cd minimum, light
colour RED.

Specifications

Material Copper-free aluminium (Cu<0,1%)

Temperature -50°C to 60°C
IP Rating IP65
Certification EC-Type Examination Certi¿cate INERIS 01ATEX0019X
& Approvals GOST Certi¿cate ɊɈɋɋ IT.ȽȻ04.ȼ00510
Standards EN 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 61241-0 / 61241-1
IEC 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 61241-0 / 61241-1
Ex-code II 2 GD
Ex d IIC T5 / T4
Ex tD A21 IP65 T100°C / T135°C
According to European Directive 94/9/EC (ATEX)
For Zone 1 / Zone 2, Zone 21 / Zone 22
Gaskets O-ring made in Nitrile Rubber (NBR)
Surface treatment External polyurethane painting “Standard Cycle” Green RAL
6003
Entries Nr. 2 M25 entries
Hardware and Stainless steel external hardware
Screw
Lamps Lamps included
Lamps Wattage High intensity power LED’s: 1W each x 60
Rated operation 110Vac / 220Vac / 240Vac
voltage (UE)
Frequency 50/60 Hz
Accessories Available upon request

Note Up to 100.000/hours Maintenance Free Unit

Steady aircraft warning lighting fixtures medium intensity - power LED

Type Code Power (W) Voltage Dimension (ØA x C) Weight (kg)
EVCC-5/LED-1x60 0414.37 1Wx60 110 Vac 280 x 440 13.1
EVCC-5/LED-1x60 0414.35 1Wx60 220÷240Vac 280 x 440 13.1
EVCC-5/LED-2x60 0414.36 2x(1Wx60) 220÷240Vac 820 x 467 13.1

138
Audible and Visual Signals

EVcc-5 / LED Series

Dimensions

Raccordement

Plinthe en option
et entraxes de fixation
Vis de terre M5

139
Audible and Visual Signals

EV-MIOL-LED 90+90

Medium Intensity Aviation Obstruction Light with LED’s sources.

EV-MIOL-LED type represents the top of technology among M.I.O.L.
(Medium Intensity Obstruction Lighting) devices, suitable for providing:
low heat dissipation, low watt consumption and up to 100.000/hours
maintanence free or up to 50.000/hours at costant light output.
Over the long life of LED’s, EV-MIOL-LED is designed to house a double
beam in a single gang lighting ¿xtures. This means that the the typical
twin light (one spare to the other) normally in two separate housing, with
consequent big dimension, are condensed in a single housing, saving
over 50% in weight.
Aircraft warning lighting ¿xtures EV-MIOL-LED is a multi light source
power LED’s with wide beam and it is fully compliant with ICAO Annex 14,
which foressen for structures over 45 mt. high the application of medium
intensity lighting ¿xtures, therefore a lighting output of 1600 cd minimum,
light colour RED.

Specifications

Material Aluminium end-cups and cover painted by green

colour polyurethane painting cycle (RAL 6003)
IP Rating IP66
Temperature -30°C to 50°C
Certification & Approvals 02ATEXQ402
Standards EN 60079-0 / 60079-15
IEC 60079-0 / 60079-15
Ex-code II 3 GD
Ex-nC IIC T6
Ex tD A22 IP66 T85°C
According to European Directive
94/9/EC (ATEX)
For Zone 2 and Zone 22
Gaskets O-ring made in Nitrile Rubber (NBR)

Surface treatment Polyurethane ¿nish RAL 6003 colour provide excellent resistance to corrosion

Entries Nr. 2 M25 entries

Hardware and Screw Stainless steel external hardware
Lamps 30 + 30 LED LUXEON 3
Lamps Wattage 90W + 90W
Rated operation voltage (UE) 220Vac / 240Vac
Frequency 50/60 Hz
Accessories Customized colours

Require for data of separate central unit suitable to drive 3-4 EV-MIOL-LED-90+90

140
Audible and Visual Signals

EV-MIOL-LED 90+90

Dimensions

141
Audible and Visual Signals

TNDSP-25 Ex bell

Flameproof electronic speaker with traditional rumbling bell sound. With

no moving parts it is suitable for replacement of standard mechanical Ex
protected alarm bells or ¿re alarm bells.

Specifications

Material Antistatic polyamide, bracket in SS316

IP Rating IP66
Operating temperature-20ºC to +40ºC
Approvals Nemko 03ATEX1357
Standards EN50014, IEC/EN 60079-0
EN50018, IEC/EN 60079-1
EN50019, IEC/EN 60079-7
Ex-Code Ex des IIB + H2 T6
II 2 G
Earthing Internal M4
Entries 1xM20 + 1xM25 plugged
Connections 2,5mm² max
Power 25W
Power consumption 19,6W (8W, 1kHz sine wave)
Sound level P112 dB
Rated current Max 2 Amp.
Operating voltage 24VDC (19,2 – 28VDC)
EMC protection EN50082-2 / EN50081-2
Upon request Other sound effects
Colour Black

Sound Characteristics for TNDSP-25-Ex bell

Dimensions

142
Audible and Visual Signals

V6/YO6/YL6

The Yodalex V6, YO6 and YL6 signaling products are designed for use in
Ex Zone 1 and 2, and meet the requirements for common approvals. The
range is suitable for use in applications as ¿re alarms, security alarms,
increased urgency, evacuation alarms etc.

The sounders are omni-directional and come pre-programmed with 32

selectable tones. The strobe and combination units are both delivered
complete with lens guard, and there are several available lens colors.
The Yodalex V6, YO6 and YL6 all delivered with mounting brackets.

Specifications

Material Aluminium enclosure with stainless steel fasteners

IP Rating IP66
Operating temperature -35ºC to +60ºC (European IIB)
-20ºC to +60ºC (European IIB+H2)
Approvals ATEX / UL /GOST / IECEx
Ex-Code Ex ed IIB T4 / Ex d IIB + H2 T4
Operating voltage 24Vdc UL/ATEX/GOST approved
48Vdc ATEX 115Vac or 230Vac
ATEX/GOST approved
Lens colours Clear, Opal, Yellow, Red, Amber, Blue, Green
Tone 32 slectable tones meeting international regulations
Weight V6: 4,6 kg
YO6: 4,7 kg
YL6: 5,6 kg

Dimensions

143
Audible and Visual Signals

YO9S

The YO9S is a high sound output (115dB) light weight GRP sounder
designed for use in Ex Zones 1 and 2. The sounders comes pre-
programmed with 32 selectable tones meeting international regula-
tions. Sound selection is easily achieved by DIL switches, and is
suitable for ¿re alarms, security alarms, increased urgency, evacu-
ation alarms etc. A Stainless Steel mounting bracket is delivered as
standard with the YO9S.

Specifications

Material Light weight GRP enclosure

IP Rating IP66
Operating temperature-35ºC to +60ºC IIB
-20ºC to +60ºC IIC
Approvals Standards for Explosion Proof Sounders
Ex-Code Ex d IIB T6 / Ex d IIC T6
Operating voltage 24Vdc, 48Vdc, 115Vac, 230Vac
Tone 32 selectable tones meeting international
regulations
Sound output 115dB(A) at 1 mtr.
Weight approx. 5Kg

Dimensions

144
Audible and Visual Signals

YO3/YO4/YO5

The EEx ia YO3 / YO4 / YO5 IS sounders are widely used in any
application that requires a rugged and reliable sounder in an IS
environment.

With high sound output, monitoring facilities and with 32 select-

able tones (selectable via DIL switch), the series of sounders are
popular for several requirements: as ¿re alarms, security alarms,
increased urgency, evacuation alarms etc.

The Y0 IS sounders are delivered either for use with European Ap-
proved Barriers or in Opto-coupled version.

Specifications

Material ABS Àame retardant plastic

IP Rating IP55 (YO3/4)
IP56 (YO5)
Operating temperature-25ºC to +40ºC
Approvals BAS02ATEX1190X
Standards EN50014:1997 + Amendments 1 & 2
EN50020:1994, EN50284:1999
Ex-Code Ex ia IIC, T4 and T6
Operating voltage 12Vdc, 18Vdc or 24Vdc via barriers
Sound output YO3/4 100dB(A) @ 1 mtr Max
YO5 105dB(A) @ 1 mtr Max
Weight YO3is 0,40Kg
YO4is 0,43Kg
YO5is 0,70Kg

Dimensions

Mounting:
Via external fixing lugs

Dimensions (mm)
A B C D E F
YO3is 118 102 89 85 18 6
YO5is 169 153 134 128 23 8
M20 Cable Mounting hole at Dim E

145
Audible and Visual Signals

V4

The Intrinsically Safe LED Beacon V4 is a long life designed high-

light intensity beacon, with 8 LEDs and 360 deg. visibility. The unit is
produced with an antistatic ABS plastic enclosure, and is delivered
with Àame retardant polycarbonate lenses. A Àush mounting base is
also available.
Commonly used as warning signal for applications such as: ¿re
alarms, security alarms, increased urgency, evacuation alarms etc.

Specifications

Material Flame retardant plastic (red/white)

IP Rating IP65
Operating temperature -25ºC to +40ºC
Storage Temperature -40ºC to +70ºC
Operating voltage 12Vdc, 18Vdc,
24Vdc via ATEX approved barriers
Approvals & Certification BASEEFA (ATEX) approved
BAS05ATEX0075
Standards EN50014:1997
+ Amendments 1 & 2
EN50020:2002 and EN50284:1999
Ex-Code Ex ia IIC T4
Operating voltage 12Vdc, 18Vdc,
24Vdc via ATEX approved barriers
Lens colour Red and Amber. Clear, Opal, Blue,
Yellow and Green upon request
Relative humidity 90% @ 40ºC
Weight 0,15Kg

Dimensions

146
Audible and Visible Signals

XAWS

Technor Atex ¿re alarm station in, Ex e model of protection, is an

easy way to secure locals. Provided with the device is a hammer
for glass breakage in case of emergency. The ¿re alarm station is
available in 2 modes of operation:
• Automatic: The contact block is held in the “operated” position
by the glass. The contact change over when breaking the glass,
the plunger is released.
• Manual: The contacts are in the “rest” position and must be
operated after breaking the glass.

Specifications

Material GRP
IP Rating IP 65 – IP 66
Temperature –20°C to +40°C (+50°C, +60°C)
Approvals INERIS 03ATEX0122
Standards Cenelec EN50014, EN50018, EN50019, EN500281-1-1
Ex-Code II 2 GD, Ex ed IIC T6 to T4
T85°C to T135°C

Complete Fire alarm station

Automatic contact operation
Contact block NC NO NO+ NC
type ZBWE102 ZBWE101 ZBWE101+ ZBWE102
Reference XAWS111 XAWS121 XAWS151
Manual contact operation
Contact block NO NC NO+ NC
type ZBWE101 ZBWE102 ZBWE101 + ZBWE102
Reference XAWS111 XAWS121 XAWS151
Accessories and spare parts
Slow break contact block NO ZBWE101
NC ZBWE102
Glass XAWS901

Dimensions

147
148
Lighting

RMS 540 Series

Fluorescent lamps, IP65, AISI 304
150
RMS 550 Series
Fluorescent lamps, Ex nA, AISI 304 151
RMS 560 Series
Fluorescent lamps, Ex de, AISI 304 153
TNAML
Fluorescent light, Ex me, Seawater resistant anodized aluminium 157
EVF-P Series
Fluorescent lamps, Ex d, end-cups in Copper free Aluminium 159
EVF-P Endurance Series
Fluorescent lamps long life, Ex d, end-cups in Copper free Aluminium 161
EVde HID Series
Lighting ¿xtures for HID lamps, Ex de, Copper free Aluminium 163
EVde I/HA Series
Lighting ¿xtures for incandescent / halogen lamps, Ex de, Copper free Aluminium 166
TNXCX
Floodlight, Ex e/de, Acid Resistant Steel 168
FL Series
Floodlights, Ex de, Copper free Aluminium / AISI 316L 169
EVde-LED / EVde-PT Series
Spot Lights, Ex de, Copper free Aluminium 171
EVcc-PR Series
Tank Lighting ¿xtures, Ex d, Copper free Aluminium 172
EVA Series
Hand lamps for incandescent lamps, Ex d, Copper free Aluminium 173
TNCLS
Level Gauges, Ex em, AISI 316 174

149
Lighting

RMS 540

Due to the body in Stainless Steel AISI 304, with a tempered glass win-
dow and a glass-frame done in one unit without welding, RMS series are
ideal for Onshore, Offshore, Marine applications and for all kinds of indus-
try where a high level of corrosion resistance is required. Moreover, the
shapes of RMS lighting ¿xtures have been designed to allow the operator
to work with no need to support any part of lighting ¿xtures. One person
can take care of start-up or maintenance of a RMS lighting ¿xture without
any assistance.

Specifications

Material Stainless Steel AISI 304, 0.8 mm thickness

and transparent part in tempered glass
IP Rating IP66/67
Industrial waterproof
IP 65 CLASS I
Temperature -30°C / 55°C
Standards Compliance with Electromagnetic
Compatibility (EMC) according to
European Directive 2004/108/EC
Gaskets Special cross section tightness gasket, silicon
rubber made (close cells) located in housing
channel between body and window frame.
Entries Body complete of two diam. 21mm through
holes for cable entries, one complete of
metallic plug with lock nut and gasket, and the other one with plastic plug for dust protection.
Hardware and Screw AISI 304 Stainless Steel external hardware and screws
Lamps RMS Series is suitable for two pins Àuorescent lamps G13 socket PHILIPS TL-D or equivalent
(lamps excluded)
Lamps Wattage 18 / 36 W
Ballast Electromecanichal ballast
Rated operation voltage (UE) 230 V
Frequency 50 Hz
Power factor > 0,9
Accessories Wiring with High frequency electronic ballast (220-240V 50/60 Hz.)
Available upon request Suspension mounting kit “G1” AISI 304 made
Pole mounting kit “P12” 1 ½” size AISI 304 made
Wall mounting kit “H1” AISI 304 made
Emergency Service RMS 540 lighting ¿xtures for Emergency Service are available: RMS 540...LE-P

Note Very low pollution at the end of operative life time of lighting fixtures. The inorganic materials
used for RMS, like stainless steel and glass, allow a recycle of 95%, only electrical components
and insulation of single core wires need some more care.
No through holes between inside and outside of luminaries, out of holes for power supply cable
whatever protected by a suitable waterproof cable gland (on request). Therefore, during the
time, release would be possible where, for fixing devices, there are through holes and relevant
gaskets.

Lighting Fixtures for Normal Service Lighting Fixtures for Emergency Service
Overall Overall
dimensions dimensions
Type Lamps Power [mm] Weight Type Lamps Power [mm] Weight
RMS 540 Code Num. [W] A B C [kg] RMS 540 Code Num. [W] A B C [kg]
*03/IND A.2213.00 1 1x18W TL-D 737 239 123 5,10 *01/IND/LE–P A.2223.00 1 1x36W TL-D 737 239 123 5,80
*04/IND A.2211.00 2 2x18W TL-D 737 239 123 5,20 *02/IND/LE–P A.2224.00 2 2x36W TL-D 737 239 123 5,90
*01/IND A.2214.00 1 1x36W TL-D 1347 239 123 8,40 *03/IND/LE–P A.2221.00 1 1x18W TL-D 1347 239 123 9,10
*02/IND A.2212.00 2 2x36W TL-D 1347 239 123 8,60 *04/IND/LE–P A.2222.00 2 2x18W TL-D 1347 239 123 9,30
Emergency service on one lamp for 60’ with constant lighting output,
Emergency service on one lamp for 90’ with lighting output decreasing

150
Lighting

RMS 550

Due to the body in Stainless Steel AISI 304, with a tempered glass
window and a glass-frame done in one unit without welding, RMS
series are ideal for Onshore, Offshore, Marine applications and for
all kinds of industry where a high level of corrosion resistance is
required. Moreover, the shapes of RMS lighting ¿xtures have been
designed to allow the operator to work with no need to support any
part of lighting ¿xtures. One person can take care of start-up or
maintenance of a RMS lighting ¿xture without any assistance.

Specifications

Material Stainless Steel AISI 304, 0.8 mm thickness and

transparent part in tempered glass
IP Rating IP66/67
Temperature -30°C to 55°C
Certification Type Examination Certi¿cate INERIS 01ATEX3002X
& Approvals GOST Certi¿cate ɊɈɋɋ IT.ȽȻ04.ȼ00509
Standards EN 60079-15 / EN 60079-0 / EN 61241-0 / EN 61241-1
IEC 60079-15 / IEC 60079-0 / IEC 61241-0 / IEC 61241-1
Ex-code II 3 GD
Ex nA II T5 Tamb. -30°C to 50°C
Ex nA II T4 Tamb -30°C to 55°C
Ex tD A22 T90° Tamb -30°C to 40°C
Ex tD A22 IP66/67 T100° Tamb -30°C to 50°C
Ex tD A22 IP66/67 T105° Tamb -30°C to 55°C
According to European Directive 94/9/EC (ATEX)
For Zone 2 and Zone 22
Gaskets Special cross section tightness gasket, silicon rubber made (close cells) located in housing channel between
body and window frame.
Entries Body complete of two diam. 21mm through holes for cable entries, one complete of metallic plug with lock nut
and gasket, and the other one with plastic plug for dust protection.
Hardware and Screw AISI 304 Stainless Steel external hardware and screws
Lamps RMS Series is suitable for two pins Àuorescent lamps G13 socket PHILIPS TL-D or equivalent.
(lamps excluded)
Lamps Wattage 18 / 36 W
Ballast High-frequency electronic ballast conforming with EN 60079-15 and IEC 60079-15
Rated operation 220-240 V
voltage (UE)
Frequency 50 ÷ 60 Hz
Power factor > 0,95
Accessories Suspension mounting kit “G1” AISI 304 made
Available upon Pole mounting kit “P12” 1 ½” size AISI 304 made
request Wall mounting kit “H1” AISI 304 made
Emergency Service RMS 550 lighting ¿xtures for Emergency Service are available:
RMS 550...PNL/LE-P

Note Very low pollution at the end of operative life time of lighting fixtures. The inorganic materials used for RMS, like
stainless steel and glass, allow a recycle of 95%, only electrical components and insulation of single core wires need
some more care.
No through holes between inside and outside of luminaries, out of holes for power supply cable whatever protected
by a suitable waterproof cable gland (on request). Therefore, during the time, release would be possible where, for
fixing devices, there are through holes and relevant gaskets.

151
Lighting

RMS 550

RMS 550 Lighting Fixtures for Normal Service

TYPE CODE LAMPS POWER Overall dimensions [mm] WEIGHT
RMS 550 Num. [W] A B C [kg]
* 03/PNL A.2205.00 1 1x18W TL-D 737 239 123 5,10
* 04/PNL A.2201.00 2 2x18W TL-D 737 239 123 5,20
* 01/PNL A.2206.00 1 1x36W TL-D 1347 239 123 8,40
* 02/PNL A.2202.00 2 2x36W TL-D 1347 239 123 8,60

RMS 550 Lighting Fixtures for Emergency Service

TYPE POWER Overall dimensions [mm] WEIGHT
RMS 550 CODE [W] A B C [kg]
* 03/PNL/LE-P A.2236.00 1 1x18W TL-D 737 239 123 5,10
* 04/PNL/LE-P A.2283.00 2 2x18W TL-D 737 239 123 5,20
* 01/PNL/LE-P A.2235.00 1 1x36W TL-D 1347 239 123 8,40
* 02/PNL/LE-P A.2234.00 2 2x36W TL-D 1347 239 123 8,60

Emergency service on one lamp for 60’ with constant lighting output,
Emergency service on one lamp for 90’ with lighting output decreasing

152
Lighting

RMS 560

Due to the body in Stainless Steel AISI 304, with a tempered glass
window and a glass-frame done in one unit without welding, RMS
series are ideal for Onshore, Offshore, Marine applications and for
all kinds of industry where a high level of corrosion resistance is
required. Moreover, the shapes of RMS lighting ¿xtures have been
designed to allow the operator to work with no need to support any
part of lighting ¿xtures. One person can take care of start-up or
maintenance of a RMS lighting ¿xture without any assistance.
The RMS560 is EOL FREE !!!

Specifications

Material Stainless Steel AISI 304, 0.8 mm thickness

and transparent part in tempered glass
IP Rating IP66/67
Temperature -20°C to 60°C
Certification Type Examination Certi¿cate INERIS 01ATEX0060
& Approvals GOST Certi¿cate ɊɈɋɋ IT.ȽȻ04.ȼ00510
Standards EN 60079-0/EN 60079-1/EN 60079-7/EN 61241-0/EN 61241-1
IEC 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 60079-7 / 61241-0 / 62141-1
Ex-code II 2 GD
Ex de IIC T6 (–20°C to 40°C)
Ex de IIC T5 (–20°C to 55°C)
Ex de IIC T4 (–20°C to 60°C)
Ex tD A21 IP66/67 T85°C / T100°C / T135°C
According to European Directive 94/9/EC (ATEX)
For Zone 1 / Zone 2, Zone 21 / Zone 22
Gaskets Special cross section tightness gasket, silicon rubber made (close cells) located in housing channel between
body and window frame.
Entries Body complete of two diam. 21mm through holes for cable entries, one complete of metallic plug with lock nut
and gasket, and the other one with plastic plug for dust protection.
Hardware and AISI 304 Stainless Steel external hardware and screws
Screw
Lamps Lampholder suitable for Àuorescent two pins lamp type PHILIPS TL-D or similar
(lamps excluded)
Lamps Wattage 18 / 36 W
Ballast high-frequency electronic ballast
Rated operation 220-240 V
voltage (UE)
Frequency 50 ÷ 60 Hz
Power factor > 0,95
Accessories Suspension mounting kit “G1” AISI 304 made
Available upon Pole mounting kit “P12” 1 ½” size AISI 304 made (not suitable for 18W emergency version)
request Wall mounting kit “H1” AISI 304 made
Micro switch interlocked with “closing-opening device” of lighting ¿xture: when opening the frame-window the
micro switch will cut out the power supply
Emergency RMS 560 lighting ¿xtures for Emergency Service are available:
Service RMS 560...PNL/LE-P

Note Very low pollution at the end of operative life time of lighting fixtures. The inorganic materials used for RMS, like
stainless steel and glass, allow a recycle of 95%, only electrical components and insulation of single core wires
need some more care.
No through holes between inside and outside of luminaries, out of holes for power supply cable whatever
protected by a suitable waterproof cable gland (on request). Therefore, during the time, release would be possible
where, for fixing devices, there are through holes and relevant gaskets.

153
Lighting

RMS 560

Lighting Fixtures for Normal Service

Overall dimensions [mm]
TYPE LAMPS POWER WEIGHT
RMS 560* CODE Num. [W] A B C [kg]
* 03/PNL A.2227.01 1 1x18W TL-D 737 239 123 5,60
* 04/PNL A.2230.01 2 2x18W TL-D 737 239 123 5,70
* 01/PNL A.2231.01 1 1x36W TL-D 1347 239 123 8,90
* 02/PNL A.2232.01 2 2x36W TL-D 1347 239 123 9,10
* 03/PNL/MS A.2227.00 1 1x18W TL-D 737 239 123 5,65
* 04/PNL/MS A.2230.00 2 2x18W TL-D 737 239 123 5,75
* 01/PNL/MS A.2231.00 1 1x36W TL-D 1347 239 123 8,95
* 02/PNL/MS A.2232.00 2 2x36W TL-D 1347 239 123 9,15

MS: with Micro-Switch

Lighting Fixtures for Emergency Service

Overall dimensions [mm]
TYPE LAMPS POWER WEIGHT
RMS 560* CODE Num. [W] A B C [kg]
* 03/PNL/LE – P A.2227.02 1 1x18W TL-D 737 239 173 9,50
* 04/PNL/LE – P A.2230.02 2 2x18W TL-D 737 239 173 9,60
* 01/PNL/LE – P A.2231.02 1 1x36W TL-D 1347 239 173 14,10
* 02/PNL/LE – P A.2232.02 2 2x36W TL-D 1347 239 173 14,30

Emergency service on one lamp for 60’ with constant lighting output,
Emergency service on one lamp for 90’ with lighting output decreasing

154
Lighting

RMS Series

2-3    ,

2-3    ,

 -



Ceiling mounting included in

standard version

2-3    ,

2-3    , 

- 
Suspension mounting kit “G1” type
on request code: A 0530 75*


,
 
2-3    ,
3   
2- 


Wall mounting kit “H1” type

on request code:

A 0530 70*
 , 

  ,

  
 

Pole stanchion mounting kit “P12”

3 
2- 3 

type on request code:

2-

A 0530 71*


* not compatible with
RMS-560-03 e 04 /
PNL-LE emergency 18W only


Œ



All units are Stainless Steel made

155
Lighting

RMS Series

 

Œ


 
.
,

 

 
RMS lighting fixtures mounting path

156
Lighting

TNAML

• 10 years operational warranty gives low lifecycle cost*

• 100% encapsulated, maintenance free solution requiring only visual
inspection from an Ex point of view
• Easy and Àexible installation
• Seawater resistant anodized aluminum
• Tempered glass
• Fully recyclable
• High light ef¿ciency (80%)
• Available with 2x18W / 2x36W / 2x58W
• Optional incorporated battery powered LED emergency lighting

Characteristics
• Maintenance free
• Sealed-for-life concept
• Fit and forget
• 10 year operational warranty*
• Patented solution

General specifications:
Modes of protection Ex e mb, Ex tDA21
ATEX classification Group II Category 2 G D
Zones Zone 1, 2, 21, 22
Applied standards EN 60079-0, EN 60079-7, EN 60079-18 EN, EN/IEC 61241-0, EN/IEC 61241-1
Certificate KEMA08ATEX0163
Ex code II 2 G Ex e mb II T6
II 2 D Ex tD A21 IP66 T80°C
Inspection Visual inspection in accordance with EN/IEC 60079-17

Product specifications:
Housing Seawater resistant anodized (25 micron) aluminum with toughened glass
Lamps Pre-mounted long life lamps, color 840
IP Rating IP66
Temperature range -20°C to +55°C
Voltage 220-264VAC 50/60Hz
Electrical connection 0,5-6mm2 spring terminals through integrated external junction box (sealed by resin)
Entries 2 entries M25 with built-in lock nut
Ballast Electronic with end of life protection
Mounting Brackets on guidance rail for easy and quick installation

Optional:
Voltage 110/120VAC
Lamps Color 830
Electrical connection 8 meter braided Àying permanent lead
LED Emergency lighting 90 minute back-up for 36W and 58W
Mounting brackets Pole and ceiling mounting brackets
Cable glands M25

157
Lighting

TNAML

Article code Wattage Voltage Weight Lumen

TNAML218 2 x 18W 220-264VAC 5,0 kgs 2.600 Lumen
TNAML236 2 x 36W 220-264VAC 6,5 kgs 6.000 Lumen
TNAML258 2 x 58W 220-264VAC 8,0 kgs 10.400 Lumen
TNAML236E 2 x 36W 220-264VAC 6,5 kgs 6.000 Lumen
TNAML258E 2 x 58W 220-264VAC 8,0 kgs 10.400 Lumen

Type Max. qty. of lamp fitting on a 16A/ Inrush current

C-char. circuit. 30mA ELCB
2 x 18W 30 18A / 250ȝs
2 x 36W 30 18A / 250ȝs
2 x 58W 20 31A / 350ȝs

Drawings

2 x 58W 1650 mm

2 x 36W
1120 mm

Light distribution curve

2 x 18W 740 mm

Universal mounting system

Per 1000 Lumen

158
Lighting

EVF-P

Luminaires for Àuorescent lamps with a circular shape

polycarbonate-made light housing and two end-cups in copper-free
aluminium.
The high resistance policarbonate light-housing is made of 3
different layers-extrusion to grant the best possible protection
against direct sun heating and radiation effect while the circular
shape is aimed to grant the best possible ”CX” factor and to avoid
pollution and dirty bunching on surfaces.

These technical features make the EVF-P Series suitable for

marine environment

Specifications

Material Two end-cups in copper-free aluminium

(Cu<0,1%) mounted on a circular shape
polycarbonate made
IP Rating IP66
Temperature -20°C to 50°C
Certification Type Examination Certi¿cate
& Approvals INERIS 02ATEX0039
GOST Certi¿cate ɊɈɋɋ IT.ȽȻ04.ȼ00510
Standards EN 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 61241-0 / 61241-1
Ex-code II 2 GD
Ex d IIC T6
Ex tD A21 IP66 T85°C
According to European Directive
94/9/EC (ATEX)
For Zone 1/Zone 21 and Zone 2/Zone 22
Gaskets O-ring made in Nitrile Rubber (NBR)
Surface treatment Aluminium end-cups and cover painted by green colour polyurethane painting cycle (RAL 6003)
Thread Num. 2 opposite M20 pitch 1.5 metric threated entries. One plugged-off by brass nickel plated EEx-d
plug with relevant gasket
Hardware and Screw AISI 304 Stainless Steel external hardware and screws
Lamps EVF-P Series is suitable for two pins Àuorescent lamps G13 socket PHILIPS TL-D or equivalent
(lamps excluded)
Lamps Wattage 18 / 36 / 58 W
Ballast High Frequency Electronic ballast
Rated operation voltage (UE) 220-240 V
Frequency 50 ÷ 60 Hz
Power factor > 0,95
Accessories Pole mounting Kit AISI 304 made, type P14
Available upon request Ceiling mounting Kit AISI 304 made, type G3
3° bottom entry M20
Emergency Service EVF-P lighting ¿xtures for Emergency Service are available, see:
EVF-P...LE-P

Note The screw-cover of EVF-P, when opened, will stand linked to the body of the lighting fixtures by mean of a
stainless steel chain
Steel made white coated internal reflector is also the support for electrical equipment. It is fully withdrawable
in order to allow an easy re-lamping and maintenance

159
Ligthing

EVF-P

EVF-P… Lighting Fixtures for Normal Service

CODE TYPE LAMPS POWER Overall dimensions [mm] WEIGHT
Num. [W] A B C [kg]
423.00 EVF-P 118 1 1x18W 764 176 194 6
424.00 EVF-P 136 1 1x36W 1374 176 194 8
425.00 EVF-P 158 1 1x58W 1680 176 194 9
426.00 EVF-P 218 2 2x18W 764 176 194 6
427.00 EVF-P 236 2 2x36W 1374 176 194 8
428.00 EVF-P 258 2 2x58W 1680 176 194 10

EVF-P…LE Lighting Fixtures for Emergency Service

CODE TYPE LAMPS POWER Overall dimensions [mm] WEIGHT
Num. [W] A B C [kg]
423.10 EVF-P 118 LE P 1 1 x 18W 764 176 194 8
426.10 EVF-P 218 LE P 2 2 x 18W 764 176 194 8
424.10 EVF-P 136 LE P 1 1 x 36W 1374 176 194 10
427.10 EVF-P 236 LE P 2 2 x 36W 1374 176 194 10
425.10 EVF-P 158 LE P 1 1 x 58W 1680 176 194 11
428.10 EVF-P 258 LE P 2 2 x 58W 1680 176 194 11
423.11 EVF-P 118 LE NP 1 1 x 18W 764 176 194 7.7
424.11 EVF-P 136 LE NP 1 1 x 36W 1374 176 194 9.7
425.11 EVF-P 158 LE NP 1 1 x 58W 1680 176 194 10.7

(P) Permanent Emergency Lighting Apparatus

(NP) NON Permanent Emergency Lighting Apparatus

Typical mounting kit for EVF-P Series Lighting Fixtures

Specifications
KIT ”G3” CEILING MOUNTING KIT “G3” Type for lighting ¿xtures:
EVF-P Series
STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304
KIT ”P14” POLE MOUNTING KIT “P14” Type for lighting ¿xtures:
EVF-P Series
STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304 for 1”1/2” Ø pole

Useful for Weight

Type Lighting Fixtures Code Material kg
KIT P14 EVF-P A.0423.61 Stainless Steel AISI 304 0,44
KIT G3 EVF-P A.0423.60 Stainless Steel AISI 304 0,167

Dimensions

160
Lighting

EVF-P Endurance

The EVF-P ENDurance Series has been speci¿cally engineered to

properly house the Àuorescent lamps and relevant high frequency
ballast of ”Xtreme Technology” by Philips and grant, by way of this,
over 40.000 hours of maintenance free operating lifetime.
In EVF-P ENDurance Series, patented technology by Philips like:
Master TL-D Xtreme Lamps end relative HF-Performer II Xtreme
high frequency ballast, meet bene¿ts of EVF-P Series like: a
circular shape of high resistance 3 layers-extrusion polycarbonate
and two end-cups in copper-free aluminium that grant the best
possible protection against direct sun heating and radiation
effects.

Specifications

Material Two end-cups in Copper free Aluminium

mounted on a circular shape polycarbonate made
IP Rating IP66
Operating Temperature -20°C to 50°C
Certification Type Examination Certi¿cate
& Approvals INERIS 02ATEX0039
GOST Certi¿cate ɊɈɋɋ IT.ȽȻ04.ȼ00510
Standards EN 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 61241-0 / 61241-1
Ex-code II 2 GD
Ex d IIC T6
Ex tD A21 IP66 T85° C
According to European Directive
94/9/EC (ATEX)
For Zone 1 / Zone 21, Zone 2 / Zone 22
Gaskets O-ring made in Nitrile Rubber (NBR)
Surface treatment Aluminium end-cups and cover painted by green colour polyurethane painting cycle (RAL 6003)
Thread Num. 2 opposite M20 pitch 1,5 metric threated entries. One plugged-off by brass nickel plated EEx-d
plug with relevant gasket
Hardware and Screw AISI 304 Stainless Steel external hardware and screws
Lamps EVF-P ENDurance Series is suitable for two pins Àuorescent socket: MASTER TL-D Xtreme PHILIPS
Low- Pressure mercury discharge lamp with tubolar 26 mm. envelope
Extreme long reliable lifetime and higher ef¿cacy are achieved with HF-PERFORMER II Xtreme
electronic gear (lamps excluded).

Lamps Wattage 18 / 36 / 58 W
Ballast HF- PERFORMER II Xtreme High Frequency Ballast Philips (36W and 58W)
Smart power: costant light indipendent of mains voltage Àuctuations
Protected against excessive voltage peaks (up to 4Kv) and suitable for Class I and Class II luminaires
Protected against mains voltages and incorrect connections up to 400V AC
Rated operation voltage 220-240 V
(UE)
Frequency 50 ÷ 60 Hz
Power factor > 0,95
Accessories Pole mounting Kit AISI 304 made, type P14
Available upon request Ceiling mounting Kit AISI 304 made, type G3
3° bottom entry M20
Emergency Service EVF-P ENDurance lighting ¿xtures for Emergency Service is available:
EVF-P...LE-LP/LED-END

Note The screw-cover of EVF-P END, when opened, will stand linked to the body of the lighting fixtures by
mean of a stainless steel chain
Steel made white coated internal reflector is also the support for electrical equipment. It is fully
withdrawable in order to allow an easy re-lamping and maintenence

161
Lighting

EVF-P Endurance

EVF-P…LE END (Endurance) Series

Lighting Fixtures for Emergency Service
LAMPS POWER Overall dimensions [mm] WEIGHT
CODE TYPE Num. [W] A B C [kg]
423.11 EVF-P 118 LE-LP / LED-END 1 + LEDS 1 x 18 + x1 764 176 194 8
426.11 EVF-P 218 LE-LP / LED-END 2 + LEDS 2 x 18 + x1 764 176 194 8
424.11 EVF-P 136 LE-LP / LED-END 1 + LEDS 1 x 36 + x1 1374 176 194 10
427.11 EVF-P 236 LE-LP / LED-END 2 + LEDS 2 x 36 + x1 1374 176 194 10
425.11 EVF-P 158 LE-LP / LED-END 1 + LEDS 1 x 58 + x1 1680 176 194 11
428.11 EVF-P 258 LE-LP / LED-END 2 + LEDS 2 x 58 + x1 1680 176 194 11

(LP) Permanent Emergency Lighting Apparatus by LED source

EVF-P…END (Endurance) Series

Lighting Fixtures for Normal Service
LAMPS POWER Overall dimensions [mm] WEIGHT
CODE TYPE Num. [W] A B C [kg]
A042301 EVF-P 118-END 1 1x18W 764 176 194 6
A042401 EVF-P 136-END 1 1x36W 1374 176 194 8
A042501 EVF-P 158-END 1 1x58W 1680 176 194 9
A042601 EVF-P 218-END 2 2x18W 764 176 194 6
A042701 EVF-P 236-END 2 2x36W 1374 176 194 8
A042801 EVF-P 258-END 2 2x58W 1680 176 194 10

EVF-P
Typical Mounting Kit
Specifications
KIT ”G3” CEILING MOUNTING KIT “G3” Type for lighting ¿xtures:
EVF-P Series
STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304
KIT ”P14” POLE MOUNTING KIT “P14” Type for lighting ¿xtures:
EVF-P Series
STAINLESS STEEL AISI 304 for 1 ½” Ø pole

Useful for WEIGHT

TYPE Lighting Fixtures CODE MATERIAL Kg
KIT P14 EVF-P A.0423.61 Stainless Steel AISI 304 0,44
KIT G3 EVF-P A.0423.60 Stainless Steel AISI 304 0,167

Dimensions

162
Lighting

EVde HID Series

EVde-…H.I.D. Series Lighting Fixtures have been designed to house

Built-in control gear for High Intensity Discharge (H.I.D.) Lamps and to
manage the light source, driving it where required by way of suitable
reÀectors and refractors.

Due to the corrosion resistant body, cast copper-free aluminium

construction (Cu<0.1%) and tempered glass for lamp compartment,
EVde-…H.I.D. Lighting ¿xtures can provide small dimensions/low weight
combined with
a wide range of wattage: from 50W up to 400W.

The EVde-…H.I.D. solution, with its built-in control gear on plate and
the top side Ex-e Junction box, allows End Users and Concrators to save
almost: 1 Junction Box, 2 cable glands and a minimum of 30 minutes
of man power cost during the light installation process.

Specifications

Material Copper-free aluminium (Cu<0,1%)

Temperature -50°C to 60°C, See speci¿c limitations in
the relative tables for lamps typology
IP Rating IP65
Certification EC-Type Examination Certi¿cate
& Approvals INERIS 01ATEX0019X
GOST Certi¿cate ɊɈɋɋ IT.ȽȻ04.ȼ00510
Standards EN 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 60079-7 / 61241-0 / 61241-1
IEC 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 60079-7 / 61241-0 / 61241-1
Ex-code II 2 GD
Ex d IIC T5 / T4 / T3
Ex tD A21 IP65 T100°C / T135°C / T200°C
Ex de IIC T5 / T4 / T3
Ex tD A21 IP65 T100°C / T135°C / T200°C
According to European Directive 94/9/EC (ATEX)
For Zone 1 / Zone 2, Zone 21 / Zone 22v
Gaskets O-ring made in Nitrile Rubber (NBR)
Surface treatment External polyurethane painting “Standard Cycle” Green RAL 6003
Entries Nr. 2 M25 entries
Hardware and Screw Stainless steel external hardware
Lamps Lighting apparatus EVde series can be equipped with:
High Pressure Sodium, Mercury Vapour, Metal Halide lamps (included)
Lamps Wattage From 50W to 400W
Ballast Ballast technical features depend on lamp type
Rated operation voltage (UE) 230 V
Frequency 50 Hz
Ignitor and Capacitor Ignitor and Capacitor technical features depend on ballast type
Power factor > 0,9
Accessories GEV-…Protection guard
Available upon request REV-…Standard reÀector made of 99.85 aluminium painted white RAL 9003
REVD-…Dome reÀector made of 99.85 polished and anodized aluminium
KFE-…High Bay ReÀector made of 99.85 polished and anodized aluminium
VERTEVA-…Prismatic Refractor made of virgin acrylic
Lampholder Ceramic lamp holder

Note Adjustable stainless steel mounting bracket (included), suitable for ceiling; pendant; wall; pole
installation. 4x4sqmm+E mains terminal in Ex-e compartment (included)

163
Lighting

EVde HID Series

High Pressure Sodium (NA)

TYPE CODE LAMP W LAMP TYPE WEIGHT kg TEMP. CLASS
EVde-2/NA-B 50 A.0405.60 50 High Pressure Sodium 6.00 T4*
EVde-2/NA-B 70 A.0405.61 70 High Pressure Sodium 6.00 T4*
EVde-3/NA-B 50 A.0405.68 50 High Pressure Sodium v7.40 T4
EVde-3/NA-B 70 9.0801.55 70 High Pressure Sodium 7.40 T4
EVde-4/NA-B 100 A.0405.62 100 High Pressure Sodium 7.60 T3
EVde-4/NA-B 150 A.0405.63 150 High Pressure Sodium 8.40 T3
EVde-4/NA-B 250 A.0405.64 250 High Pressure Sodium 15.00 T3 Tamb. -20°C/40°C
EVde-5/NA-B 250 A.0405.66 250 High Pressure Sodium 16.70 T4 Tamb. -20°C/40°C
T3 Tamb. -20°C/60°C
EVde-5/NA-B 400 A.0405.67 400 High Pressure Sodium 18.00 T3 Tamb. -20°C/60°C

* Lamp with built-in glow-discharge ignitor

Mercury Vapour (HG)

TYPE CODE LAMP W LAMP TYPE WEIGHT kg TEMP. CLASS
EVde-2/HG-B 50 A.0405.51 50 Mercury Vapour 6.00 T4
EVde-2/HG-B 80 A.0405.52 80 Mercury Vapour 6.00 T4
EVde-3/HG-B 100* A.0405.53 100 Mercury Vapour 7.00 T3
EVde-3/HG-B 125 A.0405.54 125 Mercury Vapour 7.40 T3
EVde-4/HG-B 175* A.0405.55 175 Mercury Vapour 8.30 T3
Evde-4/HG-B 250 A.0405.56 250 Mercury Vapour 14.80 T3 Tamb. -20°C / 40°C
Evde-5/HG-B 250 A.0405.58 250 Mercury Vapour 15.70 T4 Tamb. -20°C / 40°C
T3 Tamb. -20°C / 60°C
Evde-5/HG-B 400 A.0405.59 400 Mercury Vapour 16.50 T3 Tamb. -20°C / 60°C

* On request

Metal Halide (IM)

TYPE CODE LAMP W LAMP TYPE WEIGHT kg TEMP. CLASS
A.0405.71 EVde-4/IM-B 250 250 Metal Halide 15.00 T3 Tamb. -20°C / 40°C
A.0405.73 EVde-5/IM-B 250 250 Metal Halide 16.70 T4 Tamb. -20°C / 40°C
T3 Tamb. -20°C / 60°C
A.0405.74 EVde-5/IM-B 400 400 Metal halide 16.70 T3 Tamb. -20°C / 60°C
°C

EVde-…H.I.D. Accessories
REV-… Standard reflector made of 99.85 Painted Ral 9003 White
TYPE CODE For Lighting DIMENSION WEIGHT
Fixtures TYPE ØA X B KG
REV-1 A.0504.01 EVde-1 ... 320 x 89 0.270
REV-2 A.0504.02 EVde-2 ... 320 x 89 0.270
REV-3 A.0504.03 EVde-3 ... 320 x 89 0.270
REV-4 A.0504.04 EVde-4 ... 400 x 89 0.370

GEV-… Protection guard

For Lighting DIMENSION WEIGHT
TYPE CODE Fixtures TYPE ØA X B KG
GEV-1* A.0505.01 EVde-1 ... 138 x 104 0,160
GEV-2* A.0505.02 EVde-2 ... 153 x 140 0.230
GEV-3* A.0505.03 EVde-3 ... 174 x 147 0.240
GEV-4* A.0505.04 EVde-4 ... 188 x 200 0.320
* Stainless steel AISI 304 made

164
Lighting

EVde HID Series

REVD-… Dome reflector made of 99.85

Polished and anodized aluminium
For Lighting Fixtures DIMENSION WEIGHT
TYPE CODE TYPE ØA X B KG
REVD-4 A.0504.10 EVde-4 ... 440 x 310 0.800
REVD-5 A.0530.79 Evde-5 ... 500 x 250 0.800

KFE-…
High bay reflector made of 99.85 Polished and anodized aluminium
For Lighting Fixtures DIMENSION WEIGHT
TYPE CODE TYPE ØA X B KG KFE
KFE* A.0504.20 EVde-4 ... / EVde-5 ... 570 x 300 1.150
Available on request

VERTEVA-…
Prismatic refractor made of virginacrylic
For Lighting Fixtures DIMENSION WEIGHT
TYPE CODE TYPE ØA X B KG
VERTEVA* A.0504.50 EVde-4 ... / EVde-5… 415 x 250 4.000

* only for 250W

* available on request

Dimensions

POLE/STANCHION

Evd-5... Evd-4... Evd-3... Evd-2...

WALL CEILING

165
Lighting

EVde I/HA Series

EVde- . I ./HA Series Lighting Fixtures have been designed to house

Incandescent and halogen lamps and to manage the light source, driving it
where required by way of suitable reÀectors and refractors.

Due to the corrosion resistant body, cast Copper free Aluminium construc-
tion (Cu<0,1%) and tempered glass for lamp compartment, EVde-.I./HA

Lighting ¿xtures can provide small dimensions/low weight combined with

wattages up to 300W. The EVde-…I./HA solution, with its top side Ex e
Junction box, allows End Users and Contractors to save 1 Junction Box, 2
cable glands and a minimum of 30 minutes of man power cost during the
installation process.

Specifications

Copper-free aluminium (Cu<0,1%)

Material
-50°C to 60°C
Temperature
See speci¿c limitations in the relative
tables for lamps typology
IP65
IP Rating
EC-Type Examination Certi¿cate
Certification
INERIS 01ATEX0019X
& Approvals GOST Certi¿cate
ɊɈɋɋ IT.ȽȻ04.ȼ00510
EN 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 60079-7 / 61241-0 / 61241-1
Standards
IEC 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 60079-7 / 61241-0 / 61241-1
Ex-code II 2 GD
Ex d IIC T5 / T4 / T3
Ex tD A21 IP65 T100°C / T135°C / T200°C
Ex de IIC T5 / T4 / T3
Ex tD A21 IP65 T100°C / T135°C / T200°C
According to European Directive 94/9/EC (ATEX)
For Zone 1 / Zone 2, Zone 21 / Zone 22
O-ring made in Nitrile Rubber (NBR)
Gaskets
External polyurethane painting
Surface treatment
“Standard Cycle” Green RAL 6003
Nr. 2 M25 entries
Entries
Stainless steel external hardware
Hardware and Screw
Lamp included: Incandescent / Halogen
Lamps
Up to 300W
Lamps Wattage
Rated operation voltage (UE) 230 V
GEV-…Protection guard
Accessories
REV-…Standard reÀector made of 99.85 aluminium painted white RAL 9003
Available upon request
Ceramic lamp holder
Lampholder

Note Adjustable stainless steel mounting bracket (included), suitable for ceiling; pendant; wall; pole installation
4x4sqmm+E mains terminal in Ex-e compartment (included)

166
Lighting

EVde I/HA Series

(I.) Incandescent Lamps

TYPE CODE LAMP LAMP TYPE WEIGHT TEMP.
[W] [kg] CLASS
EVde-1/I 60 A.0400.51 60 Incandescent 2.90 T4
EVde-1/I 100 A.0400.52 100 Incandescent 2.90 T4
EVde-2/I 150 A.0400.53 150 Incandescent 3.10 T3
EVde-3/I 150 150 Incandescent 4.40 T4
EVde-3/I 200 A.0400.54 200 Incandescent 4.40 T3
EVde-4/I 200 200 Incandescent 7.00 T4
EVde-4/I 300 A.0400.55 300 Incandescent 7.00 T3

(HA.) Halogen Lamps

TYPE CODE LAMP LAMP TYPE WEIGHT TEMP.
[W] [kg] CLASS
EVde-1/HA 60 60 Halogen 2.90 T4
EVde-2/HA 100 100 Halogen 3.10 T4
EVde-3/HA 150 150 Halogen 4.40 T4
EVde-4/HA 200 200 Halogen 7.00 T4

REV-… Standard reflector

made of 99.85 Painted Ral 9003 White GEV-… Protection guard
For Lighting DIMENSION WEIGHT For Lighting DIMENSION WEIGHT
TYPE CODE Fixtures TYPE ØA X B [mm] [kg] TYPE CODE Fixtures TYPE ØA X B [mm] [kg]
REV-1 A.0504.01 EVde-1 ... 320 x 89 0.270 GEV-1* A.0505.01 EVde-1 ... 138 x 104 0,160
REV-2 A.0504.02 EVde-2 ... 320 x 89 0.270 GEV-2* A.0505.02 EVde-2 ... 153 x 140 0.230
REV-3 A.0504.03 EVde-3 ... 320 x 89 0.270 GEV-3* A.0505.03 EVde-3 ... 174 x 147 0.240
REV-4 A.0504.04 EVde-4 ... 400 x 89 0.370 GEV-4* A.0505.04 EVde-4 ... 188 x 200 0.320

* Stainless steel AISI 304 made

Dimensions * available on request

167
Lighting

TNXCX

Technor low pro¿le Xenon Àoodlights are developed to withstand rough

offshore environments, designed to provide safe, powerful illumination
with no glare (e.g. to pilots or crew). Enclosure in Acid Resistant Stainless
Steel AISI 316 and high quality internal electronics provides a reliable and
long-lifetime lightsource to ensure maintenance is kept to a minimum.

Specifications
Material Acid resistant stainless steel SS316L
IP Rating IP66 (IP67/68 upon request)
Ambient temperature -50ºC to +50ºC
Approvals DNV-2004-OSL-ATEX-27278
Standards EN50014, IEC/EN 60079-0
EN50018, IEC/EN 60079-1
EN50019, IEC/EN 60079-7
EN50281-1-1
CAP437
Ex-code Ex d/Ex de IIC/IIB, II 2 G / D, T4
Suitable for Zone 1 and 2
Entries Ex e glands M25 or M20, or blanking plugs
Gland Size EEx e M25 / M20 / Blanked
Lamp Xenon D25 / 35 Watt
Operating voltage 230, 120 VAC/12, 24 VDC
Power consumption 50 Watt
Weight Approx. 10 kg.
Lens Glass

X ¤ X # # X -- #

254 = 254VAC
230 = 220/240VAC
120 = 110/120VAC
24 = 24VDC
12 = 12VDC
E = Explosion Proof, I = Industrial

For XCX130:
1 = EEx de with TNCN and 2xØ25
2 = EEx de c/w EEx e bottom 5xØ25 entries
3 = EEx d with 1xM25 bottom entry
4 = EEx d with 1xM25 bottom entry and Àying lead (5m)

Diameter 130 = 130 mm

X = Xenon light source

Material types: C = SS316L, A = Aluminium

TNX

Typical Àoodlight with connection box or Àying lead:

XCX1301E-230 XCX1304E-12
TNXCX130 Ex de Àoodlight SS316L TNXCX130 Ex d Àoodlight SS316L
TNCN connection box and cable bushing Flying lead cable (5m)
2 nos EEx e M25 entries One Ex d M25 entry
DxL = 130x423 mm., 230VAC DxL = 130x378mm., 12VDC

168
Lighting

TNXCX

Dimensions

Ex de

Ex d Flying Lead

Mounting bracket SS316 material Canopy for extra protection against glaring (optional) SS316 Material
Ordering code: TPS14007 Ordering code: TPS14003

169
Lighting

FL Series

Copper free Aluminium Àoodlight for halogen and discharge lamps, exter-
nal painting RAL 6003 and internal anticondensation paint.
FL...Series Floodlight are completed with lamp, ballast, HPF capacitor and
ignitor.
Specifications

Material Copper-free aluminium (Cu<0,1%)

Stainless Steel AISI 316 L
IP Rating IP65
Temperature -50°C to 55°C
Certification EC-Type Examination Certi¿cate
& Approvals INERIS 00ATEX0023X GOST Certi¿cate
ɊɈɋɋ IT.ȽȻ04.ȼ00501
Standards EN 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 60079-7 /
61241-0 / 61241-1
IEC 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 60079-7 /
61241-0 / 61241-1
Ex-code II2 GD
Ex de IIB T3
Ex de IIB+H2 T3 (upon request)
Ex tD A21 IP65 T200°C
According to European Directive
94/9/EC (ATEX)
For Zone 1/Zone 2, Zone 21/Zone 22
Gaskets Nitrile rubber gasket on Àat joint
Surface treatment External Painting: polyuretane RAL 6003
Internal anticondensation paint
Thread No. 2 M25 entries: one plugged off and one completed with a single seal cable gland our type
PNA 2, brass nichel plated.
Hardware and Screw Captive stainless steel screws and stailess steel adjustable bracket
Lamps Halogen and discharge lamps
Lamps Wattage 150, 250, 400, 500, 2x70
Ballast Low losses integral ballast
Rated operation voltage (UE) 230 V
Frequency 50 Hz
Power factor > 0,9
Lampholder Ceramic lampholder E-40 with antiloosening terminals
Reflector Internal reÀector, symmetrical distribution with narrow beam pure polished aluminium, ¿xed to
body by a safe wire even when removed during maintenance.
Accessories Off -shore version with surface treatment for oil platforms and corrosive environments
Available upon request External colour ON REQUEST choice between Ral classi¿cation
Hammered reÀector for wide beam
Top-pole mounting kit (pole size 2”)
Voltages and frequencies ON REQUEST: - 240V 50 o 60 Hz - 254V 60 Hz - 120V 60 Hz - 127V
50 o 60 Hz - 208V 60 Hz
Specified Version for Floodlight with wind-up stand Italgas speci¿ed cod. Aplog/log-gestilog: GAS-d3
Special services Floodlight world wide Shell Oil speci¿ed M.e.s.c. no. 69.56.23.520.1 to 69.56.23.544.1 details with
lamps in Shell standardization
N.A.T.O. standarization Àoodlight speci¿ed for military purposes code NSN 5795-17-109-
2235. Floodlight for lighting the escape platform/ship area “Life boat” FL-2x70-HA series with 2
halogen lamps 50 or 70W each with back reÀ ector for narrow beam , suitable for connection to
emergency circuit powered by batteries always available on escape platform circuits. The narrow
beam issued is lighting the sea surface below the safe boat to aid the life boat splash-down and
as sign “ life boat “ for “ man in water
Note Hinged window on cover
Connection to electric network via the backside through the Ex-e connection box with 4 terminals
(4 sqmm.) bridged 2 by 2

170
Lighting

FL Series

Floodlight
POWER VOLTAGE WEIGHT
CODE TYPE LAMPS TYPE [W] [V] [kg]
418.14 FL 15 SA High Pressure 150 220/230 [50Hz] 24,7
Sodium
418.15 FL 25 SA High Pressure 250 220/230 [50Hz] 25,8
Sodium
418.19 FL 40 SA High Pressure 400 220/230 [50Hz] 27,0
Sodium
418.20 FL 25 IM Metal Halide 250 220/230 [50Hz] 25,8
418.25 FL 40 IM Metal Halide 400 220/230 [50Hz] 24,8
418.30 FL 25 HG Mercury Vapours 250 220/230 [50Hz] 25,7
418.35 FL 40 HG Mercury Vapours 400 220/230 [50Hz] 22,9
418.40 FL 50 HA Halogen 500 220 21,0
418.45 FL 14 HA Halogen 2x70 48 22,0

FL…316 Floodlight
WEIGHT FL/AISI 316 Series…
LAMPS POWER Wght. Package O.D. With the intent to answer to the off-shore market
CODE TYPE TYPE [W] SHAPE [kg] [kg] Packing [mm]
need of a totally corrosion proof apparatus able to
418.14 FL 15 SA S.A.P. 150 TUBOLAR 48,2 50,2 560x360x320
418.15 FL 25 SA S.A.P. 250 TUBOLAR 49,3 51,3 560x360x320
withstand the combined action of salty marine and
418.19 FL 40 SA S.A.P. 400 TUBOLAR 50,5 52,5 560x360x320 hydrocarbons environments, has been studied
418.20 FL 25 IM I.M. 250 TUBOLAR 49,3 51,3 560x360x320 and developed the FL/AISI 316 Series. The high
418.25 FL 40 IM I.M. 400 TUBOLAR 48,3 50,3 560x360x320 cost of ordinary and extraordinary maintenance
418.30 FL 25 HG V.M. 250 ELLIPS- 49,2 51,2 560x360x320 on oil platforms fully justi¿es the replacement of
OIDAL Aluminum light alloy with Stainless steel 316.
418.35 FL 40 HG V.M. 400 TUBOLAR 45,5 47,5 560x360x320
418.40 FL 50 HA A.L. 500 T.D.E. 560x360x320 The exclusive foundry know-how allowed Italsmea
418.45 FL 14 HA 2 A.L. 2x70 QUARTS 560x360x320 to cast and to machine units Aisi 316 made with
UV L title and with same shape and thickens of
FILTER
Aluminum version also reducing to the lowest
possible the weight.

171
Lighting

EVde-LED / EVde-PT Series

Long life maintenance free High Intensity Power LEDs with narrow beam
lenses. EVde-…LED Spot Lights are used as local spot lights where high
illumination is required day and night. Due to their LED based technology,
Evde-…LED Spot Lights are shock/vibration resistant and free from infra-
red and ultraviolet effects. These spot Lights are used when blinding effect
for operator and no light pollution is required. The lights are also available
as tank light and portable light, ideal for demanding Onshore and Offshore
applications e.g. cleaning, grit blasting and inspection of con¿ned spaces.

Specifications

Material Copper free Aluminium (Cu <0,1%)

IP Rating IP65
Temperature -50°C to 60°C
Certification EC-Type Examination Certi¿cate
& Approvals INERIS 01ATEX0019X
GOST Certi¿cate ɊɈɋɋ IT.ȽȻ04.ȼ00510
Standards EN 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 60079-7 / 61241-0 / 61241-1
IEC 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 60079-7 / 61241-0 / 61241-1
Ex-code II 2 GD
Ex d IIC T5 / T4
Ex tD A21 IP65 T100°C / T135°C
Ex de IIC T5 / T4
Ex tD A21 IP65 T100°C / T135°C
According to European Directive
94/9/EC (ATEX) Dimensions
For Zone 1/Zone 2, Zone 21/Zone 22
Gaskets O-ring made in Nitrile Rubber (NBR)
Surface treatment External polyurethane painting “Standard Cycle”
Green RAL 6003
Entries Nr. 2 M25 entries
Hardware and
Stainless steel external hardware
Screw
Lamps 18 or 48 LED’s
Lamps Wattage High Intensity Power LED’s: 1W each
Rated operation
24Vdc or 240Vac models available
voltage (UE)
Frequency 50/60 Hz.
Accessories
Available upon
Handle for single handed portability
request

Note Adjustable stainless steel U-bracket for wall mounting (included),

suitable for ceiling; pendant; wall; pole installation
4x4sqmm+E mains terminal in Ex-e compartment (included)

Overall
Dimension
Power Voltage Weight Temp. ØX
Type Code (W) Lamp Type (V) Frequency kg Class Length mm
EVde-3/18-LED A.0416.52 18W 18 LED’s x 1W each 220Vac-240Vac 50/60 Hz 5.00 195 x 336
EVde-5/48-LED A.0416.53 48W 48 LED’s X 1W each 220Vac-240Vac 50/60 Hz 281 X 288

172
Lighting

EVcc-PR Series

Copper free Aluminium Lighting Fixtures for tank inspection, painted RAL
6003 and complete with incandescent lamp and 2 ea M25 cable entries.
Flange upon request.

Specifications

Material Copper-free aluminium (Cu<0,1%)

IP Rating IP65
Temperature -50°C to 40°C
Certification EC-Type Examination Certi¿cate INERIS
& Approvals 01ATEX0019X
GOST Certi¿cate ɊɈɋɋ IT.ȽȻ04.ȼ00510
Standards EN 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 61241-0 / 61241-1
IEC 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 61241-0 / 61241-1
Ex-code II 2 GD
Ex d IIC T3
Ex tD A21 IP65 T200°C
According to European Directive
94/9/EC (ATEX)
For Zone 1 / Zone 2, Zone 21 / Zone 22
Gaskets O-ring made in Nitrile Rubber (NBR)
Surface treatment External polyurethane painting “Standard Cycle”
Green RAL 6003
Entries Nr. 2 entries diam. M25
Hardware and Screw Stainless steel external hardware
Lamps Incandescent Lamp included
Lamps Wattage 100 watt
Rated operation voltage (UE) 230 V
Accessories Fixing Àange available upon request

Lighting fixtures for tank inspections

Type Code Lamp Lamp Voltage Dimension Weight
(W) Type ØAxC kg
EVcc–PR2/I100* 414.52 100 Incandescent 230 163x152 3,100
EVcc-PR3/ 414.53 100 Incandescent 230 195x168 4,400
I100**

* The only lamp compatible Philips Mushroom E60 100W

** Standard Philips Lamp A-shape clear A60 100W

Dimensions

173
Lighting

EVA Series

Copper free Aluminium hand-lamp, complete with handle made of

insulating material, protection guard and incandescent lamp.

Specifications

Material Copper-free aluminium (Cu<0,1%)

IP Rating IP65
Temperature -50°C to 60°C
Certification EC-Type Examination Certi¿cate
& Approvals INERIS 01ATEX0019X
GOST Certi¿cate
ɊɈɋɋ IT.ȽȻ04.ȼ00510
Standards EN 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 61241-0 / 61241-1
IEC 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 61241-0 / 61241-1
Ex-code II 2 GD
Ex d IIC T4 / T3
Ex tD A21 IP65 T135°C / T200°C
According to European Directive
94/9/EC (ATEX)
For Zone 1/Zone 2, Zone 21/Zone 22
Gaskets O-ring made in Nitrile Rubber (NBR)
Surface treatment External polyurethane painting
“Standard Cycle” Green RAL 6003
Entries Nr. 1 entry with cable gland PAT2
Hardware and Screw Stainless steel external hardware
Lamps Incandescent Lamp included
Lamps Wattage 60 or 100 watt
Rated operation voltage (UE) 230 V
Accessories transformer 240/24V 100VA available upon request

Dimensions

HAND LAMP for Incandescent Lamp

Lamp Lamp Voltage Weight
Type Code W Type V kg
Hand –lamp for incandescent lamps
EVA-1-l60- 413.01 60 Incandescent 230 2,700
with transformer 240/24V 100VA
(EVP 60)
EVA-1-l100- 413.02 100 Incandescent 230 2,900
(EVP 100)
174
Lighting

TNCLS

TNCLS Backlights are designed for use with Level Gauges in all kinds of
industry where an explosive atmosphere may be present.

Specifications
Material Acid resistant stainless steel SS316
IP Rating IP66
Temperature -20ºC + 45ºC (T4)
Approvals DNV-2002-OSL-ATEX-0195
Standards EN50014, IEC/EN 60079-0
EN50019, IEC/EN 60079-7
EN50028, IEC/EN 60079-18
Ex-Code Ex em II T4
II 2 G
Surface treatment Acidized
Earthing M6 inside and outside
Cable entry Max. 2xM25 in top and / or bottom, and/or sides
es
Power
comsumption Approx. 3VA per module
Voltage 220-240VAC or 254VAC
Frequency 50-60 Hz
Humidity 100%
Terminals Minimum 4x2,5 m²
Lumination colour Yellow

Size-qty. Total length Light exposure Weight Size-qty. Total length Light exposure Weight
modules (A) mm (B) mm kg modules (A) mm (B) mm kg
27-1 270 250 2,3 27-1 270 250 2,3
30-1 300 280 2,5 30-1 300 280 2,5
34-1 340 320 2,7 34-1 340 320 2,7
36-1 360 340 2,8 36-1 360 340 2,8
27-2 540 520 4,3 27-2 540 520 4,3
30-2 600 580 4,6 30-2 600 580 4,6
34-2 680 660 5,1 34-2 680 660 5,1
36-2 720 700 5,3 36-2 720 700 5,3
27-3 810 790 6,2 27-3 810 790 6,2
30-3 900 880 6,7 30-3 900 880 6,7
34-3 1020 1000 7,3 34-3 1020 1000 7,3
36-3 1080 1060 7,5 36-3 1080 1060 7,5
30-4 1200 1180 8,5 30-4 1200 1180 8,5

Several units can be assembles to one column

Dimensions Type key: TNCLS L-X
L = Module lendth
X = No. of modules
Total length: A = L*X
Other sizes upon request

175
176
Human Machine Interface (HMI)

PC Workstation
PC Workstation, Ex d, 6082 High grade Aluminium 178
Remote Terminal
Remote Terminal, Ex d, 6082 High grade Aluminium 179
ISIS 450
Terminal, Ex mdeib(ib), High grade Aluminium 180
Monitor
Monitor, Ex d, 6082 High grade Aluminium 181
Ex-Drive
USB Mobile-Disk, Ex de 183
Explosionproof Barrier
Explosion Proof Wi¿ Barrier, Ex dm[ia], 300 Series Stainless housing 184
Keyboard
Keyboard, Ex ib, Powder coated billit 6082 Aluminium 185

177
Human Machine Interface (HMI)

PC Workstations

• Ex d high performance, stand alone industrial computers for zone 1,2 & 21
• Simple to install and will run with any PC operating system.
• Con¿gurable with ¿ber optic, cat 5 and/or Wireless communications
• Available with a range of standard mounts and stands.
• Wide range of interface and keyboard options available.
• Custom solutions available from 1 – 1000 units.
• TransreÀective LCD options

Specifications
Type of protection II 2 G, Ex d(ib) IIB T6
Certification DNV-2002-OSL-ATEX-0104
Display size 700:12,1”
800: 15”
900: 19”
Display type LCD
Display resolution 700: 800x600
800: 1024x768
900: 1280 x 1024
Colours 700: 260K
800: 16,2M
900: 16,7M
Brightness 700: 400 cdm/nits
800: 400 cdm/nits
900: 250 cdm/nits
900: High Bright: 500cdm/nits, TransreÀective
Contrast 700: 500:1
800: 400:1
900: 500:1
High Bright: 1000:1 Dimensions
Processor 700: Refer to datasheet
800/900: 1,8GHz Pentium M
Flash Drive 700: Refer to datasheet
800/900: 64GB
Memory 700: Refer to datasheet
800/900: 1GB
Communication 700: Refer to datasheet
800/900: CAT 5, RS232, RS422,
RS485, USB
Keyboard Optional membrane Mouse & Keypad
and external EEx i Interface
Supply Voltage 90-264VAC, 50-60Hz Optional 24VDC
Operating temperature (-20ºC) 0ºC to +50ºC
Storage temperature -25ºC to +55ºC
Housing 6082 High grade aluminium
Environmental protection IP66
Weight 700: 25Kg / 53lbs
800: 32Kg / 68lbs
900: 44Kg / 88lbs
Overall dimensions 700: 369 x 283 x 160 mm
800: 465 x 337 x 160 mm
900: 521 x 390 x 165 mm
Available network options WiFi/Fibre Optic/Cat 5

178
Human Machine Interface (HMI)

Remote Terminal

• Ex d remote terminals for zone 1,2 & 21

• No need for purging
• Con¿gurable with ¿ber optic, cat 5
• Extending range up to 10.000 meters
• Available with a range of standard mounts and stands.
• Wide range of interface and keyboard options available.
• TransreÀective LCD option

Specifications
Type of protection II 2 G EEx d (ib) IIB T6
Certification DNV-2002-OSL-ATEX-0104
Display size 700: 12,1”
800: 15”
900: 19”
Display type LCD
Display resolution 700: VGA 800 x 600
800: VGA 1024 x 768
900: VGA 1280 x 1024
Colours 700: 260K
800: 16,2M
900: 16,7M
Brightness 700: 400cdm/nits
800: 400cdm/nits
900: 250cdm/nits
900: High Bright: 500 cdm/nits, TransreÀective
Contrast 700: 500:1
800: 400:1
900: 1000:1
High Bright: 1000:1
Available KVM options Cat5 or Fibre Optic
Keyboard Optional membrane Mouse and keypad
and external EEx i interface
Supply Voltage 90-264VAC, 50-60Hz Optional 24VDC
Operating temperature (-20ºC) 0ºC to +45ºC
Storage temperature -25ºC to +55ºC
Housing 6082 High grade aluminium
Environmental protection IP66
Weight 700: 25Kg / 53lbs
800: 32Kg / 68lbs
900: 44Kg / 88lbs
Overall dimensions 700: 369 x 283 x 160 mm
800: 465 x 337 x 160 mm
900: 521 x 390 x 165 mm

Dimensions

179
Human Machine Interface (HMI)

ISIS 450, Terminal

Technor ISIS Windows CE.net operator terminal represent a

cost ef¿cient state of the art unit for process control and monitor-
ing in hazardous areas

Specifications

Type of protection II 2 G EEx mdeib(ib) IIB+H T4

Display size 10,4”
Display type TransreÀective TFT LCD
Display resolution VGA 640 x 480
Colours 256K colours
Brightness 250cdm/nits
Processor 300 MHz low power
Flash drive 32Mb (higher optional)
Memory 64Mb SRAM
Available comm. Options WiFi / Cat 5 / Fiber Optic
Keyboard Functional keyboard (F1 – F8)
0-9 Numeric pad
Supply voltage 90-260VAC, 50-60Hz
Operating temperature -40ºC to +50ºC
Storage temperature -25ºC to +55ºC
Housing High grade aluminium
Environmental protection IP65
Weight 12,5kg / 28lbs
Overall dimensions 360w x 260h x 153d mm
Vibration Yes
FCC Yes
CE Yes

Dimensions

180
Human Machine Interface (HMI)

Monitor

• Ex d monitor for zone 1,2 & 21

• Accepts DVI, VGA, RGB, Composite and S-video input signals
• Available with a range of standard mounts and stands.

Specifications

Type of protection II 2 G EEx d (ib) IIB T6

Approvals EEx d IIB T5
Certification DNV-2202-OSL-ATEX-0104
Display size 700: 12,1”
800: 15”
900: 19”
Display resolution 700: VGA 800 x 600
800: VGA 1024x768
900: VGA 1280 x 1024
Colours 700: 260K
800: 16,2M
900: 16,7M
Brightness 700: 400 cdm/nits
800: 400 cdm/nits
900: 250 cdm/nits
900: High Bright: 500 cdm/nits, TransreÀective
Contrast 700: 500:1
800: 400:1
900: 500:1
High Bright: 1000:1
Input options DVI, VGA, RGB,
Composite and S-video input
Supply voltage 90-264VAC, 50-60Hz Optional 24VDC
Operating temperature -20ºC to +50ºC
Storage temperature -25ºC to +55ºC
Housing 6082 High grade aluminium
Environmental protection IP66
Weight 700: 25Kg / 53lbs
800: 32Kg / 68lbs
900: 44Kg / 88lbs
Overall dimensions 700: 369 x 283 x 160 mm
800: 465 x 337 x 160 mm
900: 521 x 390 x 165 mm

Dimensions

181
182
Human Machine Interface (HMI)

Ex-Drive, USB Mobile-Disk

Ex-Drive is a standard USB 2.0 based device for hazardous area Zone 1
and 2. Logging of data for evaluation or backup is used more extensively
at industrial sites, onshore and offshore. By using Technor ISIS Ex-Drive
products your organization can immediately start securing data in hazard-
ous area, allowing easy access Ex-Drive is designed for harsh environ-
ments with IP66 protection.
• Data logging & retrieval
• Portable data capture
• Diagnostics
• Remote systems monitoring
• Black box applications

Specifications

Type of protection II 2G Ex de IIC T6

Certification NEMKO 01ATEX158
Compability USB 2.0
Memory 2-4GB
Environmental Protection IP66
Weight 0,5 kg
Length 210 mm
Operating temperature 0ºC to +50ºC

Dimensions

183
Human Machine Interface (HMI)

Explosion Proof Wifi Barrier

The New Patented Radio signal barrier, allows for easy mounting of any
WIFI antenna. This ¿tting is designed to be used directly in any explosion
proof housing or ¿tting without the need of a seal. The barrier is a cost
effective solution to hazardous area radio equipment. Various connector
options available.

Specifications

Ex-code Ex dm[ia] IIC T5

Certificate DNV-2006-OSL-ATEX-0183X

Maximum fault voltage RMS 250 Volts

Maximum Radio Power Output 2.0 Watts
Frequency Range up to 2.4 GHz
50 Ohm impedance
¾ Male NPT or M25 x 1.5 connection
300 Series Stainless housing
RP-SMA or N style Connector
6000 PSI Hydro tested, no Lead seal required

Dimensional Outline
Metric M25 “N” Connector

Dimensional Outline
NPT ¾” “N” Connector

NPT ¾” RP-SMA Connector

This need to be certi¿ed

(and veri¿ed) together with
the used transmitter/receiver/antenna
and the actual enclosures.

184
Human Machine Interface (HMI)

Keyboard

The Technor ISIS intrinsically safe, billet aluminium keyboards are manu-
factured to the same high quality speci¿cations as our ISIS HMI range.
Available with touchpad or joystick mouse operation the keyboard may be
mounted directly on the unit with a practical fold away hinge or used as an
independent desk top unit.

Specifications

Type of protection II 2 G Ex ib IIC T4

Degree of protection IP66
Use Within Zone 1 & 2 and Ex area
Technical details Ra¿ short stroke keyboard
No of keystrokes > 1 Mio operations
Using a force of 2,55 to 0,65 N
Travel 0,3 +0,2 -0,1 mm
Keyboard type MF2 (102 keys) keyboard with integrated
Touch-Pad (2 keys)
Interface PC AT, PS/2 compatible
Cable length 1,50 m
Language versions English US-layout, German and French
Supply voltage 5V
Ambient temperature max. -30ºC to +60ºC at T4
Ware temperature -40º to +70ºC (Pad)
Safety Values Ui = 5,4 V, Ii = 250mA, Pi = 0,7W, Li = is negligible,
Ci = 59,4 —F
Details, touch pad Foilcovered capacitive Touch-Pad (62x47 mm)
with 2 keys
Material Powder coated billit 6082 aluminium
Surface Acid, alkaline, solvent- and chemical resistant
Polyester foil 0,3 mm thick with rimmed keys
Overall dimensions 32mm x 525mm x 200mm (Pad)
Weight 5,6kg

Dimensions
30

469
525

Bild Rollen
Print Scroll Esc F1 F2 F3 F
F4 F5 F
F6 Einfg Pos 1 Druck Pause
F9
Esc F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8
414 F10 F11 F12 Scre en Lock
Pause S-Abf Untbr
R

Bild Rollen 7 8 9
2

F
F7 F
F8 F
F9 F
F10 F11
F1 F12
F1 Entf Ende
Pos 1 Bild
_ Num Rollen
~ ! @ # $ % ^ & * ( ) + Page
Insert Home Num / - 4 5 6
\ 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 - =
Up Lock *
Q W E R T Y U I O P { } 7 8 9 1 2 3
148

Page
200

Dele te End Ende Bild

[ ] Down Home Pg Up ° ! " § $ % & / ( ) = ? ` Enter
200

+ ^ 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 { 8 [ 9 ] 0 } ß \ ´ 0
A S D F G H J K L : " ¦ 4 5 6
148

Cap s Einfg Entf

Lock Q W E R T Z U I O P Ü *
; \ + ~
' @
Enter
¦ Z X C V B N M < > ? 1 2 3 A S D F G H J K L Ö Ä '
\ , . / End Pg Dn #

3 0
. Enter
> Y X C V B N M ; : _
,
R
Ctrl Alt Ctrl
Ins Del 3 < | μ . -
R Strg
Windows
Alt Alt Gr
Windows Windows
Strg
Taste Taste Taste

185
186
Cable Glands and Accessories

PAP Series
Double seal, armoured cable, Ex d/e, Brass / AISI 316L 188
PNA Series
Single seal, armoured cable, Ex d/e, Brass / AISI 316L 190
PSF Series
Single seal, armoured cable, Male-Female, Ex d/e, Brass / AISI 316L 192
PSM Series
Single seal, armoured cable, Male-Male, Ex d/e, Brass / AISI 316L 194
PBD Series
Double seal, lead sheath unarmoured cable, Ex d/e, Brass / AISI 316L 198
PBS Series
Single seal, lead sheath unarmoured cable, Ex d/e, Brass / AISI 316L 200
PDB Series
Double seal, lead sheath armoured cable, Ex d/e, Brass / AISI 316L 202
PSB Series
Single seal, lead sheath armoured cable, Ex d/e, Brass / AISI 316L 204
PBAX Series
Single seal barrier type, armoured cable, Ex d/e, Brass / AISI 316L 206
PND Series
Double seal, unarmoured cable, Ex d/e, Brass / AISI 316L 208
PNS Series
Single seal, unarmoured cable, Ex d/e, Brass / AISI 316L 210
PABAX Series
Double seal barrier type, armoured cable, Ex d/e, Brass / AISI 316L 212
PMS Series
Single seal barrier type, unarmoured cable, Ex d/e, Brass / AISI 316L 214
PMD Series
Double seal barrier type, unarmoured cable, Ex d/e, Brass / AISI 316L 216
Fitting Accessories
219 187
Cable Glands and Accessories

PAP

Double seal cable glands suitable for armoured cables. Nickel-chrome

plated brass made, hexagon shape, anti-age EPDM oil resistant gaskets.
PAP-… Series cable glands are used in classi¿ed area Zone 1 & 2 and
Zone 21 & 22.

Specifications

Material Brass
IP Rating IP66
Temperature -50°C to 110°C
Certification EC-Type Examination Certi¿cate INERIS 02ATEX0084
& Approvals GOST Certi¿cate ɊɈɋɋ IT.ȽȻ04.ȼ00494
Standards EN 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 60079-7 / 61241-0 / 61241-1
IEC 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 60079-7 / 61241-0 / 61241-1
Ex-code II 2 GD or I M2
Ex d IIC / Ex e II / Ex d I
Ex tD A21 IP66
According to European Directive 94/9/EC (ATEX)
For Zone 1 / Zone 2, Zone 21 / Zone 22
Gaskets EPDM
Surface treatment Nickel-chrome Plated
Thread ANSI B1.20.1 NPT (normally in stock): type number will assume the ending NPT
Metric pitch 1.5
UNI 6125
Version on Cable glands made of Stainless Steel AISI 304: type number will assume the ending 304.
Request Example PAP-1-A1/304
Cable glands made of Stainless Steel AISI 316: type number will assume the ending 316.
Example PAP-1-A1/316
Cable glands Aluminium Anticorodal made (not suitable for Group I):
The type number will assume the ending Al. Example PAP-1-A1/Al
Accessories Rubber Shroud for cable glands protection

Note All cable glands of a.m. series will be supplied with armouring-ring and cone nickel-chrome plated brass made
(if not differently specified in offer or in order acknowledgment)

188
Cable Glands and Accessories

PAP

Cable Cable Ø THREAD TYPE

under overall External Maximum o.d.
Type
armour diameter cable Metric Pitch UNI 6125 NPT
(inner seal) (outer seal)
F A B C D E Size Code Size Code Size Code
PAP-1/A1B1 6-9 8-11 18 85 65 20 33 30 M20 A.1800.18 Uni 6125 ½” A.1801.01 NPT ½” A.1801.51
PAP-1/A1B2 6-9 11-14 18 85 65 20 33 30 M20 A.1800.19 Uni 6125 ½” A.1801.02 NPT ½” A.1801.52
PAP-1/A2B3 9-12 14-17 18 85 65 20 33 30 M20 A.1800.21 Uni 6125 ½” A.1801.03 NPT ½” A.1801.53
PAP-2/A1B1 6-9 14-17 24 85 65 20 33 36 M25 A.1800.23 Uni 6125 ¾” A.1802.01 NPT ¾” A.1802.51
PAP-2/A2B1 9-12 14-17 24 85 65 20 33 36 M25 A.1800.24 Uni 6125 ¾” A.1802.02 NPT ¾” A.1802.52
PAP-2/A3B2 11-14 17-20 24 85 65 20 33 36 M25 A.1800.27 Uni 6125 ¾” A.1802.03 NPT ¾” A.1802.53
PAP-2/A4B3 14-17 20-23 24 85 65 20 33 36 M25 A.1800.28 Uni 6125 ¾” A.1802.04 NPT ¾” A.1802.54
PAP-3/A1B1 14-17 20-23 30 93 68 25 49 44 M32 A.1803.21 Uni 6125 1” A.1803.01 NPT 1” A.1803.51
PAP-3/A2B2 17-20 23-26 30 93 68 25 49 44 M32 A.1803.22 Uni 6125 1” A.1803.02 NPT 1” A.1803.52
PAP-3/A3B3 20-23 26-29 30 93 68 25 49 44 M32 A.1803.23 Uni 6125 1” A.1803.03 NPT 1” A.1803.53
PAP-5/A2B2 23-26 29-32 43 93 68 25 62 56 M50 A.1805.22 Uni 6125 1 1/2” A.1805.02 NPT 1 1/2” A.1805.52
PAP-5/A3B3 26-29 32-36 43 93 68 25 62 56 M50 A.1805.23 Uni 6125 1 1/2” A.1805.03 NPT 1 1/2” A.1805.53
PAP-5/A4B4 29-32 36-39 43 93 68 25 62 56 M50 A.1805.24 Uni 6125 1 1/2” A.1805.04 NPT 1 1/2” A.1805.54
PAP-5/A5B5 32-36 39-42 43 93 68 25 62 56 M50 A.1805.25 Uni 6125 1 1/2” A.1805.05 NPT 1 1/2” A.1805.55
PAP-6/A2B2 36-39 44-48 57 95 71 25 78 70 M63 A.1806.22 Uni 6125 2” A.1806.02 NPT 2” A.1806.52
PAP-6/A3B3 39-42 48-52 57 95 71 25 78 70 M63 A.1806.23 Uni 6125 2” A.1806.03 NPT 2” A.1806.53
PAP-6/A4B4 42-46 52-56 57 95 71 25 78 70 M63 A.1806.24 Uni 6125 2” A.1806.04 NPT 2” A.1806.54
PAP-7/A2B2 44-48 55-59 69 100 71 32 92 83 M75 A.1807.22 Uni 6125 2 1/2” A.1807.02 NPT 2 1/2” A.1807.52
PAP-7/A3B3 48-52 59-63 69 100 71 32 92 83 M75 A.1807.23 Uni 6125 2 1/2” A.1807.03 NPT 2 1/2” A.1807.53
PAP-7/A4B4 52-56 63-67 69 100 71 32 92 83 M75 A.1807.24 Uni 6125 2 1/2” A.1807.04 NPT 2 1/2” A.1807.54
PAP-7/A5B4 56-60 63-67 69 100 71 32 92 83 M75 A.1807.25 Uni 6125 2 1/2” A.1807.05 NPT 2 1/2” A.1807.55
PAP-8/A4B4 56-60 63-67 79 100 71 32 103 93 M80 A.1808.24 Uni 6125 3” A.1808.04 NPT 3” A.1808.54
PAP-8/A5B5 59-63 67-69 79 100 71 32 103 93 M80 A.1808.25 Uni 6125 3” A.1808.05 NPT 3” A.1808.55
PAP-8/A6B6 63-67 69-73 79 100 71 32 103 93 M80 A.1808.26 Uni 6125 3” A.1808.06 NPT 3” A.1808.56
PAP-8/A7B7 67-71 73-11 79 100 71 32 103 93 M80 A.1808.27 Uni 6125 3” A.1808.07 NPT 3” A.1808.57

Dimensions

189
Cable Glands and Accessories

PNA

Single seal cable glands suitable for armoured cables. Nickel-chrome

plated brass made, hexagon shape, anti-age EPDM oil resistant gaskets.
PNA-… Series cable glands are used in classi¿ed area Zone 1 & 2 and
Zone 21 & 22.

Specifications

Material Brass
IP Rating IP66
Temperature -50°C to 110°C
Certification EC-Type Examination Certi¿cate
& Approvals INERIS 02ATEX0084
GOST Certi¿cate ɊɈɋɋ IT.ȽȻ04.ȼ00494
Standards EN 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 60079-7 / 61241-0 / 61241-1
IEC 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 60079-7 / 61241-0 / 61241-1
Ex-code II 2 GD or I M2
Ex d IIC / Ex e II / Ex d I
Ex tD A21 IP66
According to European Directive 94/9/EC (ATEX)
For Zone 1 / Zone 2, Zone 21 / Zone 22
Gaskets EPDM
Surface treatment Nickel-chrome Plated
Thread ANSI B1.20.1 NPT (normally in stock): type number will assume the ending NPT
Metric pitch 1.5
UNI 6125
Version on Request Cable glands made of Stainless steel AISI 304: type number will assume the ending 304.
Example PNA-1-A1/304
Cable glands made of Stainless steel AISI 316: type number will assume the ending 316.
Example PNA-1-A1/316
Cable glands Aluminium Anticorodal made (not suitable for Group I): The type number will
assume the ending Al. Example PNA-1-A1/Al
Accessories Rubber Shroud for cable glands protection

Note All cable glands of a.m. series will be supplied with armouring-ring and cone nickel-chrome plated brass made
(if not differently specified in offer or in order acknowledgment)

190
Cable Glands and Accessories

PNA

Cable Ø THREAD TYPE

under External Maximum o.d.
Type cable Metric Pitch UNI 6125 NPT
armour
(inner seal) F A B C D E Size Code Size Code Size Code
PNA-1/A1 6-9 18 62 42 20 33 30 M20 A.1501.23 UNI 6125 ½” A.1501.01 NPT 1/2” A.1501.51
PNA-1/A2 9-12 18 62 42 20 33 30 M20 A.1501.24 UNI 6125 ½” A.1501.02 NPT 1/2” A.1501.52
PNA-2/A1 6-9 24 62 42 20 40 36 M25 A.1502.21 UNI 6125 3/4” A.1502.01 NPT 3/4” A.1502.51
PNA-2/A2 9-12 24 62 42 20 40 36 M25 A.1502.22 UNI 6125 3/4” A.1502.02 NPT 3/4” A.1502.52
PNA-2/A3 11-14 24 62 42 20 40 36 M25 A.1502.23 UNI 6125 3/4” A.1502.03 NPT 3/4” A.1502.53
PNA-2/A4 14-17 24 62 42 20 40 36 M25 A.1502.24 UNI 6125 3/4” A.1502.04 NPT 3/4” A.1502.54
PNA-3/A1 14-17 30 70 45 25 49 44 M32 A.1503.21 UNI 6125 1” A.1503.01 NPT 1” A.1503.51
PNA-3/A2 17-20 30 70 45 25 49 44 M32 A.1503.22 UNI 6125 1” A.1503.02 NPT 1” A.1503.52
PNA-3/A3 20-23 30 70 45 25 49 44 M32 A.1503.23 UNI 6125 1” A.1503.03 NPT 1” A.1503.53
PNA-5/A2 23-26 43 70 45 25 62 56 M50 A.1505.22 UNI 6125 1 1/2” A.1505.02 NPT 1 1/2” A.1505.52
PNA-5/A3 26-29 43 70 45 25 62 56 M50 A.1505.23 UNI 6125 1 1/2” A.1505.03 NPT 1 1/2” A.1505.53
PNA-5/A4 29-32 43 70 45 25 62 56 M50 A.1505.24 UNI 6125 1 1/2” A.1505.04 NPT 1 1/2” A.1505.54
PNA-5/A5 32-36 43 70 45 25 62 56 M50 A.1505.25 UNI 6125 1 1/2” A.1505.05 NPT 1 1/2” A.1505.55
PNA-6/A2 36-39 57 72 46 25 78 70 M63 A.1506.22 UNI 6125 2” A.1506.02 NPT 2” A.1506.52
PNA-6/A3 39-42 57 72 46 25 78 70 M63 A.1506.23 UNI 6125 2” A.1506.03 NPT 2” A.1506.53
PNA-6/A4 42-46 57 72 46 25 78 70 M63 A.1506.24 UNI 6125 2” A.1506.04 NPT 2” A.1506.54
PNA-7/A2 44-48 69 78 46 32 92 83 M75 A.1507.22 UNI 6125 2 1/2” A.1507.02 NPT 2 1/2” A.1507.52
PNA-7/A3 48-52 69 78 46 32 92 83 M75 A.1507.23 UNI 6125 2 1/2” A.1507.03 NPT 2 1/2” A.1507.53
PNA-7/A4 52-56 69 78 46 32 92 83 M75 A.1507.24 UNI 6125 2 1/2” A.1507.04 NPT 2 1/2” A.1507.54
PNA-7/A5 56-60 69 78 46 32 92 83 M75 A.1507.25 UNI 6125 2 1/2” A.1507.05 NPT 2 1/2” A.1507.55
PNA-8/A4 56-60 79 78 46 32 103 93 M80 A.1508.24 UNI 6125 3” A.1508.04 NPT 3” A.1508.54
PNA-8/A5 59-63 79 78 46 32 103 93 M80 A.1508.25 UNI 6125 3” A.1508.05 NPT 3” A.1508.55
PNA-8/A6 63-67 79 78 46 32 103 93 M80 A.1508.26 UNI 6125 3” A.1508.06 NPT 3” A.1508.56
PNA-8/A7 67-71 79 78 46 32 103 93 M80 A.1508.27 UNI 6125 3” A.1508.07 NPT 3” A.1508.57

Dimensions

191
Cable Glands and Accessories

PSF

Single seal through “male-female” cable glands for unarmoured cable,

suitable for reversable assembling of 2 enclosures: Ex d / Ex d or Ex d /
Ex e by adding a rigid or Àexible tube to the cable gland. Made of Nickel-
chrome plated brass, hexagon shaped, oil resistant anti-age EPDM
gaskets. PSF-… Series cable glands are used in classi¿ed area Zone 1 &
2 and Zone 21 & 22.

Specifications

Material Brass
IP Rating IP66
Temperature -50°C to 110°C
Certification EC-Type Examination Certi¿cate
& Approvals INERIS 02ATEX0084
GOST Certi¿cate ɊɈɋɋ IT.ȽȻ04.ȼ00494
Standards EN 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 60079-7 / 61241-0 / 61241-1
IEC 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 60079-7 / 61241-0 / 61241-1
Ex-code II 2 GD or I M2
Ex d IIC / Ex e II / Ex d I
Ex tD A21 IP66
According to European Directive 94/9/EC (ATEX)
For Zone 1 / Zone 2, Zone 21 / Zone 22
Gaskets EPDM
Surface treatment Nickel-chrome Plated
Thread ANSI B1.20.1 NPT (normally in stock): type number will assume the ending NPT
Metric pitch 1.5
UNI 6125
Version on Request Cable glands made of Stainless steel AISI 304: type number will assume the ending 304. Example PSF-1-A1/304
Cable glands made Stainless steel AISI 316: type number will assume the ending 316. Example PSF-1-A1/316
Cable glands Aluminium Anticorodal made (not suitable for Group I): The type number will assume the ending Al.
Example PSF-1-A1/Al
Accessories Rubber Shroud for cable glands protection

Note Female sleeve cilindric ISO 228

192
Cable Glands and Accessories

PSF

Cable Free THREAD TYPE

Maximum o.d.
Type overall conpling Metric Pitch UNI 6125 NPT
diameter threading
A B C D E Size Code Size Code Size Code
PSF-1/A1 6-9 ½” 73 53 20 33 30 M20 A.2821.01 UNI 6125 ½” A.2801.01 NPT ½” A.2811.01
PSF-1/A2 9-12 ½” 73 53 20 33 30 M20 A.2821.02 UNI 6125 ½” A.2801.02 NPT ½” A.2811.02
PSF-2/A1 6-9 ¾” 73 53 20 40 36 M25 A.2822.01 UNI 6125 3/4” A.2802.01 NPT 3/4” A.2812.01
PSF-2/A2 9-12 ¾” 73 53 20 40 36 M25 A.2822.02 UNI 6125 3/4” A.2802.02 NPT 3/4” A.2812.02
PSF-2/A3 11-14 ¾” 73 53 20 40 36 M25 A.2822.03 UNI 6125 3/4” A.2802.03 NPT 3/4” A.2812.03
PSF-2/A4 14-17 ¾” 73 53 20 40 36 M25 A.2822.04 UNI 6125 3/4” A.2802.04 NPT 3/4” A.2812.04
PSF-3/A1 14-17 1” 88 63 25 49 44 M32 A.2823.01 UNI 6125 1” A.2803.01 NPT 1” A.2813.01
PSF-3/A2 17-20 1” 88 63 25 49 44 M32 A.2823.02 UNI 6125 1” A.2803.02 NPT 1” A.2813.02
PSF-3/A3 20-23 1” 88 63 25 49 44 M32 A.2823.03 UNI 6125 1” A.2803.03 NPT 1” A.2813.03
PSF-5/A2 23-26 1 ½” 89 64 25 65 58 M50 A.2825.02 UNI 6125 1 1/2” A.2805.02 NPT 1 1/2” A.2815.02
PSF-5/A3 26-29 1 ½” 89 64 25 65 58 M50 A.2825.03 UNI 6125 1 1/2” A.2805.03 NPT 1 1/2” A.2815.03
PSF-5/A4 29-32 1 ½” 89 64 25 65 58 M50 A.2825.04 UNI 6125 1 1/2” A.2805.04 NPT 1 1/2” A.2815.04
PSF-5/A5 32-36 1 ½” 89 64 25 65 58 M50 A.2825.05 UNI 6125 1 1/2” A.2805.05 NPT 1 1/2” A.2815.05
PSF-6/A2 36-39 2” M63 A.2826.02 UNI 6125 2” A.2806.02 NPT 2” A.2816.02
PSF-6/A3 39-42 2” On request M63 A.2826.03 UNI 6125 2” A.2806.03 NPT 2” A.2816.03
PSF-6/A4 42-46 2” M63 A.2826.04 UNI 6125 2” A.2806.04 NPT 2” A.2816.04
PSF-7/A2 44-48 2 ½” M75 A.2827.02 UNI 6125 2 1/2” A.2807.02 NPT 2 1/2” A.2817.02
PSF-7/A3 48-52 2 ½” M75 A.2827.03 UNI 6125 2 1/2” A.2807.03 NPT 2 1/2” A.2817.03
On request
PSF-7/A4 52-56 2 ½” M75 A.2827.04 UNI 6125 2 1/2” A.2807.04 NPT 2 1/2” A.2817.04
PSF-7/A5 56-60 2 ½” M75 A.2827.05 UNI 6125 2 1/2” A.2807.05 NPT 2 1/2” A.2817.05
PSF-8/A4 56-60 3” M80 A.2828.04 UNI 6125 3” A.2808.04 NPT 3” A.2818.04
PSF-8/A5 59-63 3” M80 A.2828.05 UNI 6125 3” A.2808.05 NPT 3” A.2818.05
On request
PSF-8/A6 63-67 3” M80 A.2828.06 UNI 6125 3” A.2808.06 NPT 3” A.2818.06
PSF-8/A7 67-71 3” M80 A.2828.07 UNI 6125 3” A.2808.07 NPT 3” A.2818.07

Dimensions

193
Cable Glands and Accessories

PSM

Single seal through “male-male” cable glands for unaroumred cable,

suitable for reversable assembling side by side of 2 enclosures: Ex d/Ex d
or Ex d/Ex e by adding a rigid or Àexible tube to the cable gland. Made of
Nickel-chrome plated brass, hexagon shaped, oil resistant anti-age EPDM
gaskets.
PSM-… Series cable glands are used in classi¿ed area Zone 1 & 2 and
Zone 21 & 22.

Specifications

Material Brass
IP Rating IP66
Temperature -50°C to 110°C
Certification EC-Type Examination Certi¿cate
& Approvals INERIS 02ATEX0084
GOST Certi¿cate ɊɈɋɋ IT.ȽȻ04.ȼ00494
Standards EN 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 60079-7 / 61241-0 / 61241-1
IEC 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 60079-7 / 61241-0 / 61241-1
Ex-code II 2 GD or I M2
Ex d IIC / Ex e II / Ex d I
Ex tD A21 IP66
According to European Directive 94/9/EC (ATEX)
For Zone 1 / Zone 2, Zone 21 / Zone 22
Gaskets EPDM
Surface treatment Nickel-chrome Plated
Thread ANSI B1.20.1 NPT (normally in stock): type number will assume the ending NPT
Metric pitch 1.5
UNI 6125
Version on Request Cable glands made of Stainless steel AISI 304: type number will assume the ending 304.
Example PSM-1-A1/304
Cable glands made of Stainless steel AISI 316: type number will assume the ending 316.
Example PSM-1-A1/316
Cable glands Aluminium Anticorodal made (not suitable for Group I): The type number will assume the ending Al.
Example PSM-1-A1/Al
Accessories Rubber Shroud for cable glands protection

Note Free nipple is always UNI 6125 threaded

194
Cable Glands and Accessories

PSM

Cable Free THREAD TYPE

Maximum o.d.
Type overall nipple Metric Pitch UNI 6125 NPT
diameter threading A B C D E Size Code Size Code Size Code
PSM-1/A1 6-9 ½” 90 70 20 33 30 M20 UNI 6125 ½” A.2901.01 NPT ½” A.2911.01
PSM-1/A2 9-12 ½” 90 70 20 33 30 M20 UNI 6125 ½” A.2901.02 NPT ½” A.2911.02
PSM-2/A1 6-9 ¾” 90 70 20 40 36 M25 UNI 6125 3/4” A.2902.01 NPT 3/4” A.2912.01
PSM-2/A2 9-12 ¾” 90 70 20 40 36 M25 UNI 6125 3/4” A.2902.02 NPT 3/4” A.2912.02
PSM-2/A3 11-14 ¾” 90 70 20 40 36 M25 UNI 6125 3/4” A.2902.03 NPT 3/4” A.2912.03
PSM-2/A4 14-17 ¾” 90 70 20 40 36 M25 UNI 6125 3/4” A.2902.04 NPT 3/4” A.2912.04
PSM-3/A1 14-17 1” 104 79 25 49 44 M32 UNI 6125 1” A.2903.01 NPT 1” A.2913.01
PSM-3/A2 17-20 1” 104 79 25 49 44 M32 UNI 6125 1” A.2903.02 NPT 1” A.2913.02
PSM-3/A3 20-23 1” 104 79 25 49 44 M32 UNI 6125 1” A.2903.03 NPT 1” A.2913.03
PSM-5/A2 23-26 1 ½” 104 79 25 65 58 M50 UNI 6125 1 1/2” A.2905.02 NPT 1 1/2” A.2915.02
PSM-5/A3 26-29 1 ½” 104 79 25 65 58 M50 UNI 6125 1 1/2” A.2905.03 NPT 1 1/2” A.2915.03
PSM-5/A4 29-32 1 ½” 104 79 25 65 58 M50 UNI 6125 1 1/2” A.2905.04 NPT 1 1/2” A.2915.04
PSM-5/A5 32-36 1 ½” 104 79 25 65 58 M50 UNI 6125 1 1/2” A.2905.05 NPT 1 1/2” A.2915.05
PSM-6/A2 36-39 2” M63 UNI 6125 2” A.2906.02 NPT 2” A.2916.02
PSM-6/A3 39-42 2” On request M63 UNI 6125 2” A.2906.03 NPT 2” A.2916.03
PSM-6/A4 42-46 2” M63 UNI 6125 2” A.2906.04 NPT 2” A.2916.04
PSM-7/A2 44-48 2 ½” M75 UNI 6125 2 1/2” A.2907.02 NPT 2 1/2” A.2917.02
PSM-7/A3 48-52 2 ½” M75 UNI 6125 2 1/2” A.2907.03 NPT 2 1/2” A.2917.03
On request
PSM-7/A4 52-56 2 ½” M75 UNI 6125 2 1/2” A.2907.04 NPT 2 1/2” A.2917.04
PSM-7/A5 56-60 2 ½” M75 UNI 6125 2 1/2” A.2907.05 NPT 2 1/2” A.2917.05
PSM-8/A4 56-60 3” M80 UNI 6125 3” A.2908.04 NPT 3” A.2918.04
PSM-8/A5 59-63 3” M80 UNI 6125 3” A.2908.05 NPT 3” A.2918.05
On request
PSM-8/A6 63-67 3” M80 UNI 6125 3” A.2908.06 NPT 3” A.2918.06
PSM-8/A7 67-71 3” M80 UNI 6125 3” A.2908.07 NPT 3” A.2918.07

Dimensions

195
Installation Material–Cable Glands

PSM

196
197
Cable Glands and Accessories

PBD

Double seal cable glands for lead sheath unarmoured cable. It guarantees
equipotentiality between enclosure and armour/lead sheet in the gland.
Made of Nickel-chrome plated brass, hexagon shaped, oil resistant anti-
age EPDM gaskets. PDB-… Series cable glands are used in classi¿ed
area Zone 1 & 2 and Zone 21 & 22.

Specifications

Material Brass
IP Rating IP66
Temperature -50°C to 110°C

Certification EC-Type Examination Certi¿cate

& Approvals INERIS 02ATEX0084
GOST Certi¿cate
ɊɈɋɋ IT.ȽȻ04.ȼ00494
Standards EN 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 60079-7 / 61241-0 / 61241-1
IEC 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 60079-7 / 61241-0 / 61241-1
Ex-code II 2 GD or I M2
Ex d IIC / Ex e II / Ex d I
Ex tD A21 IP66
According to European Directive 94/9/EC (ATEX)
For Zone 1 / Zone 2, Zone 21 / Zone 22
Gaskets EPDM
Surface treatment Nickel-chrome Plated
Thread ANSI B1.20.1 NPT (normally in stock): type number will assume the ending NPT
Metric pitch 1.5
UNI 6125
Version on Request Cable glands made of Stainless steel AISI 304: type number will assume the ending 304.
Example PBD-1-A1/304
Cable glands made of Stainless steel AISI 316: type number will assume the ending 316.
Example PBD-1-A1/316
Cable glands Aluminium Anticorodal made (not suitable for Group I):
The type number will assume the ending Al. Example PBD-1-A1/Al
Accessories Rubber Shroud for cable glands protection

198
Cable Glands and Accessories

PBD

Cable Cable THREAD TYPE

overall overall Maximum o.d.
Type Metric Pitch UNI 6125 NPT
diameter diameter
(2nd insulation (1st insulation) A B C D E Size Code Size Code Size Code
PBD-1/A1B1 8-11 18 85 65 20 33 30 M20 A.5021.01 Uni 6125 ½” A.5001.01 NPT ½” A.5011.01
PBD-1/A1B2 11-14 18 85 65 20 33 30 M20 A.5021.02 Uni 6125 ½” A.5001.02 NPT ½” A.5011.02
PBD-1/A2B3 14-17 18 85 65 20 33 30 M20 A.5021.03 Uni 6125 ½” A.5001.03 NPT ½” A.5011.03
PBD-2/A1B1 14-17 24 85 65 20 33 36 M25 A.5022.01 Uni 6125 ¾” A.5002.01 NPT ¾” A.5012.01
PBD-2/A2B1 14-17 24 85 65 20 33 36 M25 A.5022.02 Uni 6125 ¾” A.5002.02 NPT ¾” A.5012.02
PBD-2/A3B2 17-20 24 85 65 20 33 36 M25 A.5022.03 Uni 6125 ¾” A.5002.03 NPT ¾” A.5012.03
PBD-2/A4B3 20-23 24 85 65 20 33 36 M25 A.5022.04 Uni 6125 ¾” A.5002.04 NPT ¾” A.5012.04
PBD-3/A1B1 20-23 30 93 68 25 49 44 M32 A.5023.01 Uni 6125 1” A.5003.01 NPT 1” A.5013.01
PBD-3/A2B2 23-26 30 93 68 25 49 44 M32 A.5023.02 Uni 6125 1” A.5003.02 NPT 1” A.5013.02
PBD-3/A3B3 26-29 30 93 68 25 49 44 M32 A.5023.03 Uni 6125 1” A.5003.03 NPT 1” A.5013.03
PBD-5/A2B2 29-32 43 93 68 25 62 56 M50 A.5025.02 Uni 6125 1 1/2” A.5005.02 NPT 1 1/2” A.5015.02
PBD-5/A3B3 32-36 43 93 68 25 62 56 M50 A.5025.03 Uni 6125 1 1/2” A.5005.03 NPT 1 1/2” A.5015.03
PBD-5/A4B4 36-39 43 93 68 25 62 56 M50 A.5025.04 Uni 6125 1 1/2” A.5005.04 NPT 1 1/2” A.5015.04
PBD-5/A5B5 39-42 43 93 68 25 62 56 M50 A.5025.05 Uni 6125 1 1/2” A.5005.05 NPT 1 1/2” A.5015.05
PBD-6/A2B2 44-48 57 95 71 25 78 70 M63 A.5026.02 Uni 6125 2” A.5006.02 NPT 2” A.5016.02
PBD-6/A3B3 48-52 57 95 71 25 78 70 M63 A.5026.03 Uni 6125 2” A.5006.03 NPT 2” A.5016.03
PBD-6/A4B4 52-56 57 95 71 25 78 70 M63 A.5026.04 Uni 6125 2” A.5006.04 NPT 2” A.5016.04
PBD-7/A2B2 55-59 69 100 71 32 92 83 M75 A.5027.02 Uni 6125 2 1/2” A.5007.02 NPT 2 1/2” A.5017.02
PBD-7/A3B3 59-63 69 100 71 32 92 83 M75 A.5027.03 Uni 6125 2 1/2” A.5007.03 NPT 2 1/2” A.5017.03
PBD-7/A4B4 63-67 69 100 71 32 92 83 M75 A.5027.04 Uni 6125 2 1/2” A.5007.04 NPT 2 1/2” A.5017.04
PBD-7/A5B4 63-67 69 100 71 32 92 83 M75 A.5027.05 Uni 6125 2 1/2” A.5007.05 NPT 2 1/2” A.5017.05
PBD-8/A4B4 63-67 79 100 71 32 103 93 M80 A.5028.04 Uni 6125 3” A.5008.04 NPT 3” A.5018.04
PBD-8/A5B5 65-69 79 100 71 32 103 93 M80 A.5028.05 Uni 6125 3” A.5008.05 NPT 3” A.5018.05
PBD-8/A6B6 69-73 79 100 71 32 103 93 M80 A.5028.06 Uni 6125 3” A.5008.06 NPT 3” A.5018.06
PBD-8/A7B7 73-77 79 100 71 32 103 93 M80 A.5028.07 Uni 6125 3” A.5008.07 NPT 3” A.5018.07

Dimensions

199
Cable Glands and Accessories

PBS

Single seal cable glands for lead sheath unarmoured cable. It guarantees
equipotentiality between enclosure and armour/lead sheet in the gland.
Made of Nickel-chrome plated brass, hexagon shaped, oil resistant anti-
age EPDM gaskets. PBS-… Series cable glands are used in classi¿ed
area Zone 1 & 2 and Zone 21 & 22.

Specifications

Material Brass
IP Rating IP66
Temperature -50°C to 110°C
Certification EC-Type Examination Certi¿cate
& Approvals INERIS 02ATEX0084
GOST Certi¿cate
ɊɈɋɋ IT.ȽȻ04.ȼ00494
Standards EN 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 60079-7 / 61241-0 / 61241-1
IEC 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 60079-7 / 1241-0 / 61241-1
Ex-code II 2 GD or I M2
Ex d IIC / Ex e II / Ex d I
Ex tD A21 IP66
According to European Directive 94/9/EC (ATEX)
For Zone 1 / Zone 2, Zone 21 / Zone 22
Gaskets EPDM
Surface treatment Nickel-chrome Plated
Thread ANSI B1.20.1 NPT (normally in stock): type number will assume the ending NPT
Metric pitch 1.5
UNI 6125
Version on Request Cable glands made of Stainless steel AISI 304: type number will assume the ending 304. Example
PBS-1-A1/304
Cable glands made of Stainless steel AISI 316: type number will assume the ending 316. Example
PBS-1-A1/316
Cable glands Aluminium Anticorodal made (not suitable for Group I): The type number will assume
the ending Al. Example PBS-1-A1/Al
Accessories Rubber Shroud for cable glands protection

200
Cable Glands and Accessories

PBS

Cable Ø THREAD TYPE

under External Maximum o.d. Metric Pitch
Type cable UNI 6125 NPT
armour
(inner seal) F A B C D E Size Code Size Code Size Code
PBS-1/A1 6-9 18 62 42 20 33 30 Metrico M20 A.1891.01 UNI 6125 ½” A.1871.01 NPT 1/2” A.1881.01
PBS-1/A2 9-12 18 62 42 20 33 30 Metrico M20 A.1891.02 UNI 6125 ½” A.1871.02 NPT 1/2” A.1881.02
PBS-2/A1 6-9 24 62 42 20 40 36 Metrico M25 A.1892.01 UNI 6125 3/4” A.1872.01 NPT 3/4” A.1882.01
PBS-2/A2 9-12 24 62 42 20 40 36 Metrico M25 A.1892.02 UNI 6125 3/4” A.1872.02 NPT 3/4” A.1882.02
PBS-2/A3 11-14 24 62 42 20 40 36 Metrico M25 A.1892.03 UNI 6125 3/4” A.1872.03 NPT 3/4” A.1882.03
PBS-2/A4 14-17 24 62 42 20 40 36 Metrico M25 A.1892.04 UNI 6125 3/4” A.1872.04 NPT 3/4” A.1882.04
PBS-3/A1 14-17 30 70 45 25 49 44 Metrico M32 A.1893.01 UNI 6125 1” A.1873.01 NPT 1” A.1883.01
PBS-3/A2 17-20 30 70 45 25 49 44 Metrico M32 A.1893.02 UNI 6125 1” A.1873.02 NPT 1” A.1883.02
PBS-3/A3 20-23 30 70 45 25 49 44 Metrico M32 A.1893.03 UNI 6125 1” A.1873.03 NPT 1” A.1883.03
PBS-5/A2 23-26 43 70 45 25 62 56 Metrico M50 A.1895.02 UNI 6125 1 1/2” A.1875.02 NPT 1 1/2” A.1885.02
PBS-5/A3 26-29 43 70 45 25 62 56 Metrico M50 A.1895.03 UNI 6125 1 1/2” A.1875.03 NPT 1 1/2” A.1885.03
PBS-5/A4 29-32 43 70 45 25 62 56 Metrico M50 A.1895.04 UNI 6125 1 1/2” A.1875.04 NPT 1 1/2” A.1885.04
PBS-5/A5 32-36 43 70 45 25 62 56 Metrico M50 A.1895.05 UNI 6125 1 1/2” A.1875.05 NPT 1 1/2” A.1885.05
PBS-6/A2 36-39 57 72 46 25 78 70 Metrico M63 A.1896.02 UNI 6125 2” A.1876.02 NPT 2” A.1886.02
PBS-6/A3 39-42 57 72 46 25 78 70 Metrico M63 A.1896.03 UNI 6125 2” A.1876.03 NPT 2” A.1886.03
PBS-6/A4 42-46 57 72 46 25 78 70 Metrico M63 A.1896.04 UNI 6125 2” A.1876.04 NPT 2” A.1886.04
PBS-7/A2 44-48 69 78 46 25 78 70 Metrico M75 A.1897.02 UNI 6125 2 1/2” A.1877.02 NPT 2 1/2” A.1887.02
PBS-7/A3 48-52 69 78 46 25 78 70 Metrico M75 A.1897.03 UNI 6125 2 1/2” A.1877.03 NPT 2 1/2” A.1887.03
PBS-7/A4 52-56 69 78 46 25 78 70 Metrico M75 A.1897.04 UNI 6125 2 1/2” A.1877.04 NPT 2 1/2” A.1887.04
PBS-7/A5 56-60 69 78 46 25 78 70 Metrico M75 A.1897.05 UNI 6125 2 1/2” A.1877.05 NPT 2 1/2” A.1887.05
PBS-8/A4 56-60 79 78 46 32 103 93 Metrico M80 A.1898.04 UNI 6125 3” A.1878.04 NPT 3” A.1888.04
PBS-8/A5 59-63 79 78 46 32 103 93 Metrico M80 A.1898.05 UNI 6125 3” A.1878.05 NPT 3” A.1888.05
PBS-8/A6 63-67 79 78 46 32 103 93 Metrico M80 A.1898.06 UNI 6125 3” A.1878.06 NPT 3” A.1888.06
PBS-8/A7 67-71 79 78 46 32 103 93 Metrico M80 A.1898.07 UNI 6125 3” A.1878.07 NPT 3” A.1888.07

Dimensions

201
Cable Glands and Accessories

PDB

Double seal cable glands for lead sheath armoured cable. It guarantees
equipotentiality between enclosure and armour/lead sheet in the gland.
Made of Nickel-chrome plated brass, hexagon shaped, oil resistant anti-
age EPDM gaskets. PDB-… Series cable glands are used in classi¿ed
area Zone 1 & 2 and Zone 21 & 22.

Specifications

Material Brass
IP Rating IP66
Temperature -50°C to 110°C
Certification EC-Type Examination Certi¿cate
& Approvals INERIS 02ATEX0084
GOST Certi¿cate ɊɈɋɋ IT.ȽȻ04.ȼ00494
Standards EN 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 60079-7 / 61241-0 / 61241-1
IEC 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 60079-7 / 61241-0 / 61241-1
Ex-code II 2 GD or I M2
Ex d IIC / Ex e II / Ex d I
Ex tD A21 IP66
According to European Directive 94/9/EC (ATEX)
For Zone 1 / Zone 2, Zone 21 / Zone 22
Gaskets EPDM
Surface treatment Nickel-chrome Plated
Thread ANSI B1.20.1 NPT (normally in stock): type number will assume the ending NPT
Metric pitch 1.5
UNI 6125

Version on Request Cable glands made of Stainless steel AISI 304: type number will assume the ending 304.
Example PDB-1-A1/304
Cable glands made of Stainless steel AISI 316: type number will assume the ending 316.
Example PDB-1-A1/316
Cable glands Aluminium Anticorodal made (not suitable for Group I):
The type number will assume the ending Al. Example PDB-1-A1/Al
Accessories Rubber Shroud for cable glands protection

Note All cable glands of a.m. series will be supplied with armouring-ring and cone nickel-chrome plated brass
made (if not differently specified in offer or in order acknowledgment)

202
Cable Glands and Accessories

PDB

Cable Cable Ø THREAD TYPE

under overall External Maximum o.d. UNI 6125 NPT
Type cable Metric Pitch
armour diameter
(inner seal) (outer seal) F A B C D E Size Code Size Code Size Code
PDB-1/A1B1 6-9 8-11 18 85 65 20 33 30 M20 A.1831.01 Uni 6125 ½” A.1811.01 NPT ½” A.1821.01
PDB-1/A1B2 6-9 11-14 18 85 65 20 33 30 M20 A.1831.02 Uni 6125 ½” A.1811.02 NPT ½” A.1821.02
PDB-1/A2B3 9-12 14-17 18 85 65 20 33 30 M20 A.1831.03 Uni 6125 ½” A.1811.03 NPT ½” A.1821.03
PDB-2/A1B1 6-9 14-17 24 85 65 20 33 36 M25 A.1832.01 Uni 6125 ¾” A.1812.01 NPT ¾” A.1822.01
PDB-2/A2B1 9-12 14-17 24 85 65 20 33 36 M25 A.1832.02 Uni 6125 ¾” A.1812.02 NPT ¾” A.1822.02
PDB-2/A3B2 11-14 17-20 24 85 65 20 33 36 M25 A.1832.03 Uni 6125 ¾” A.1812.03 NPT ¾” A.1822.03
PDB-2/A4B3 14-17 20-23 24 85 65 20 33 36 M25 A.1832.04 Uni 6125 ¾” A.1812.04 NPT ¾” A.1822.04
PDB-3/A1B1 14-17 20-23 30 93 68 25 49 44 M32 A.1833.01 Uni 6125 1” A.1813.01 NPT 1” A.1823.01
PDB-3/A2B2 17-20 23-26 30 93 68 25 49 44 M32 A.1833.02 Uni 6125 1” A.1813.02 NPT 1” A.1823.02
PDB-3/A3B3 20-23 26-29 30 93 68 25 49 44 M32 A.1833.03 Uni 6125 1” A.1813.03 NPT 1” A.1823.03
PDB-5/A2B2 23-26 29-32 43 93 68 25 62 56 M50 A.1835.02 Uni 6125 1 1/2” A.1815.02 NPT 1 1/2” A.1825.02
PDB-5/A3B3 26-29 32-36 43 93 68 25 62 56 M50 A.1835.03 Uni 6125 1 1/2” A.1815.03 NPT 1 1/2” A.1825.03
PDB-5/A4B4 29-32 36-39 43 93 68 25 62 56 M50 A.1835.04 Uni 6125 1 1/2” A.1815.04 NPT 1 1/2” A.1825.04
PDB-5/A5B5 32-36 39-42 43 93 68 25 62 56 M50 A.1835.05 Uni 6125 1 1/2” A.1815.05 NPT 1 1/2” A.1825.05
PDB-6/A2B2 36-39 44-48 57 95 71 25 78 70 M63 A.1836.02 Uni 6125 2” A.1816.02 NPT 2” A.1826.02
PDB-6/A3B3 39-42 48-52 57 95 71 25 78 70 M63 A.1836.03 Uni 6125 2” A.1816.03 NPT 2” A.1826.03
PDB-6/A4B4 42-46 52-56 57 95 71 25 78 70 M63 A.1836.04 Uni 6125 2” A.1816.04 NPT 2” A.1826.04
PDB-7/A2B2 44-48 55-59 69 100 71 32 92 83 M75 A.1837.02 Uni 6125 2 1/2” A.1817.02 NPT 2 1/2” A.1827.02
PDB-7/A3B3 48-52 59-63 69 100 71 32 92 83 M75 A.1837.03 Uni 6125 2 1/2” A.1817.03 NPT 2 1/2” A.1827.03
PDB-7/A4B4 52-56 63-67 69 100 71 32 92 83 M75 A.1837.04 Uni 6125 2 1/2” A.1817.04 NPT 2 1/2” A.1827.04
PDB-7/A5B4 56-60 63-67 69 100 71 32 92 83 M75 A.1837.05 Uni 6125 2 1/2” A.1817.05 NPT 2 1/2” A.1827.05
PDB-8/A4B4 56-60 63-67 79 100 71 32 103 93 M80 A.1838.04 Uni 6125 3” A.1818.04 NPT 3” A.1828.04
PDB-8/A5B5 59-63 65-69 79 100 71 32 103 93 M80 A.1838.05 Uni 6125 3” A.1818.05 NPT 3” A.1828.05
PDB-8/A6B6 63-67 69-73 79 100 71 32 103 93 M80 A.1838.06 Uni 6125 3” A.1818.06 NPT 3” A.1828.06
PDB-8/A7B7 67-71 73-77 79 100 71 32 103 93 M80 A.1838.07 Uni 6125 3” A.1818.07 NPT 3” A.1828.07

Dimensions

203
Cable Glands and Accessories

PSB

Single seal cable glands for lead sheath armoured cables. It guarantees
equipotentiality between enclosure and armour/lead sheet in the gland.
Made of Nickel-chrome plated brass, hexagon shaped, oil resistant anti-
age EPDM gaskets. PSB-... Series cable glands are used in classi¿ed
area Zone 1 & 2 and Zone 21 & 22.

Specifications

Material Brass
IP Rating IP66
Temperature -50°C to 110°C
Certification EC-Type Examination Certi¿cate
& Approvals INERIS 02ATEX0084
GOST Certi¿cate
ɊɈɋɋ IT.ȽȻ04.ȼ00494
Standards EN 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 60079-7 / 61241-0 / 61241-1
IEC 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 60079-7 / 61241-0 / 61241-1
Ex-code II 2 GD or I M2
Ex d IIC / Ex e II / Ex d I
Ex tD A21 IP66
According to European Directive 94/9/EC (ATEX)
For Zone 1 / Zone 2, Zone 21 / Zone 22
Gaskets EPDM
Surface treatment Nickel-chrome Plated
Thread ANSI B1.20.1 NPT (normally in stock): type number will assume the ending NPT
Metric pitch 1.5
UNI 6125
Version on Request Cable glands made of Stainless steel AISI 304: type number will assume the ending 304. Example PSB-1-A1/304
Cable glands made of Stainless steel AISI 316: type number will assume the ending 316. Example PSB-1-A1/316
Cable glands Aluminium Anticorodal made (not suitable for Group I): The type number will assume the ending Al.
Example PSB-1-A1/Al
Accessories Rubber Shroud for cable glands protection

Note All cable glands of a.m. series will be supplied with armouring-ring and cone nickel-chrome plated brass made (if not
differently specified in offer or in order acknowledgment)

204
Cable Glands and Accessories

PSB

Cable Ø THREAD TYPE

under External Maximum o.d.
Type cable Metric Pitch UNI 6125 NPT
armour
(inner seal) F A B C D E Size Code Size Code Size Code
PSB-1/A1 6-9 18 62 42 20 33 30 M20 A.5121.01 UNI 6125 ½” A.5101.01 NPT 1/2” A.5111.01
PSB-1/A2 9-12 18 62 42 20 33 30 M20 A.5121.02 UNI 6125 ½” A.5101.02 NPT 1/2” A.5111.02
PSB-2/A1 6-9 24 62 42 20 40 36 M25 A.5122.01 UNI 6125 3/4” A.5102.01 NPT 3/4” A.5112.01
PSB-2/A2 9-12 24 62 42 20 40 36 M25 A.5122.02 UNI 6125 3/4” A.5102.02 NPT 3/4” A.5112.02
PSB-2/A3 11-14 24 62 42 20 40 36 M25 A.5122.03 UNI 6125 3/4” A.5102.03 NPT 3/4” A.5112.03
PSB-2/A4 14-17 24 62 42 20 40 36 M25 A.5122.04 UNI 6125 3/4” A.5102.04 NPT 3/4” A.5112.04
PSB-3/A1 14-17 30 70 45 25 49 44 M32 A.5123.01 UNI 6125 1” A.5103.01 NPT 1” A.5113.01
PSB-3/A2 17-20 30 70 45 25 49 44 M32 A.5123.02 UNI 6125 1” A.5103.02 NPT 1” A.5113.02
PSB-3/A3 20-23 30 70 45 25 49 44 M32 A.5123.03 UNI 6125 1” A.5103.03 NPT 1” A.5113.03
PSB-5/A2 23-26 43 70 45 25 49 44 M50 A.5125.02 UNI 6125 1 1/2” A.5105.02 NPT 1 1/2” A.5115.02
PSB-5/A3 26-29 43 70 45 25 49 44 M50 A.5125.03 UNI 6125 1 1/2” A.5105.03 NPT 1 1/2” A.5115.03
PSB-5/A4 29-32 43 70 45 25 49 44 M50 A.5125.04 UNI 6125 1 1/2” A.5105.04 NPT 1 1/2” A.5115.04
PSB-5/A5 32-36 43 70 45 25 49 44 M50 A.5125.05 UNI 6125 1 1/2” A.5105.05 NPT 1 1/2” A.5115.05
PSB-6/A2 36-39 57 72 46 25 78 70 M63 A.5126.02 UNI 6125 2” A.5106.02 NPT 2” A.5116.02
PSB-6/A3 39-42 57 72 46 25 78 70 M63 A.5126.03 UNI 6125 2” A.5106.03 NPT 2” A.5116.03
PSB-6/A4 42-46 57 72 46 25 78 70 M63 A.5126.04 UNI 6125 2” A.5106.04 NPT 2” A.5116.04
PSB-7/A2 44-48 69 78 46 32 92 83 M75 A.5127.02 UNI 6125 2 1/2” A.5107.02 NPT 2 1/2” A.5117.02
PSB-7/A3 48-52 69 78 46 32 92 83 M75 A.5127.03 UNI 6125 2 1/2” A.5107.03 NPT 2 1/2” A.5117.03
PSB-7/A4 52-56 69 78 46 32 92 83 M75 A.5127.04 UNI 6125 2 1/2” A.5107.04 NPT 2 1/2” A.5117.04
PSB-7/A5 56-60 69 78 46 32 92 83 M75 A.5127.05 UNI 6125 2 1/2” A.5107.05 NPT 2 1/2” A.5117.05
PSB-8/A4 56-60 79 78 46 32 103 93 M80 A.5128.04 UNI 6125 3” A.5108.04 NPT 3” A.5118.04
PSB-8/A5 59-63 79 78 46 32 103 93 M80 A.5128.05 UNI 6125 3” A.5108.05 NPT 3” A.5118.05
PSB-8/A6 63-67 79 78 46 32 103 93 M80 A.5128.06 UNI 6125 3” A.5108.06 NPT 3” A.5118.06
PSB-8/A7 67-71 79 78 46 32 103 93 M80 A.5128.07 UNI 6125 3” A.5108.07 NPT 3” A.5118.07

Dimensions

205
Cable Glands and Accessories

PBAX

Single seal barrier cable glands, suitable for armoured cables. Made
of Nickel-chrome plated brass, hexagon shaped, oil resistant anti-age
EPDM gaskets. PBAX is a barrier cable gland with sealing compound in
a separate kit. PBAX-... Series cable glands are used in classi¿ed area
Zone 1 & 2 and Zone 21 & 22.

Specifications

Material Brass
IP Rating IP66
Temperature -50°C to 110°C
Certification EC-Type Examination Certi¿cate INERIS 02ATEX0084
& Approvals GOST Certi¿cate ɊɈɋɋ IT.ȽȻ04.ȼ00494
Standards EN 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 60079-7 / 61241-0 / 61241-1
IEC 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 60079-7 / 61241-0 / 61241-1
Ex-code II 2 GD or I M2
Ex d IIC / Ex e II / Ex d I
Ex tD A21 IP66
According to European Directive 94/9/EC (ATEX)
For Zone 1 / Zone 2, Zone 21 / Zone 22
Gaskets EPDM
Surface treatment Nickel-chrome Plated
Thread ANSI B1.20.1 NPT (normally in stock): type number will assume the ending NPT
Metric pitch 1.5
UNI 6125
Version on Cable glands made of Stainless steel AISI 304: type number will assume the ending 304. Example PBAX-1-A1/304
Request Cable glands made of Stainless steel AISI 316: type number will assume the ending 316. Example PBAX-1-A1/316
Cable glands Aluminium Anticorodal made (not suitable for Group I): type number will assume the ending Al.
Example PBAX-1-A1/Al
Accessories Sealing compound in separate kit. With one 200 ml. cartridge can be sealed between 30 to 35 cable glands “barrier
type” size 1 to 3.
Rubber Shroud for cable glands protection

Note All cable glands of a.m. series will be supplied with armouring-ring and cone nickel-chrome plated brass made (if not
differently specified in offer or in order acknowledgment)

206
Cable Glands and Accessories

PBAX

Cable Ø THREAD TYPE

under External Maximum o.d.
Type cable Metric Pitch UNI 6125 NPT
armour
(inner seal) F A B C D E Size Code Size Code Size Code
PBAX-1/A1 6-9 18 62 42 20 33 30 M20 A.5321.01 UNI 6125 ½” A.5301.01 NPT 1/2” A.5311.01
PBAX-1/A2 9-12 18 62 42 20 33 30 M20 A.5321.02 UNI 6125 ½” A.5301.02 NPT 1/2” A.5311.02
PBAX-2/A1 6-9 24 62 42 20 40 36 M25 A.5322.01 UNI 6125 3/4” A.5302.01 NPT 3/4” A.5312.01
PBAX-2/A2 9-12 24 62 42 20 40 36 M25 A.5322.02 UNI 6125 3/4” A.5302.02 NPT 3/4” A.5312.02
PBAX-2/A3 11-14 24 62 42 20 40 36 M25 A.5322.03 UNI 6125 3/4” A.5302.03 NPT 3/4” A.5312.03
PBAX-2/A4 14-17 24 62 42 20 40 36 M25 A.5322.04 UNI 6125 3/4” A.5302.04 NPT 3/4” A.5312.04
PBAX-3/A1 14-17 30 70 45 25 49 44 M32 A.5323.01 UNI 6125 1” A.5303.01 NPT 1” A.5313.01
PBAX-3/A2 17-20 30 70 45 25 49 44 M32 A.5323.02 UNI 6125 1” A.5303.02 NPT 1” A.5313.02
PBAX-3/A3 20-23 30 70 45 25 49 44 M32 A.5323.03 UNI 6125 1” A.5303.03 NPT 1” A.5313.03
PBAX-5/A2 23-26 43 70 45 25 62 56 M50 A.5325.02 UNI 6125 1 1/2” A.5305.02 NPT 1 1/2” A.5315.02
PBAX-5/A3 26-29 43 70 45 25 62 56 M50 A.5325.03 UNI 6125 1 1/2” A.5305.03 NPT 1 1/2” A.5315.03
PBAX-5/A4 29-32 43 70 45 25 62 56 M50 A.5325.04 UNI 6125 1 1/2” A.5305.04 NPT 1 1/2” A.5315.04
PBAX-5/A5 32-36 43 70 45 25 62 56 M50 A.5325.05 UNI 6125 1 1/2” A.5305.05 NPT 1 1/2” A.5315.05
PBAX-6/A2 36-39 57 72 46 25 78 70 M63 A.5326.02 UNI 6125 2” A.5306.02 NPT 2” A.5316.02
PBAX-6/A3 39-42 57 72 46 25 78 70 M63 A.5326.03 UNI 6125 2” A.5306.03 NPT 2” A.5316.03
PBAX-6/A4 42-46 57 72 46 25 78 70 M63 A.5326.04 UNI 6125 2” A.5306.04 NPT 2” A.5316.04
PBAX-7/A2 44-48 69 78 46 25 78 70 M75 A.5327.02 UNI 6125 2 1/2” A.5307.02 NPT 2 1/2” A.5317.02
PBAX-7/A3 48-52 69 78 46 25 78 70 M75 A.5327.03 UNI 6125 2 1/2” A.5307.03 NPT 2 1/2” A.5317.03
PBAX-7/A4 52-56 69 78 46 25 78 70 M75 A.5327.04 UNI 6125 2 1/2” A.5307.04 NPT 2 1/2” A.5317.04
PBAX-7/A5 56-60 69 78 46 25 78 70 M75 A.5327.05 UNI 6125 2 1/2” A.5307.05 NPT 2 1/2” A.5317.05
PBAX-8/A4 56-60 79 78 46 32 103 93 M80 A.5328.04 UNI 6125 3” A.5308.04 NPT 3” A.5318.04
PBAX-8/A5 59-63 79 78 46 32 103 93 M80 A.5328.05 UNI 6125 3” A.5308.05 NPT 3” A.5318.05
PBAX-8/A6 63-67 79 78 46 32 103 93 M80 A.5328.06 UNI 6125 3” A.5308.06 NPT 3” A.5318.06
PBAX-8/A7 67-71 79 78 46 32 103 93 M80 A.5328.07 UNI 6125 3” A.5308.07 NPT 3” A.5318.07

Dimensions

207
Cable Glands and Accessories

PND

Double seal cable glands, suitable for unarmoured cables. Made

of Nickelchrome plated brass, hexagon shaped, oil resistant
anti-age EPDM gaskets. PND-... Series cable glands are used in
classi¿ed area Zone 1 & 2 and Zone 21 & 22.

Specifications

Material Brass
IP Rating IP66
Temperature -50°C to 110°C
EC-Type Examination Certi¿cate
Certification
INERIS 02ATEX0084
& Approvals GOST Certi¿cate ɊɈɋɋ IT.ȽȻ04.ȼ00494
EN 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 60079-7 / 61241-0 / 61241-1
Standards
IEC 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 60079-7 / 61241-0 / 61241-1
II 2 GD or I M2
Ex d IIC / Ex e II / Ex d I
Ex-code Ex tD A21 IP66
According to European Directive 94/9/EC (ATEX)
For Zone 1 / Zone 2, Zone 21 / Zone 22
Gaskets EPDM
Surface treatment Nickel-chrome Plated
ANSI B1.20.1 NPT (normally in stock): type number will assume the ending NPT
Thread Metric pitch 1.5
UNI 6125
Cable glands made of Stainless steel AISI 304: type number will assume the ending 304.
Example PND-1-A1/304
Cable glands made of Stainless steel AISI 316: type number will assume the ending 316.
Version on Request
Example PND-1-A1/316
Cable glands Aluminium Anticorodal made (not suitable for Group I):
the type number will assume the ending Al. Example PND-1-A1/Al
Accessories Rubber Shroud for cable glands protection

208
Cable Glands and Accessories

PND

Cable Cable Ø THREAD TYPE

overall overall External Maximum o.d.
Type cable Metric Pitch UNI 6125 NPT
diameter diameter
(2nd insulation) (1st insulation)
F A B C D E Size Code Size Code Size Code
PND-1/A1B1 6-9 8-11 18 85 65 20 33 30 M20 A.5221.01 Uni 6125 ½” A.5201.01 NPT ½” A.5211.01
PND-1/A1B2 6-9 11-14 18 85 65 20 33 30 M20 A.5221.02 Uni 6125 ½” A.5201.02 NPT ½” A.5211.02
PND-1/A2B3 9-12 14-17 18 85 65 20 33 30 M20 A.5221.03 Uni 6125 ½” A.5201.03 NPT ½” A.5211.03
PND-2/A1B1 6-9 14-17 24 85 65 20 33 36 M25 A.5222.01 Uni 6125 ¾” A.5202.01 NPT ¾” A.5212.01
PND-2/A2B1 9-12 14-17 24 85 65 20 33 36 M25 A.5222.02 Uni 6125 ¾” A.5202.02 NPT ¾” A.5212.02
PND-2/A3B2 11-14 17-20 24 85 65 20 33 36 M25 A.5222.03 Uni 6125 ¾” A.5202.03 NPT ¾” A.5212.03
PND-2/A4B3 14-17 20-23 24 85 65 20 33 36 M25 A.5222.04 Uni 6125 ¾” A.5202.04 NPT ¾” A.5212.04
PND-3/A1B1 14-17 20-23 30 93 68 25 49 44 M32 A.5223.01 Uni 6125 1” A.5203.01 NPT 1” A.5213.01
PND-3/A2B2 17-20 23-26 30 93 68 25 49 44 M32 A.5223.02 Uni 6125 1” A.5203.02 NPT 1” A.5213.02
PND-3/A3B3 20-23 26-29 30 93 68 25 49 44 M32 A.5223.03 Uni 6125 1” A.5203.03 NPT 1” A.5213.03
PND-5/A2B2 23-26 29-32 43 93 68 25 62 56 M50 A.5225.02 Uni 6125 1 1/2” A.5205.02 NPT 1 1/2” A.5215.02
PND-5/A3B3 26-29 32-36 43 93 68 25 62 56 M50 A.5225.03 Uni 6125 1 1/2” A.5205.03 NPT 1 1/2” A.5215.03
PND-5/A4B4 29-32 36-39 43 93 68 25 62 56 M50 A.5225.04 Uni 6125 1 1/2” A.5205.04 NPT 1 1/2” A.5215.04
PND-5/A5B5 32-36 39-42 43 93 68 25 62 56 M50 A.5225.05 Uni 6125 1 1/2” A.5205.05 NPT 1 1/2” A.5215.05
PND-6/A2B2 36-39 44-48 57 95 71 25 78 70 M63 A.5226.02 Uni 6125 2” A.5206.02 NPT 2” A.5216.02
PND-6/A3B3 39-42 48-52 57 95 71 25 78 70 M63 A.5226.03 Uni 6125 2” A.5206.03 NPT 2” A.5216.03
PND-6/A4B4 42-46 52-56 57 95 71 25 78 70 M63 A.5226.04 Uni 6125 2” A.5206.04 NPT 2” A.5216.04
PND-7/A2B2 44-48 55-59 69 100 71 32 92 83 M75 A.5227.02 Uni 6125 2 1/2” A.5207.02 NPT 2 1/2” A.5217.02
PND-7/A3B3 48-52 59-63 69 100 71 32 92 83 M75 A.5227.03 Uni 6125 2 1/2” A.5207.03 NPT 2 1/2” A.5217.03
PND-7/A4B4 52-56 63-67 69 100 71 32 92 83 M75 A.5227.04 Uni 6125 2 1/2” A.5207.04 NPT 2 1/2” A.5217.04
PND-7/A5B4 56-60 63-67 69 100 71 32 92 83 M75 A.5227.05 Uni 6125 2 1/2” A.5207.05 NPT 2 1/2” A.5217.05
PND-8/A4B4 56-60 63-67 79 100 71 32 103 93 M80 A.5228.04 Uni 6125 3” A.5208.04 NPT 3” A.5218.04
PND-8/A5B5 59-63 65-69 79 100 71 32 103 93 M80 A.5228.05 Uni 6125 3” A.5208.05 NPT 3” A.5218.05
PND-8/A6B6 63-67 69-73 79 100 71 32 103 93 M80 A.5228.06 Uni 6125 3” A.5208.06 NPT 3” A.5218.06
PND-8/A7B7 67-71 73-77 79 100 71 32 103 93 M80 A.5228.07 Uni 6125 3” A.5208.07 NPT 3” A.5218.07

Dimensions

209
Cable Glands and Accessories

PNS

Single seal cable glands, suitable for unarmoured cables. Made of Nickel-
chrome plated brass, hexagon shaped, oil resistant anti-age EPDM gas-
kets. PNS-... Series cable glands are used in classi¿ed Area Zone 1 & 2
and Zone 21 & 22.

Specifications

Material Brass
IP Rating IP66
Temperature -50°C to 110°C
Certification EC-Type Examination Certi¿cate
& Approvals INERIS 02ATEX0084
GOST Certi¿cate ɊɈɋɋ IT.ȽȻ04.ȼ00494
Standards EN 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 60079-7 / 61241-0 / 61241-1
IEC 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 60079-7 / 61241-0 / 61241-1
Ex-code II 2 GD or I M2
Ex d IIC / Ex e II / Ex d I
Ex tD A21 IP66
According to European Directive 94/9/EC (ATEX)
For Zone 1 / Zone 2, Zone 21 / Zone 22
Gaskets EPDM
Surface treatment Nickel-chrome Plated
Thread ANSI B1.20.1 NPT (normally in stock): type number will assume the ending NPT
Metric pitch 1.5
UNI 6125
Version on Request Cable glands made of Stainless steel AISI 304: type number will assume the ending 304.
Example PNS-1-A1/304
Cable glands made of Stainless steel AISI 316: type number will assume the ending 316.
Example PNS-1-A1/316
Cable glands Aluminium Anticorodal made (not suitable for Group I):
The type number will assume the ending Al. Example PNS-1-A1/Al
Accessories Rubber Shroud for cable glands protection

210
Cable Glands and Accessories

PNS

Cable Ø THREAD TYPE

overall External Maximum o.d.
Type cable Metric Pitch UNI 6125 NPT
diameter
(outer seal) F A B C D E Size Code Size Code Size Code
PNS-1/A1 6-9 18 62 42 20 33 30 M20 A.1701.21 UNI 6125 ½” A.1701.01 NPT 1/2” A.1701.51
PNS-1/A2 9-12 18 62 42 20 33 30 M20 A.1701.22 UNI 6125 ½” A.1701.02 NPT 1/2” A.1701.52
PNS-2/A1 6-9 24 62 42 20 40 36 M25 A.1702.21 UNI 6125 3/4” A.1702.01 NPT 3/4” A.1702.51
PNS-2/A2 9-12 24 62 42 20 40 36 M25 A.1702.22 UNI 6125 3/4” A.1702.02 NPT 3/4” A.1702.52
PNS-2/A3 11-14 24 62 42 20 40 36 M25 A.1702.23 UNI 6125 3/4” A.1702.03 NPT 3/4” A.1702.53
PNS-2/A4 14-17 24 62 42 20 40 36 M25 A.1702.24 UNI 6125 3/4” A.1702.04 NPT 3/4” A.1702.54
PNS-3/A1 14-17 30 70 45 25 49 44 M32 A.1703.21 UNI 6125 1” A.1703.01 NPT 1” A.1703.51
PNS-3/A2 17-20 30 70 45 25 49 44 M32 A.1703.22 UNI 6125 1” A.1703.02 NPT 1” A.1703.52
PNS-3/A3 20-23 30 70 45 25 49 44 M32 A.1703.23 UNI 6125 1” A.1703.03 NPT 1” A.1703.53
PNS-5/A2 23-26 43 70 45 25 62 56 M50 A.1705.22 UNI 6125 1 1/2” A.1705.02 NPT 1 1/2” A.1705.52
PNS-5/A3 26-29 43 70 45 25 62 56 M50 A.1705.23 UNI 6125 1 1/2” A.1705.03 NPT 1 1/2” A.1705.53
PNS-5/A4 29-32 43 70 45 25 62 56 M50 A.1705.24 UNI 6125 1 1/2” A.1705.04 NPT 1 1/2” A.1705.54
PNS-5/A5 32-36 43 70 45 25 62 56 M50 A.1705.25 UNI 6125 1 1/2” A.1705.05 NPT 1 1/2” A.1705.55
PNS-6/A2 36-39 57 72 46 25 78 70 M63 A.1706.22 UNI 6125 2” A.1706.02 NPT 2” A.1706.52
PNS-6/A3 39-42 57 72 46 25 78 70 M63 A.1706.23 UNI 6125 2” A.1706.03 NPT 2” A.1706.53
PNS-6/A4 42-46 57 72 46 25 78 70 M63 A.1706.24 UNI 6125 2” A.1706.04 NPT 2” A.1706.54
PNS-7/A2 44-48 69 78 46 32 92 83 M75 A.1707.22 UNI 6125 2 1/2” A.1707.02 NPT 2 1/2” A.1707.52
PNS-7/A3 48-52 69 78 46 32 92 83 M75 A.1707.23 UNI 6125 2 1/2” A.1707.03 NPT 2 1/2” A.1707.53
PNS-7/A4 52-56 69 78 46 32 92 83 M75 A.1707.24 UNI 6125 2 1/2” A.1707.04 NPT 2 1/2” A.1707.54
PNS-7/A5 56-60 69 78 46 32 92 83 M75 A.1707.25 UNI 6125 2 1/2” A.1707.05 NPT 2 1/2” A.1707.55
PNS-8/A4 56-60 79 78 46 32 103 93 M80 A.1708.24 UNI 6125 3” A.1708.04 NPT 3” A.1708.54
PNS-8/A5 59-63 79 78 46 32 103 93 M80 A.1708.25 UNI 6125 3” A.1708.05 NPT 3” A.1708.55
PNS-8/A6 63-67 79 78 46 32 103 93 M80 A.1708.26 UNI 6125 3” A.1708.06 NPT 3” A.1708.56
PNS-8/A7 67-71 79 78 46 32 103 93 M80 A.1708.27 UNI 6125 3” A.1708.07 NPT 3” A.1708.57

Dimensions

211
Cable Glands and Accessories

PABAX

Double seal barrier cable glands, suitable for armoured cables. Made of
Nickel-chrome plated brass, hexagon shaped, oil resistant anti-age EPDM
gaskets. PABAX is a barrier cable gland with sealing compound in a
separate kit. PABAX-… Series cable glands are used in classi¿ed area
Zone 1 & 2 and Zone 21 & 22.

Specifications

Material Brass
IP Rating IP66
Temperature -50°C to 110°C
Certification EC-Type Examination Certi¿cate
& Approvals INERIS 02ATEX0084
GOST Certi¿cate
ɊɈɋɋ IT.ȽȻ04.ȼ00494
Standards EN 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 60079-7 / 61241-0 / 61241-1
IEC 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 60079-7 / 61241-0 / 61241-1
Ex-code II 2 GD or I M2
Ex d IIC / Ex e II / Ex d I
Ex tD A21 IP66
According to European Directive 94/9/EC (ATEX)
For Zone 1 / Zone 2, Zone 21 / Zone 22
Gaskets EPDM
Surface treatment Nickel-chrome Plated
Thread ANSI B1.20.1 NPT (normally in stock): type number will assume the ending NPT
Metric pitch 1.5
UNI 6125
Version on Request Cable glands made of Stainless steel AISI 304: type number will assume the ending 304.
Example PABAX-1-A1/304
Cable glands made of Stainless steel AISI 316: type number will assume the ending 316.
Example PABAX-1-A1/316
Cable glands Aluminium Anticorodal made (not suitable for Group I):
type number will assume the ending Al. Example PABAX-1-A1/Al
Accessories Sealing compound in separate kit. With one 200 ml. cartridge can be sealed between 30 to
35 cable glands “barrier type” size 1 to 3.
Rubber Shroud for cable glands protection

Note All cable glands of a.m. series will be supplied with armouring-ring and cone nickel-chrome
plated brass made (if not differently specified in offer or in order acknowledgment)

212
Cable Glands and Accessories

PABAX

Cable Cable Ø THREAD TYPE

under overall External Maximum o.d.
Type cable Metric Pitch UNI 6125 NPT
armour diameter
(inner seal) (outer seal) F A B C D E Size Code Size Code Size Code
PABAX-1/A1B1 6-9 8-11 18 85 65 20 33 30 M20 A.5521.01 Uni 6125 ½” A.5501.01 NPT ½” A.5511.01
PABAX-1/A1B2 6-9 11-14 18 85 65 20 33 30 M20 A.5521.02 Uni 6125 ½” A.5501.02 NPT ½” A.5511.02
PABAX-1/A2B3 9-12 14-17 18 85 65 20 33 30 M20 A.5521.03 Uni 6125 ½” A.5501.03 NPT ½” A.5511.03
PABAX-2/A1B1 6-9 14-17 24 85 65 20 33 36 M25 A.5522.01 Uni 6125 ¾” A.5502.01 NPT ¾” A.5512.01
PABAX-2/A2B1 9-12 14-17 24 85 65 20 33 36 M25 A.5522.02 Uni 6125 ¾” A.5502.02 NPT ¾” A.5512.02
PABAX-2/A3B2 11-14 17-20 24 85 65 20 33 36 M25 A.5522.03 Uni 6125 ¾” A.5502.03 NPT ¾” A.5512.03
PABAX-2/A4B3 14-17 20-23 24 85 65 20 33 36 M25 A.5522.04 Uni 6125 ¾” A.5502.04 NPT ¾” A.5512.04
PABAX-3/A1B1 14-17 20-23 30 93 68 25 49 44 M32 A.5523.01 Uni 6125 1” A.5503.01 NPT 1” A.5513.01
PABAX-3/A2B2 17-20 23-26 30 93 68 25 49 44 M32 A.5523.02 Uni 6125 1” A.5503.02 NPT 1” A.5513.02
PABAX-3/A3B3 20-23 26-29 30 93 68 25 49 44 M32 A.5523.03 Uni 6125 1” A.5503.03 NPT 1” A.5513.03
PABAX-5/A2B2 23-26 29-32 43 93 68 25 62 56 M50 A.5525.02 Uni 6125 1 1/2” A.5505.02 NPT 1 1/2” A.5515.02
PABAX-5/A3B3 26-29 32-36 43 93 68 25 62 56 M50 A.5525.03 Uni 6125 1 1/2” A.5505.03 NPT 1 1/2” A.5515.03
PABAX-5/A4B4 29-32 36-39 43 93 68 25 62 56 M50 A.5525.04 Uni 6125 1 1/2” A.5505.04 NPT 1 1/2” A.5515.04
PABAX-5/A5B5 32-36 39-42 43 93 68 25 62 56 M50 A.5525.05 Uni 6125 1 1/2” A.5505.05 NPT 1 1/2” A.5515.05
PABAX-6/A2B2 36-39 44-48 57 95 71 25 78 70 M63 A.5526.02 Uni 6125 2” A.5506.02 NPT 2” A.5516.02
PABAX-6/A3B3 39-42 48-52 57 95 71 25 78 70 M63 A.5526.03 Uni 6125 2” A.5506.03 NPT 2” A.5516.03
PABAX-6/A4B4 42-46 52-56 57 95 71 25 78 70 M63 A.5526.04 Uni 6125 2” A.5506.04 NPT 2” A.5516.04
PABAX-7/A2B2 44-48 55-59 69 100 71 32 92 83 M75 A.5527.02 Uni 6125 2 1/2” A.5507.02 NPT 2 1/2” A.5517.02
PABAX-7/A3B3 48-52 59-63 69 100 71 32 92 83 M75 A.5527.03 Uni 6125 2 1/2” A.5507.03 NPT 2 1/2” A.5517.03
PABAX-7/A4B4 52-56 63-67 69 100 71 32 92 83 M75 A.5527.04 Uni 6125 2 1/2” A.5507.04 NPT 2 1/2” A.5517.04
PABAX-7/A5B4 56-60 63-67 69 100 71 32 92 83 M75 A.5527.05 Uni 6125 2 1/2” A.5507.05 NPT 2 1/2” A.5517.05
PABAX-8/A4B4 56-60 63-67 79 100 71 32 103 93 M80 A.5528.04 Uni 6125 3” A.5508.04 NPT 3” A.5518.04
PABAX-8/A5B5 59-63 65-69 79 100 71 32 103 93 M80 A.5528.05 Uni 6125 3” A.5508.05 NPT 3” A.5518.05
PABAX-8/A6B6 63-67 69-73 79 100 71 32 103 93 M80 A.5528.06 Uni 6125 3” A.5508.06 NPT 3” A.5518.06
PABAX-8/A7B7 67-71 73-77 79 100 71 32 103 93 M80 A.5528.07 Uni 6125 3” A.5508.07 NPT 3” A.5518.07

Dimensions

213
Cable Glands and Accessories

PMS

Single seal barrier cable glands, suitable for unarmoured cables. Made of
Nickel-chrome plated brass, hexagon shaped, oil resistant anti-age EPDM
gaskets. PMS-… is a barrier cable gland with sealing compound in a
separate kit. PMS-… Series cable glands are used in classi¿ed area
Zone 1 & 2 and Zone 21 & 22.

Specifications

Material Brass
IP Rating IP66
Temperature -50°C to 110°C
Certification EC-Type Examination Certi¿cate
& Approvals INERIS 02ATEX0084
GOST Certi¿cate
ɊɈɋɋ IT.ȽȻ04.ȼ00494
Standards EN 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 60079-7 / 61241-0 / 61241-1
IEC 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 60079-7 / 61241-0 / 61241-1
Ex-code II 2 GD or I M2
Ex d IIC / Ex e II / Ex d I
Ex tD A21 IP66
According to European Directive 94/9/EC (ATEX)
For Zone 1 / Zone 2, Zone 21 / Zone 22
Gaskets EPDM
Surface treatment Nickel-chrome Plated
Thread ANSI B1.20.1 NPT (normally in stock): type number will assume the ending NPT
Metric pitch 1.5
UNI 6125
Version on Request Cable glands made of Stainless steel AISI 304: type number will assume the ending 304.
Example PMS-1-A1/304
Cable glands made of Stainless steel AISI 316: type number will assume the ending 316.
Example PMS-1-A1/316
Cable glands Aluminium Anticorodal made (not suitable for Group I):
type number will assume the ending Al. Example PMS-1-A1/Al
Accessories Sealing compound in separate kit. With one 200 ml. cartridge can be sealed between 30 to 35 cable glands
“barrier type” size 1 to 3. Rubber Shroud for cable glands protection

214
Cable Glands and Accessories

PMS

Cable Ø THREAD TYPE

overall External Maximum o.d. UNI 6125
Type NPT
diameter cable Metric Pitch
(outer seal) F A B C D E Size Code Size Code Thread type Code
PMS-1/A1 6-9 18 62 42 20 33 30 M20 A.5421.01 UNI 6125 ½” A.5401.01 NPT 6125 ½” A.5411.01
PMS-1/A2 9-12 18 62 42 20 33 30 M20 A.5421.02 UNI 6125 ½” A.5401.02 NPT 6125 ½” A.5411.02
PMS-2/A1 6-9 24 62 42 20 40 36 M25 A.5422.01 UNI 6125 3/4” A.5402.01 NPT 6125 3/4” A.5412.01
PMS-2/A2 9-12 24 62 42 20 40 36 M25 A.5422.02 UNI 6125 3/4” A.5402.02 NPT 6125 3/4” A.5412.02
PMS-2/A3 11-14 24 62 42 20 40 36 M25 A.5422.03 UNI 6125 3/4” A.5402.03 NPT 6125 3/4” A.5412.03
PMS-2/A4 14-17 24 62 42 20 40 36 M25 A.5422.04 UNI 6125 3/4” A.5402.04 NPT 6125 3/4” A.5412.04
PMS-3/A1 14-17 30 70 45 25 49 44 M32 A.5423.01 UNI 6125 1” A.5403.01 NPT 6125 1” A.5413.01
PMS-3/A2 17-20 30 70 45 25 49 44 M32 A.5423.02 UNI 6125 1” A.5403.02 NPT 6125 1” A.5413.02
PMS-3/A3 20-23 30 70 45 25 49 44 M32 A.5423.03 UNI 6125 1” A.5403.03 NPT 6125 1” A.5413.03
PMS-5/A2 23-26 43 70 45 25 62 56 M50 A.5425.02 UNI 6125 1 1/2” A.5405.02 NPT 6125 1 ½” A.5415.02
PMS-5/A3 26-29 43 70 45 25 62 56 M50 A.5425.03 UNI 6125 1 1/2” A.5405.03 NPT 6125 1 ½” A.5415.03
PMS-5/A4 29-32 43 70 45 25 62 56 M50 A.5425.04 UNI 6125 1 1/2” A.5405.04 NPT 6125 1 ½” A.5415.04
PMS-5/A5 32-36 43 70 45 25 62 56 M50 A.5425.05 UNI 6125 1 1/2” A.5405.05 NPT 6125 1 ½” A.5415.05
PMS-6/A2 36-39 57 72 46 25 78 70 M63 A.5426.02 UNI 6125 2” A.5406.02 NPT 6125 2” A.5416.02
PMS-6/A3 39-42 57 72 46 25 78 70 M63 A.5426.03 UNI 6125 2” A.5406.03 NPT 6125 2” A.5416.03
PMS-6/A4 42-46 57 72 46 25 78 70 M63 A.5426.04 UNI 6125 2” A.5406.04 NPT 6125 2” A.5416.04
PMS-7/A2 44-48 69 78 46 25 78 70 M75 A.5427.02 UNI 6125 2 1/2” A.5407.02 NPT 6125 2 ½” A.5417.02
PMS-7/A3 48-52 69 78 46 25 78 70 M75 A.5427.03 UNI 6125 2 1/2” A.5407.03 NPT 6125 2 ½” A.5417.03
PMS-7/A4 52-56 69 78 46 25 78 70 M75 A.5427.04 UNI 6125 2 1/2” A.5407.04 NPT 6125 2 ½” A.5417.04
PMS-7/A5 56-60 69 78 46 25 78 70 M75 A.5427.05 UNI 6125 2 1/2” A.5407.05 NPT 6125 2 ½” A.5417.05
PMS-8/A4 56-60 79 78 46 32 103 93 M80 A.5428.04 UNI 6125 3” A.5408.04 NPT 6125 3” A.5418.04
PMS-8/A5 59-63 79 78 46 32 103 93 M80 A.5428.05 UNI 6125 3” A.5408.05 NPT 6125 3” A.5418.05
PMS-8/A6 63-67 79 78 46 32 103 93 M80 A.5428.06 UNI 6125 3” A.5408.06 NPT 6125 3” A.5418.06
PMS-8/A7 67-71 79 78 46 32 103 93 M80 A.5428.07 UNI 6125 3” A.5408.07 NPT 6125 3” A.5418.07

Dimensions

215
Cable Glands and Accessories

PMD

Double seal barrier cable glands, suitable for unarmoured cables. Made
of Nickel-chrome plated brass, hexagon shaped, oil resistant anti-age
EPDM gaskets. PMD-… is a barrier cable gland with sealing compound in
a separate kit. PMD-… Series cable glands are used in classi¿ed area
Zone 1 & 2 and Zone 21 & 22.

Specifications

Material Brass
IP Rating IP66
Temperature -50°C to 110°C
Certification EC-Type Examination Certi¿cate
& Approvals INERIS 02ATEX0084
GOST Certi¿cate
ɊɈɋɋ IT.ȽȻ04.ȼ00494
Standards EN 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 60079-7 / 61241-0 / 61241-1
IEC 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 60079-7 / 61241-0 / 61241-1
Ex-code II 2 GD or I M2
Ex d IIC / Ex e II / Ex d I
Ex tD A21 IP66
According to European Directive 94/9/EC (ATEX)
For Zone 1 / Zone 2, Zone 21 / Zone 22
Gaskets EPDM
Surface treatment Nickel-chrome Plated
Thread ANSI B1.20.1 NPT (normally in stock): type number will assume the ending NPT
Metric pitch 1.5
UNI 6125
Version on Request Cable glands made of Stainless steel AISI 304: type number will assume the ending 304. Example PMD-
1-A1/304
Cable glands made of Stainless steel AISI 316: type number will assume the ending 316. Example PMD-
1-A1/316
Cable glands Aluminium Anticorodal made (not suitable for Group I): type number will assume the ending Al.
Example PMD-1-A1/Al
Accessories Sealing compound in separate kit. With one 200 ml. cartridge can be sealed between 30 to 35 cable glands
“barrier type” size 1 to 3.
Rubber Shroud for cable glands protection

216
Cable Glands and Accessories

PMD

Cable Cable Ø THREAD TYPE

overall overall External Maximum o.d. NPT
Type cable Metric Pitch UNI 6125
diameter diameter
(2nd insulation) (1st insulation) F A B C D E Size Code Size Code Size Code
PMD-1/A1B1 6-9 8-11 18 85 65 20 33 30 M20 A.5621.01 Uni 6125 ½” A.5601.01 NPT ½” A.5611.01
PMD-1/A1B2 6-9 11-14 18 85 65 20 33 30 M20 A.5621.02 Uni 6125 ½” A.5601.02 NPT ½” A.5611.02
PMD-1/A2B3 9-12 14-17 18 85 65 20 33 30 M20 A.5621.03 Uni 6125 ½” A.5601.03 NPT ½” A.5611.03
PMD-2/A1B1 6-9 14-17 24 85 65 20 33 36 M25 A.5622.01 Uni 6125 ¾” A.5602.01 NPT ¾” A.5612.01
PMD-2/A2B1 9-12 14-17 24 85 65 20 33 36 M25 A.5622.02 Uni 6125 ¾” A.5602.02 NPT ¾” A.5612.02
PMD-2/A3B2 11-14 17-20 24 85 65 20 33 36 M25 A.5622.03 Uni 6125 ¾” A.5602.03 NPT ¾” A.5612.03
PMD-2/A4B3 14-17 20-23 24 85 65 20 33 36 M25 A.5622.04 Uni 6125 ¾” A.5602.04 NPT ¾” A.5612.04
PMD-3/A1B1 14-17 20-23 30 93 68 25 49 44 M32 A.5623.01 Uni 6125 1” A.5603.01 NPT 1” A.5613.01
PMD-3/A2B2 17-20 23-26 30 93 68 25 49 44 M32 A.5623.02 Uni 6125 1” A.5603.02 NPT 1” A.5613.02
PMD-3/A3B3 20-23 26-29 30 93 68 25 49 44 M32 A.5623.03 Uni 6125 1” A.5603.03 NPT 1” A.5613.03
PMD-5/A2B2 23-26 29-32 43 93 68 25 62 56 M50 A.5625.02 Uni 6125 1 1/2” A.5605.02 NPT 1 1/2” A.5615.02
PMD-5/A3B3 26-29 32-36 43 93 68 25 62 56 M50 A.5625.03 Uni 6125 1 1/2” A.5605.03 NPT 1 1/2” A.5615.03
PMD-5/A4B4 29-32 36-39 43 93 68 25 62 56 M50 A.5625.04 Uni 6125 1 1/2” A.5605.04 NPT 1 1/2” A.5615.04
PMD-5/A5B5 32-36 39-42 43 93 68 25 62 56 M50 A.5625.05 Uni 6125 1 1/2” A.5605.05 NPT 1 1/2” A.5615.05
PMD-6/A2B2 36-39 44-48 57 95 71 25 78 70 M63 A.5626.02 Uni 6125 2” A.5606.02 NPT 2” A.5616.02
PMD-6/A3B3 39-42 48-52 57 95 71 25 78 70 M63 A.5626.03 Uni 6125 2” A.5606.03 NPT 2” A.5616.03
PMD-6/A4B4 42-46 52-56 57 95 71 25 78 70 M63 A.5626.04 Uni 6125 2” A.5606.04 NPT 2” A.5616.04
PMD-7/A2B2 44-48 55-59 69 100 71 32 92 83 M75 A.5627.02 Uni 6125 2 1/2” A.5607.02 NPT 2 1/2” A.5617.02
PMD-7/A3B3 48-52 59-63 69 100 71 32 92 83 M75 A.5627.03 Uni 6125 2 1/2” A.5607.03 NPT 2 1/2” A.5617.03
PMD-7/A4B4 52-56 63-67 69 100 71 32 92 83 M75 A.5627.04 Uni 6125 2 1/2” A.5607.04 NPT 2 1/2” A.5617.04
PMD-7/A5B4 56-60 63-67 69 100 71 32 92 83 M75 A.5627.05 Uni 6125 2 1/2” A.5607.05 NPT 2 1/2” A.5617.05
PMD-8/A4B4 56-60 63-67 79 100 71 32 103 93 M80 A.5628.04 Uni 6125 3” A.5608.04 NPT 3” A.5618.04
PMD-8/A5B5 59-63 65-69 79 100 71 32 103 93 M80 A.5628.05 Uni 6125 3” A.5608.05 NPT 3” A.5618.05
PMD-8/A6B6 63-67 69-73 79 100 71 32 103 93 M80 A.5628.06 Uni 6125 3” A.5608.06 NPT 3” A.5618.06
PMD-8/A7B7 67-71 73-77 79 100 71 32 103 93 M80 A.5628.07 Uni 6125 3” A.5608.07 NPT 3” A.5618.07

Dimensions

217
218
Cable Glands and Accessories

Fitting Accessories

Reducers provide a means of connection between equipment

with dissimilar thread sizes.

RE... Series Reducers: Larger External Male Thread/Smaller

Inner Female Thread

All the Reducers are designed for Explosion Proof Ex d mode of

protection and fr increased safety Ex e mode of protection.
Different types and sizes are indicated on the “Reducers
Selection Table”

Specifications

Material Galvanised steel

Thread RE... Series:

Larger External Male Thread NPT/Smaller Inner Female Thread NPT

Larger External Male Thread UNI 6125/Smaller Inner Female Thread UNI 6125

Version on Request Alternative materials are:

- Brass nickel chrome-plating ¿nishing
- Stainless Steel
- Aluminium (Mg. ” 6%). Not suitable for Group I

Note The Marking is directly realized on the reducers with

mechanically incision inscriptions

Selection Table

Code UNI 6125 Code NPT Type Size Weight (kg)

50.1 50.61 RE 21 3/4” X 1/2” 0,04
50.2 50.62 RE 31 1” X 1/2” 0,08
50.3 50.63 RE 32 1” X 3/4” 0,08
50.7 50.67 RE 51 1 ½” X 1/2” 0,27
50.8 50.68 RE 52 1 ½” X 3/4” 0,27
50.9 50.69 RE 53 1 ½” X 1” 0,27
50.12 50.72 RE 62 2” X 3/4” 0,48
50.13 50.73 RE 63 2” X 1” 0,48
50.15 50.75 RE 65 2” X 1 ½” 0,48
50.17 RE 72 2 ½” X 3/4” 0,80
50.18 50.78 RE 73 2 ½” X 1” 0,80
50.20 50.80 RE 75 2 ½” X 1 ½” 0,80
50.21 50.81 RE 76 2 ½” X 2” 0,80
50.23 RE 82 3” X 3/4” 1,00
50.24 50.84 RE 83 3” X 1” 1,00
50.26 50.86 RE 85 3” X 1 ½” 1,00
50.27 50.87 RE 86 3” X 2” 1,00
50.28 50.88 RE 87 3” X 2 ½” 1,00

Reducers ordering examples: E.g. Type RE31 = Male Thread 1” / Famale Thread ½”

219
Cable Glands and Accessories

Fitting Accessories

Adaptors provide a means of connection between equipment with

dissimilar thread sizes.

REB... Series Adaptors: Larger Female Thread/Smaller Male Thread

All the adaptors are designed for explosion Proof Ex d mode of

protection and for increased safety Ex e mode of protection.
Different Types and sizes are indicated on the “Adaptors Selection Table”

Specifications

Material Galvanised steel

Thread REB... Series:

Smaller External Male Thread NPT/Larger Inner Female Thread NPT

Smaller External Male Thread UNI 6125/Larger Inner Female Thread UNI 6125

Version on Request Alternative materials are:

- Brass nickel chrome-plating ¿nishing
- Stainless Steel
- Aluminium (Mg. ” 6%). Not suitable for Group I

Note The Marking is directly realized on the reducers with

mechanically incision inscriptions

Selection Table

Code Uni 6125 Code NPT Type Size Weight (kg)

51.1 51.71 REB 21 3/4” X 1/2” 0,12
51.2 51.40 REB 31 1” X 1/2” 0,15
51.3 51.73 REB 32 1” X 3/4” 0,15
51.8 51.78 REB 52 1 ½” X ¾” 0,27
51.9 51.79 REB 53 1 ½” X 1” 0,27
51.13 51.41 REB 63 2” X 1” 0,35
51.15 51.42 REB 65 2” X 1 ½” 0,35
51.18 51.43 REB 73 2 ½” X 1” 0,60
51.20 51.80 REB 75 2 ½” X 1 ½” 0,60
51.21 51.81 REB 76 2 ½” X 2” 0,60
51.24 51.84 REB 83 3” X 1” 0,70
51.26 51.86 REB 85 3” X 1 ½” 0,70
51.27 51.87 REB 86 3” X 2” 0,70
51.28 51.88 REB 87 3” X 2 ½” 0,70

Adaptors ordering example: E.g. REB31 = Female Thread 1” / Male Thread 1/2”

220
Cable Glands and Accessories

Fitting Accessories

Male Taper NPT / Female Taper UNI 6125 threads Adaptors provide a
connection between equipment with dissimilar thread sizes and type. All
the adaptors are Ex d and Ex e certi¿ed. Different types and sizes are
indicated in the “Adaptor Selection Table”.

All the adaptors are designed for explosion Proof Ex d mode of

protection and for increased safety Ex e mode of protection.
Different Types and sizes are indicated on the “Reducers Selection Table”

Specifications

Material Brass nickel chrome-plating ¿nishing

Version on Request Alternative materials are:

- Stainless Steel
- Aluminium (Mg. ” 6%). Not suitable for Group I
- Galvanized mild Steel

Note The Marking is directly realized on the adaptors with

mechanically incision inscriptions

Selection Tables

Cylindrical Male PG / Conic Female UNI-6125 or NPT thread

CODE UNI 6125 CODE NPT TYPE SIZE WEIGHT (Kg)
51.52 52.60 REB 16/1 ½” X PG 16 0,12
51.50 52.61 REB 16/2 ¾” X PG 16 0,15
51.53 52.62 REB 21/2 ¾” X PG 21 0,27
51.51 52.63 REB 21/3 1” X PG 21 0,27
51.54 52.64 REB 29/3 1” X PG 29 0,30
51.55 52.65 REB 36/5 1 ½” X PG 36 0,35
51.56 52.66 REB 42/6 2” X PG 42 0,60
51.57 52.67 REB 48/6 2” X PG 48 0,70

Cylindrical Male Metric Pitch (1,5) / Conic Female UNI-6125

CODE UNI 6125 Type TYPE WEIGHT (kg)
51.61 REB m16/1 M 16 X 1/2” 0,12
51.62 REB m20/1 M 20 X 1/2” 0,15
51.63 REB m20/2 M 20 X 3/4” 0,27
51.64 REB m25/2 M 25 X 3/4” 0,27
51.65 REB m25/3 M 25 X 1” 0,30
51.66 REB m32/3 M 32 X 1” 0,35

221
Cable Glands and Accessories

Fitting Accessories

Stopping Plugs provide a means to close unused entries and maintain the
integrity of the equipment. The Stopping Plugs are Ex d and Ex e certi¿ed.
Different Types and sizes are indicated in the “Plugs Selection Tables”.

Specifications

Material Brass /Stainless Steel

IP Rating IP67
Temperature -50°C to 130°C
Certification EC-Type Examination Certi¿cate INERIS
& Approvals 04ATEX9006U
GOST Certi¿cate ɊɈɋɋ IT.ȽȻ04.ȼ00507
Standards EN 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 60079-7 / 61241-0 / 61241-1
Ex-code II 2 GD or I M2
Ex d IIC / Ex e II / Ex d I IP67
According to European Directive 94/9/EC (ATEX)
For Zone 1 / Zone 2, Zone 21 / Zone 22
Thread Metric pitch 1.5, ANSI B1.20.1 NPT, UNI 6125
Version on Request Alternative materials are:
Brass nickel chrome-plating ¿nishing
Galvanized Mild Steel
Stainless Steel
Aluminium (Mg. ” 6%). Not suitable for Group I

Note The Marking is directly realized on the Plugs with

mechanically incision inscriptions

Code-Brass Nickelchrome Code-Stainless Steel Type UNI 6125 Threaded

G121100 G141100 T1 ½”
G121200 G141200 T2 ¾”
G121300 G141300 T3 3 1”
G121500 G141500 T5 1 ½”
G121600 G141600 T6 2
G121700 G141700 T7 2 ½”
G121800 G141800 T8 3”

Code-Brass
Nickechrome Code-Stainless Steel Type NPTThreaded
G123100 G143100 T1N ½” NPT
G123200 G143200 T2N ¾” NPT
G123300 G143300 T3N 1” NPT
G123500 G143500 T5N 1 ½” NPT
G123600 G143600 T6N 2” NPT
G123700 G143700 T7N 2 ½” NPT
G123800 G143800 T8N 3” NPT

Code-Brass Nickelchrome Code-Stainless Steel Type Metric Threaded

G122100 G142100 T20 M20
G122200 G142200 T25 M25
G122300 G142300 T32 M32
G122400 G142400 T40 M40
G122500 G142500 T50 M50
G122600 G142600 T63 M63
G122700 G142700 T75 M75

222
Cable Glands and Accessories

Fitting Accessories

Locknuts - DL Gaskets - GK

Locknuts DL Series Tightness Gasket GK Series,

made of Nickel-chrome suitable for connection
plated brass, suitable with ¿ttings and cable glands.
for connection with ¿t-
tings and cable glands,
with tightness gasket.

Code Type Size Code Type Size

1500.10 DL 20 M20 P.2201.14 GK 20 M20
1500.11 DL 25 M25 P.2201.51 GK 25 M25
1500.12 DL 32 M32 P.8650.13 GK 32 M32
1500.13 DL 40 M40 P.8650.14 GK 40 M40
1500.14 DL 50 M50 P.8650.15 GK 50 M50
1500.15 DL 63 M63 P.8650.16 GK 63 M63
1500.16 DL 75 M75 P.8650.17 GK 75 M75
P.8620.12 GK 1 ½” NPT – UNI 6125
P.8620.13 GK 2 ¾” NPT - UNI 6125
P.8620.14 GK 3 1” NPT - UNI 6125
P.8620.16 GK 5 1 ½” NPT - UNI 6125
P.8620.17 GK 6 2” NPT - UNI 6125
P.8620.18 GK 7 2 ½” NPT - UNI 6125
P.8620.19 GK 8 3” NPT - UNI 6125

Rubber Shroud - PGA

Black Rubber Shroud PGA for cable glands protection.

Code Type Size

2.0001.01 PGA 1 M20 / ½” UNI6125 / NPT
2.0001.02 PGA 2 M25 / ¾” UNI6125 / NPT
2.0001.03 PGA 3 M32 / 1” UNI6125 / NPT
2.0001.05 PGA 5 M50 / 1 ½” UNI6125 / NPT
2.0001.06 PGA 6 M63 / 2” UNI6125 / NPT
2.0001.07 PGA 7 M75 / 2 ½” UNI6125 / NPT
2.0001.08 PGA 8 M80 / 3” UNI6125 / NPT

Sealing Compound for Barrier Cable Glands

For a correct application of the quick-drying two-components “Resin-Araldite” com-

pound in barrier cable glands, use of our special mixer-gun is strongly recommend-
ed. Manual mixer-gun grants a perfect dosage of the two-component compound.
One 200 ml. cartridge can seal between 30 to 35 barrier cable gland size 1 to 3.

Code Type Notes

299.10 2012 / PT Manual mixer gun for two components cartridges 200 ml., 2012/1 type.
299.15 2012 /1 Single 200 ml. cartridge with mixer spout
299.20 2012/6 Standard carton with 6x200 ml. cartridges completed with mixer spout

223
224
Plugs and Sockets

FSX
Socket outlet & Welding Receptacles, Ex ed, GRP 226
FSAL
Socket outlet & Welding Receptacles, Ex ed, AISI 316L 228
FSR
Socket outlet & Welding Receptacles, Ex ed, Copper free Aluminium 230
FPR
Plugs, Ex ed, GRP 232
Explosionproof Connector
Starline Explosion Proof Connector, Ex d/de, Hard anodic coating 235

225
Plugs and Sockets

FSX

FSX Stainless Steel AISI 316 housing and Glass ¿bre Reinforced Poly-
ester block contact socket outlets & welding receptacles. The design of
the block contact that turns on suitable hinges, allows an easy wiring and
maintenance. When open, all space corresponding to surface O.D. of
apparatus is available for wiring. Also, by the twin terminal for each polar-
ity, provided it is possible the loop of power cable, the costs for one extra
junction box, two cable glands and man power may be saved for wiring
in between junction box and socket outlet. The cross section of looping
terminal strip allows the use of cable size over the socket full load.

Specifications

Material Stainless Steel AISI 316L Housing

IP Rating IP65 / IP66 (see attached table)
Temperature -40°C to 60°C (see attached table)
Certification EC-Type Examination Certi¿cate
& Approvals INERIS 06ATEX0015
Standards EN 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 60079-7 / 61241-0 / 61241-1
Ex-code II 2 GD
Ex ed IIC T6/T5/T4
Ex tD A21 IP66 T85°C/T100°C/T135°C

According to European Directive 94/9/EC (ATEX)

For Zone 1 / Zone 21, Zone 2 / Zone 22
Lid / Door gasket POR 303/F/GR/CIG
Quantity for entries Nr. 1 double seal EEx-e stainless steel AISI 316 cable gland
Nr. 1 EEx-e stainless steel AISI 316 blank plug

Note Detailed description of DXN contact system is available in following chapter concerning FPR plugs.
Rated voltage identification by colour code as per IEC/EN 60-309-1
Interior keying system with 24 non interchangeable positions to avoid accidental connection of apparatus having a non
compatible voltage.

Dimensions

226
Plugs and Sockets

FSX

CON-NECTION
TERMINALS
CROSS
SECTION
CON- FLEXIBLE
TACT CORES
ARR- (RIGID OVERALL MOUNTING
ITEM COLOR VOLTAGE ANGE- CURRENT Earth Pin FQ CORES) DIMENSIONS INTERAXES
ITEM TYPE CODE CODE [V] MENTS [A] Position [Hz] [mmq] ENTRIES (AxBxC) [mm] (ExD)-F
FSX-2-20-24-50 A.4300.26 24 2P 20 Central 50 10 / 10 2 x M25 217X200X257 192X1 -9
FSX-3-20-110-50 A.4300.27 110-130 1P+N+E 20 Central 50 10 / 10 2 x M25 217X200X257 192X1 -9
FSX-3-20-230-50 A.4300.28 220-250 1P+N+E 20 Central 50 10 / 10 2 x M25 217X200X257 192X1 -9
FSX-4-20-400-50 A.4300.29 380-440 3P+E 20 Central 50 10 / 10 2 x M25 280X270X257 255X177 -9
FSX-5-20-400-50 A.4300.30 380-440 3P+N+E 20 Central 50 10 / 10 2 x M25 280X270X257 255X177 -9

FSX-2-32-24-50 A.4300.31 24 2P 32 Central 50 16 / 16 2 x M32 280X270X268 255X177 -9

FSX-3-32-110-50 A.4300.32 110-130 1P+N+E 32 Central 50 16 / 16 2 x M32 280X270X268 255X177 -9
FSX-3-32-230-50 A.4300.33 220-250 1P+N+E 32 Central 50 16 / 16 2 x M32 280X270X268 255X177 -9
FSX-4-32-400-50 A.4300.34 380-440 3P+E 32 Central 50 16 / 16 2 x M32 350X350X268 325X257 -9
FSX-5-32-400-50 A.4300.35 380-440 3P+N+E 32 Central 50 16 / 16 2 x M32 350X350X268 325X257 -9

FSX-2-63-24-50 A.4300.36 24 2P 63 Central 50 35 / 35 2 x M50 350X350X295 325X257 -9

FSX-3-63-110-50 A.4300.37 110-130 1P+N+E 63 Central 50 35 / 35 2 x M50 350X350X295 325X257 -9
FSX-3-63-230-50 A.4300.38 220-250 1P+N+E 63 Central 50 35 / 35 2 x M50 350X350X295 325X257 -9
FSX-4-63-400-50 A.4300.39 380-440 3P+E 63 Central 50 35 / 35 2 x M50 430X500X325 405X407 -9
FSX-5-63-400-50 A.4300.40 380-440 3P+N+E 63 Central 50 35 / 35 2 x M50 430X500X325 405X407 -9

I.E. / Example 20 = Current (A)

FSX-3-20-230-50 230 = Voltage (V)
FSX = Flameproof Socket Stainless Steel 50 = Frequency (HZ)
3= Poles Number

CONNECTION
TERMINALS
CROSS
SECTION
FLEXIBLE MOUN-
CORES OVERALL TING
CONTACT Earth FRE- (RIGID DIMEN- INTER-
ITEM ITEM COLOR VOLTAGE ARRANGE- CURRENT Pin QUENCY CORES) SIONS AXES
TYPE CODE CODE (V) MENTS (A) Position (HZ) mmq ENTRIES (AxBxC) (ExD)-F
2P 2 x M25 280x270
FSX-2-2a-32-24-50 A.4300.80 24 +2aux 32 Central 50 16 / 16 /4 + 1 x M20 x268 255x177-9
1P+N+E 2 x M25 280x270
FSX-3-2a-32-110-50 A.4300.41 110-130 +2aux 32 Central 50 16 / 16 /4 + 1 x M20 x268 255x177-9
1P+N+E 2 x M25 280x270
FSX-3-2a-32-230-50 A.4300.42 220-250 +2aux 32 Central 50 16 / 16 /4 + 1 x M20 x268 255x177-9
3P+E 2 x M32 350x350
FSX-4-2a-32-400-50 A.4300.43 380-440 +2aux 32 Central 50 16 / 16 /4 + 1 x M20 x268 325x257-9
3P+N+E 2 x M32 350x350
FSX-5-2a-32-400-50 A.4300.44 380-440 +2aux 32 Central 50 16 / 16 /4 + 1 x M20 x268 325x257-9

2P 2 x M32 350x350
FSX-2-2a-63-24-50 A.4300.45 24 +2aux 63 Central 50 35 / 35 / 4 + 1 x M20 x295 325x257-9
1P+N+E 2 x M32 350x350
FSX-3-2a-63-110-50 A.4300.46 110-130 +2aux 63 Central 50 35 / 35 / 4 + 1 x M20 x295 325x257-9
1P+N+E 2 x M32 350x350
FSX-3-2a-63-230-50 A.4300.47 220-250 +2aux 63 Central 50 35 / 35 / 4 + 1 x M20 x295 325x257-9
3P+E 2 x M50 350x350
FSX-4-2a-63-400-50 A.4300.48 380-440 +2aux 63 Central 50 35 / 35 / 4 + 1 x M20 x295 325x257-9
3P+N+E 2 x M50 350x350
FSX-5-2a-63-400-50 A.4300.49 380-440 +2aux 63 Central 50 35 / 35 / 4 + 1 x M20 x295 325x257-9

I.E. / Example 20 = Current (A)

FSX-3-2a-32-230-50 230 = Voltage (V)
FSX = Flameproof Socket Stainless Steel 50 = Frequency (HZ)
3= Poles Number
2a = Number auxiliary contact
227
Plugs and Sockets

FSAL

FSAL Copper free Aluminium housing and Glass ¿bre Reinforced Poly-
ester block contact socket outlets & welding receptacles. The design of
the block contact that turns on suitable hinges, allows an easy wiring and
maintenance. When open, all space corresponding to surface O.D. of ap-
paratus is available for wiring. Also, by the twin terminal for each polarity,
provided it is possible the loop of power cable, the costs for one extra junc-
tion box, two cable glands and man power may be saved for wiring in be-
tween junction box and socket outlet. The cross section of looping terminal
strip allows the use of cable size over the socket full load.

Specifications

Material Copper Free Aluminum Housing

IP Rating IP65 / IP66 (see attached table)
Temperature -40°C to 60°C (see attached table)
Certification EC-Type Examination Certi¿cate
& Approvals INERIS 06ATEX0015
Standards EN 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 60079-7 / 61241-0 / 61241-1
Ex-code II 2 GD
Ex ed IIC T6/T5/T4
Ex tD A21 IP66 T85°C/T100°C/T135°C
According to European Directive 94/9/EC (ATEX)
For Zone 1 / Zone 21, Zone 2 / Zone 22
Lid / Door gasket Silicone seal
Surface treatment External polyurethane painting “Standard Cycle” Green RAL 6003
Quantity for entries Nr. 1 single seal EEx-e brass nickel chrome plated cable gland for armoured cable
Nr. 1 EEx-e brass nickel chrome plated blank plug

Note Detailed description of DXN contact system is available in following chapter concerning FPR plugs.
Rated voltage identification by colour code as per IEC/EN 60-309-1
Interior keying system with 24 non interchangeable positions to avoid accidental connection of apparatus having a
non compatible voltage.

228
Plugs and Sockets

FSAL

CONTACT Earth OVERALL MOUNTING

COLOR VOLTAGE ARRANGE- CURRENT Pin FQ Cores DIMENSIONS INTERAXES
ITEM TYPE ITEM CODE CODE [V] MENTS [A] Position Hz mmq ENTRIES (AxBxC) [mm] (ExD)-F
FSAL-2-20-24-50 A.4300.50 24 2P 20 Central 50 10 / 10 2 x M25 140x120x218 106x82 - 7
FSAL-3-20-110-50 A.4300.51 110-130 1P+N+E 20 Central 50 10 / 10 2 x M25 140x120x218 106x82 - 7
FSAL-3-20-230-50 A.4300.52 220-250 1P+N+E 20 Central 50 10 / 10 2 x M25 140x120x218 106x82 - 7
FSAL-4-20-400-50 A.4300.53 380-440 3P+E 20 Central 50 10 / 10 2 x M25 178x160x218 140x110 - 7
FSAL-5-20-400-50 A.4300.54 380-440 3P+N+E 20 Central 50 10 / 10 2 x M25 178x160x218 140x110 - 7

FSAL-2-32-24-50 A.4300.55 24 2P 32 Central 50 16 / 16 2 x M32 198x180x240 160x130 - 7

FSAL-3-32-110-50 A.4300.56 110-130 1P+N+E 32 Central 50 16 / 16 2 x M32 198x180x240 160x130 - 7
FSAL-3-32-230-50 A.4300.57 220-250 1P+N+E 32 Central 50 16 / 16 2 x M32 198x180x240 160x130 - 7
FSAL-4-32-400-50 A.4300.58 380-440 3P+E 32 Central 50 16 / 16 2 x M32 220x232x248 180x180 - 7
FSAL-5-32-400-50 A.4300.59 380-440 3P+N+E 32 Central 50 16 / 16 2 x M32 220x232x248 180x180 - 7

FSAL-2-63-24-50 A.4300.60 24 2P 63 Central 50 35 / 35 2 x M50 220x232x276 180x180 - 7

FSAL-3-63-110-50 A.4300.61 110-130 1P+N+E 63 Central 50 35 / 35 2 x M50 220x232x276 180x180 - 7
FSAL-3-63-230-50 A.4300.62 220-250 1P+N+E 63 Central 50 35 / 35 2 x M50 220x232x276 180x180 - 7
FSAL-4-63-400-50 A.4300.63 380-440 3P+E 63 Central 50 35 / 35 2 x M50 331x404x276 262x382,5 - 7
FSAL-5-63-400-50 A.4300.64 380-440 3P+N+E 63 Central 50 35 / 35 2 x M50 331x404x276 262x382,5 - 7

FQ = Frequency
Cores = CONNECTION TERMINALS CROSS SECTION FLEXIBLE CORES
(RIGID CORES) [mmq]
I.E. / Example
FSAL-3-20-230-50
FSAL = Flameproof Socket Aluminium
3 = Poles Number
20 = Current (A)
230 = Voltage (V)
50 = Frequency (HZ)

CONTACT Earth OVERALL MOUNTING

COLOR VOLTAGE ARRANGE- CURRENT Pin FQ Cores DIMENSIONS INTERAXES
ITEM TYPE ITEM CODE CODE (V) MENTS (A) Position HZ mmq ENTRIES (AxBxC) (ExD)-F
2 x M25
FSAL-2-2a-32-24-50 A.4300.65 24 2P+2aux 32 Central 50 16/16/4 + 1 x M20 198x180x240 160x130 -7
2 x M25
FSAL-3-2a-32-110-50 A.4300.66 110-130 1P+N+E+2aux 32 Central 50 16/16/4 + 1 x M20 198x180x240 160x130 -7
2 x M25
FSAL-3-2a-32-230-50 A.4300.67 220-250 1P+N+E+2aux 32 Central 50 16/16/4 + 1 x M20 198x180x240 160x130 -7
2 x M32
FSAL-4-2a-32-400-50 A.4300.68 380-440 3P+E+2aux 32 Central 50 16/16/4 + 1 x M20 220x232x248 180x180 -7
2 x M32
FSAL-5-2a-32-400-50 A.4300.69 380-440 3P+N+E+2aux 32 Central 50 16/16/4 + 1 x M20 220x232x248 180x180 -7

2 x M25
FSAL-2-2a-63-24-50 A.4300.70 24 2P+2aux 63 Central 50 35/35/4 + 1 x M20 220x232x276 180x180 -7
2 x M25
FSAL-3-2a-63-110-50 A.4300.71 110-130 1P+N+E+2aux 63 Central 50 35/35/4 + 1 x M20 220x232x276 180x180 -7
2 x M25
FSAL-3-2a-63-230-50 A.4300.72 220-250 1P+N+E+2aux 63 Central 50 35/35/4 + 1 x M20 220x232x276 180x180 -7
2 x M50
FSAL-4-2a-63-400-50 A.4300.73 380-440 3P+E+2aux 63 Central 50 35/35/4 + 1 x M20 331x404x276 262x382,5-7
2 x M50
FSAL-5-2a-63-400-50 A.4300.74 380-440 3P+N+E+2aux 63 Central 50 35/35/4 + 1 x M20 331x404x276 262x382,5-7

I.E. / Example
FSAL-3-2a-32-230-50
FSAL = Flameproof Socket Aluminium
3 = Poles Number
2a = Number auxiliary contact
20 = Current (A)
230 = Voltage (V)
50 = Frequency (HZ)
229
Plugs and Sockets

FSR

FSR is a Glass ¿bre Reinforced Polyester housing and block contact

socket outlets & welding receptacles. The design of the block contact that
turns on suitable hinges, allows an easy wiring and maintenance. When
open, all space corresponding to surface O.D. of apparatus is available
for wiring. Also, by the twin terminal for each polarity, provided it is pos-
sible the loop of power cable, the costs for one extra junction box, two
cable glands and man power may be saved for wiring in between junction
box and socket outlet. The cross section of looping terminal strip allows
for use of cable size over the socket full load.

Specifications

Material Glass Fibre Reinforced Polyester

IP Rating IP65 / IP66 (see attached table)
Temperature -40°C to 60°C (see attached table)
Certification EC-Type Examination Certi¿cate
& Approvals INERIS 06ATEX0015
Standards EN 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 60079-7 / 61241-0 / 61241-1
Ex-code II 2 GD
Ex ed IIC T6/T5/T4
Ex tD A21 IP66 T85°C/T100°C/T135°C
According to European Directive 94/9/EC (ATEX)
For Zone 1 / Zone 21, Zone 2 / Zone 22
Lid / Door gasket Silicone seal
Surface treatment Black Glass Fibre
Quantity for entries Nr. 1 single seal EEx-e brass nickel chrome plated cable gland for armoured cable
Nr. 1 Ex-e brass nickel chrome plated blank plug

Note Detailed description of DXN contact system is available in following chapter concerning FPR plugs.
Rated voltage identification by colour code as per IEC/EN 60-309-1
Interior keying system with 24 non interchangeable positions to avoid accidental connection of apparatus having a
non compatible voltage.

Dimensions

230
Plugs and Sockets

FSR

CUR- OVERALL MOUNTING

ITEM COLOR VOLTAGE CONTACT Earth Pin FQ Cores
ITEM CODE RENT ENTRIES DIMENSIONS INTERAXES
TYPE CODE (V) ARRANGEMENTS Position HZ mmq
(A) (AxBxC) (ExD)-F
FSR-2-20-24-50 A.4300.01 24 2P 20 Central 50 10 / 10 2 x M25 140x120x218 106x82 - 6,3
FSR-3-20-110-50 A.4300.02 110-130 1P+N+E 20 Central 50 10 / 10 2 x M25 140x120x218 106x82 - 6,3
FSR-3-20-230-50 A.4300.03 220-250 1P+N+E 20 Central 50 10 / 10 2 x M25 140x120x218 106x82 - 6,3
FSR-4-20-400-50 A.4300.04 380-440 3P+E 20 Central 50 10 / 10 2 x M25 178x160x218 140x110 -6,5
FSR-5-20-400-50 A.4300.05 380-440 3P+N+E 20 Central 50 10 / 10 2 x M25 178x160x218 140x110 -6,5

FSR-2-32-24-50 A.4300.06 24 2P 32 Central 50 16 / 16 2 x M32 273x250x259 235x200 - 6,5

FSR-3-32-110-50 A.4300.07 110-130 1P+N+E 32 Central 50 16 / 16 2 x M32 273x250x259 235x200 - 6,5
FSR-3-32-230-50 A.4300.08 220-250 1P+N+E 32 Central 50 16 / 16 2 x M32 273x250x259 235x200 - 6,5
FSR-4-32-400-50 A.4300.09 380-440 3P+E 32 Central 50 16 / 16 2 x M32 273x250x259 235x200 - 6,5
FSR-5-32-400-50 A.4300.10 380-440 3P+N+E 32 Central 50 16 / 16 2 x M32 273x250x259 235x200 - 6,5

FSR-2-63-24-50 A.4300.11 24 2P 63 Central 50 35 / 35 2 x M50 273x250x286 235x200 - 6,5

FSR-3-63-110-50 A.4300.12 110-130 1P+N+E 63 Central 50 35 / 35 2 x M50 273x250x286 235x200 - 6,5
FSR-3-63-230-50 A.4300.13 220-250 1P+N+E 63 Central 50 35 / 35 2 x M50 273x250x286 235x200 - 6,5
FSR-4-63-400-50 A.4300.14 380-440 3P+E 63 Central 50 35 / 35 2 x M50 273x250x286 235x200 - 6,5
FSR-5-63-400-50 A.4300.15 380-440 3P+N+E 63 Central 50 35 / 35 2 x M50 273x250x286 235x200 - 6,5

I.E./Example FSR-3-20-230-50 FSR = Flameproof Socket Resin 3 = Poles Number 20 = Current (A) 230 = Voltage (V) 50 = Frequency (HZ)

CONNECTION
TERMINALS
CROSS SECTION MOUN-
FLEXIBLE OVERALL TING
CUR- Earth CORES DIMEN- INTER-
ITEM ITEM COLOR VOLTAGE CONTACT RENT Pin FQ (RIGID CORES) SIONS AXES
TYPE CODE CODE (V) ARRANGEMENTS (A) Position (HZ) mmq ENTRIES (AxBxC) (ExD)-F
2P 2 x M25 273x250
FSR-2-2a-32-24-50 A.4300.16 24 +2aux 32 Central 50 16 / 16 /4 + 1 x M20 x259 235x200-6,5
1P+N+E 2 x M25 273x250
FSR-3-2a-32-110-50 A.4300.17 110-130 +2aux 32 Central 50 16 / 16 /4 + 1 x M20 x259 235x200-6,5
1P+N+E 2 x M25 273x250
FSR-3-2a-32-230-50 A.4300.18 220-250 +2aux 32 Central 50 16 / 16 /4 + 1 x M20 x259 235x200-6,5
3P+E 2 x M32 273x250
FSR-4-2a-32-400-50 A.4300.19 380-440 +2aux 32 Central 50 16 / 16 /4 + 1 x M20 x259 235x200-6,5
3P+N+E 2 x M32 273x250
FSR-5-2a-32-400-50 A.4300.20 380-440 +2aux 32 Central 50 16 / 16 /4 + 1 x M20 x259 235x200-6,5

2P 2 x M25 273x250
FSR-2-2a-63-24-50 A.4300.21 24 +2aux 63 Central 50 35 / 35 / 4 + 1 x M20 x286 235x200-6,5
1P+N+E 2 x M25 273x250
FSR-3-2a-63-110-50 A.4300.22 110-130 +2aux 63 Central 50 35 / 35 / 4 + 1 x M20 x286 235x200-6,5
1P+N+E 2 x M25 273x250
FSR-3-2a-63-230-50 A.4300.23 220-250 +2aux 63 Central 50 35 / 35 / 4 + 1 x M20 x286 235x200-6,5
3P+E 2 x M50 273x250
FSR-4-2a-63-400-50 A.4300.24 380-440 +2aux 63 Central 50 35 / 35 / 4 + 1 x M20 x286 235x200-6,5
3P+N+E 2 x M50 273x250
FSR-5-2a-63-400-50 A.4300.25 380-440 +2aux 63 Central 50 35 / 35 / 4 + 1 x M20 x286 235x200-6,5

I.E. / Example FSR-3-2a-32-230-50

FSR = Flameproof Socket Resin 3 = Poles Number 2a = Number auxiliary contact 20 = Current (A) 230 = Voltage (V) 50 = Frequency (HZ)

231
Plugs and Sockets

FPR

FPR (Glass ¿ber Reinforced Polyester handle) are plugs based on

DXN System are compatible with socket outlet & welding recep-
tacles FSR, FSX and FSAL series. DXN Decontactors, thanks
to their self-extinguishing non-static Glass Reinforced Polyester
(PBT), can withstand heavy duty, severe mechanical stress and
presence of chemical aggressive products.

DXN Decontactors are plugs and socket-outlets for use in explo-

sive atmosphere with an integral switching device, as de¿ned in
clause 2.8 of IEC/ EN 60309-1 Standard.

Specifications

Material Glass Fibre Reinforced Polyester

IP Rating IP65 / IP66 (see attached table)
Temperature -40°C to 60°C (see attached table)

Certification EC-Type Examination Certi¿cate

& Approvals INERIS 06ATEX0015
Standards EN 60079-0 / 60079-1 / 60079-7 / 61241-0 / 61241-1
Ex-code II 2 GD
Ex ed IIC T6/T5/T4
Ex tD A21 IP66 T85°C/T100°C/T135°C
According to European Directive 94/9/EC (ATEX)
For Zone 1 / Zone 21, Zone 2 / Zone 22
Quantity for entries Cable entry c/w single seal EEx-e GRP Resin Cable Gland

Dimensions

232
Plugs and Sockets

FPR

CONNECTION
EARTH FRE- TERMINALS CROSS
CONTACT CUR- PIN QUEN- SECTION FLEXIBLE OVERALL
COL. CABLE GLAND VOLTAGE ARRANGE- RENT POSI- CY CORES (RIGID CORES) DIMENSIONS
TYPE CODE CODE EEx-e [V] MENT [A] TION [Hz] [mmq] [mm]
FPR-2-20-24-50 A.4301.01 M20 (8÷13) 24 2P 20 Central 50 4 mmq / 6 mmq 127 x 51 x 51
FPR-2-20-24-50 A.4301.02 M25 (13÷19) 24 2P 20 Central 50 4 mmq / 6 mmq 127 x 51 x 51
FPR-3-20-110-50 A.4301.03 M20 (8÷13) 110-130 1P+N+E 20 Central 50 4 mmq / 6 mmq 127 x 51 x 51
FPR-3-20-110-50 A.4301.04 M25 (13÷19) 110-130 1P+N+E 20 Central 50 4 mmq / 6 mmq 127 x 51 x 51
FPR-3-20-230-50 A.4301.05 M20 (8÷13) 220-250 1P+N+E 20 Central 50 4 mmq / 6 mmq 127 x 51 x 51
FPR-3-20-230-50 A.4301.06 M25 (13÷19) 220-250 1P+N+E 20 Central 50 4 mmq / 6 mmq 127 x 51 x 51
FPR-4-20-400-50 A.4301.07 M20 (8÷13) 380-440 3P+E 20 Central 50 4 mmq / 6 mmq 127 x 51 x 51
FPR-4-20-400-50 A.4301.08 M25 (13÷19) 380-440 3P+E 20 Central 50 4 mmq / 6 mmq 127 x 51 x 51
FPR-5-20-400-50 A.4301.09 M20 (8÷13) 380-440 3P+N+E 20 Central 50 4 mmq / 6 mmq 127 x 51 x 51
FPR-5-20-400-50 A.4301.10 M25 (13÷19) 380-440 3P+N+E 20 Central 50 4 mmq / 6 mmq 127 x 51 x 51

FPR-2-32-24-50 A.4301.11 M20 (8÷13) 24 2P 32 Central 50 10 mmq / 16 mmq 128 x 68 x 68

FPR-2-32-24-50 A.4301.12 M25 (13÷19) 24 2P 32 Central 50 10 mmq / 16 mmq 128 x 68 x 68
FPR-2-32-24-50 A.4301.13 M32 (17÷25) 24 2P 32 Central 50 10 mmq / 16 mmq 128 x 68 x 68
FPR-3-32-110-50 A.4301.14 M20 (8÷13) 110-130 1P+N+E 32 Central 50 10 mmq / 16 mmq 128 x 68 x 68
FPR-3-32-110-50 A.4301.15 M25 (13÷19) 110-130 1P+N+E 32 Central 50 10 mmq / 16 mmq 128 x 68 x 68
FPR-3-32-110-50 A.4301.16 M32 (17÷25) 110-130 1P+N+E 32 Central 50 10 mmq / 16 mmq 128 x 68 x 68
FPR-3-32-230-50 A.4301.17 M20 (8÷13) 220-250 1P+N+E 32 Central 50 10 mmq / 16 mmq 128 x 68 x 68
FPR-3-32-230-50 A.4301.18 M25 (13÷19) 220-250 1P+N+E 32 Central 50 10 mmq / 16 mmq 128 x 68 x 68
FPR-3-32-230-50 A.4301.19 M32 (17÷25) 220-250 1P+N+E 32 Central 50 10 mmq / 16 mmq 128 x 68 x 68
FPR-4-32-400-50 A.4301.20 M20 (8÷13) 380-440 3P+E 32 Central 50 10 mmq / 16 mmq 128 x 68 x 68
FPR-4-32-400-50 A.4301.21 M25 (13÷19) 380-440 3P+E 32 Central 50 10 mmq / 16 mmq 128 x 68 x 68
FPR-4-32-400-50 A.4301.22 M32 (17÷25) 380-440 3P+E 32 Central 50 10 mmq / 16 mmq 128 x 68 x 68
FPR-5-32-400-50 A.4301.23 M20 (8÷13) 380-440 3P+N+E 32 Central 50 10 mmq / 16 mmq 128 x 68 x 68
FPR-5-32-400-50 A.4301.24 M25 (13÷19) 380-440 3P+N+E 32 Central 50 10 mmq / 16 mmq 128 x 68 x 68
FPR-5-32-400-50 A.4301.25 M32 (17÷25) 380-440 3P+N+E 32 Central 50 10 mmq / 16 mmq 128 x 68 x 68

FPR-2-63-24-50 A.4301.26 M25 (13÷19) 24 2P 63 Central 50 16 mmq / 25 mmq 149 x 83 x 83

FPR-2-63-24-50 A.4301.27 M32 (17÷25) 24 2P 63 Central 50 16 mmq / 25 mmq 149 x 83 x 83
FPR-2-63-24-50 A.4301.28 M40 (24÷32) 24 2P 63 Central 50 16 mmq / 25 mmq 149 x 83 x 83
FPR-3-63-110-50 A.4301.29 M25 (13÷19) 110-130 1P+N+E 63 Central 50 16 mmq / 25 mmq 149 x 83 x 83
FPR-3-63-110-50 A.4301.30 M32 (17÷25) 110-130 1P+N+E 63 Central 50 16 mmq / 25 mmq 149 x 83 x 83
FPR-3-63-110-50 A.4301.31 M40 (24÷32) 110-130 1P+N+E 63 Central 50 16 mmq / 25 mmq 149 x 83 x 83
FPR-3-63-230-50 A.4301.32 M25 (13÷19) 220-250 1P+N+E 63 Central 50 16 mmq / 25 mmq 149 x 83 x 83
FPR-3-63-230-50 A.4301.33 M32 (17÷25) 220-250 1P+N+E 63 Central 50 16 mmq / 25 mmq 149 x 83 x 83
FPR-3-63-230-50 A.4301.34 M40 (24÷32) 220-250 1P+N+E 63 Central 50 16 mmq / 25 mmq 149 x 83 x 83
FPR-4-63-400-50 A.4301.35 M25 (13÷19) 380-440 3P+E 63 Central 50 16 mmq / 25 mmq 149 x 83 x 83
FPR-4-63-400-50 A.4301.36 M32 (17÷25) 380-440 3P+E 63 Central 50 16 mmq / 25 mmq 149 x 83 x 83
FPR-4-63-400-50 A.4301.37 M40 (24÷32) 380-440 3P+E 63 Central 50 16 mmq / 25 mmq 149 x 83 x 83
FPR-5-63-400-50 A.4301.38 M25 (13÷19) 380-440 3P+N+E 63 Central 50 16 mmq / 25 mmq 149 x 83 x 83
FPR-5-63-400-50 A.4301.39 M32 (17÷25) 380-440 3P+N+E 63 Central 50 16 mmq / 25 mmq 149 x 83 x 83
FPR-5-63-400-50 A.4301.40 M40 (24÷32) 380-440 3P+N+E 63 Central 50 16 mmq / 25 mmq 149 x 83 x 83

I.E. / Example
FPR-3-20-230-50
FPR = FLAMEPROOF PLUG RESIN
3 = Poles Number
20 = Current (A)
230 = Voltage (V)
50 = Frequency (HZ)

233
Plugs and Sockets

FPR

CONNECTION
TERMINALS CROSS
CUR- EARTH FRE- SECTION FLEXIBLE
COLOR CABLE GLAND VOLTAGE CONTACT RENT PIN POSI- QUEN- CORES (RIGID OVERALL
TYPE CODE CODE EEx-e (V) ARRANGEMENT (A) TION CY (HZ) CORES) mmq. DIMENSIONS
FPR-2-2a-32-24-50 A.4301.41 M20 (8÷13) 24 2P+2aux 32 Central 50 10 mmq / 16 mmq 128 x 68 x 68
FPR-2-2a-32-24-50 A.4301.42 M25 (13÷19) 24 2P+2aux 32 Central 50 10 mmq / 16 mmq 128 x 68 x 68
FPR-2-2a-32-24-50 A.4301.43 M32 (17÷25) 24 2P+2aux 32 Central 50 10 mmq / 16 mmq 128 x 68 x 68
FPR-3-2a-32-110-50 A.4301.44 M20 (8÷13) 110-130 1P+N+E+2aux 32 Central 50 10 mmq / 16 mmq 128 x 68 x 68
FPR-3-2a-32-110-50 A.4301.45 M25 (13÷19) 110-130 1P+N+E+2aux 32 Central 50 10 mmq / 16 mmq 128 x 68 x 68
FPR-3-2a-32-110-50 A.4301.46 M32 (17÷25) 110-130 1P+N+E+2aux 32 Central 50 10 mmq / 16 mmq 128 x 68 x 68
FPR-3-2a-32-230-50 A.4301.47 M20 (8÷13) 220-250 1P+N+E+2aux 32 Central 50 10 mmq / 16 mmq 128 x 68 x 68
FPR-3-2a-32-230-50 A.4301.48 M25 (13÷19) 220-250 1P+N+E+2aux 32 Central 50 10 mmq / 16 mmq 128 x 68 x 68
FPR-3-2a-32-230-50 A.4301.49 M32 (17÷25) 220-250 1P+N+E+2aux 32 Central 50 10 mmq / 16 mmq 128 x 68 x 68
FPR-4-2a-32-400-50 A.4301.50 M20 (8÷13) 380-440 3P+E+2aux 32 Central 50 10 mmq / 16 mmq 128 x 68 x 68
FPR-4-2a-32-400-50 A.4301.51 M25 (13÷19) 380-440 3P+E+2aux 32 Central 50 10 mmq / 16 mmq 128 x 68 x 68
FPR-4-2a-32-400-50 A.4301.52 M32 (17÷25) 380-440 3P+E+2aux 32 Central 50 10 mmq / 16 mmq 128 x 68 x 68
FPR-5-2a-32-400-50 A.4301.53 M20 (8÷13) 380-440 3P+N+E+2aux 32 Central 50 10 mmq / 16 mmq 128 x 68 x 68
FPR-5-2a-32-400-50 A.4301.54 M25 (13÷19) 380-440 3P+N+E+2aux 32 Central 50 10 mmq / 16 mmq 128 x 68 x 68
FPR-5-2a-32-400-50 A.4301.55 M32 (17÷25) 380-440 3P+N+E+2aux 32 Central 50 10 mmq / 16 mmq 128 x 68 x 68

FPR-2-2a-63-24-50 A.4301.56 M25 (13÷19) 24 2P+2aux 63 Central 50 16 mmq / 25 mmq 149 x 83 x 83

FPR-2-2a-63-24-50 A.4301.57 M32 (17÷25) 24 2P+2aux 63 Central 50 16 mmq / 25 mmq 149 x 83 x 83
FPR-2-2a-63-24-50 A.4301.58 M40 (24÷32) 24 2P+2aux 63 Central 50 16 mmq / 25 mmq 149 x 83 x 83
FPR-3-2a-63-110-50 A.4301.59 M25 (13÷19) 110-130 1P+N+E+2aux 63 Central 50 16 mmq / 25 mmq 149 x 83 x 83
FPR-3-2a-63-110-50 A.4301.60 M32 (17÷25) 110-130 1P+N+E+2aux 63 Central 50 16 mmq / 25 mmq 149 x 83 x 83
FPR-3-2a-63-110-50 A.4301.61 M40 (24÷32) 110-130 1P+N+E+2aux 63 Central 50 16 mmq / 25 mmq 149 x 83 x 83
FPR-3-2a-63-230-50 A.4301.62 M25 (13÷19) 220-250 1P+N+E+2aux 63 Central 50 16 mmq / 25 mmq 149 x 83 x 83
FPR-3-2a-63-230-50 A.4301.63 M32 (17÷25) 220-250 1P+N+E+2aux 63 Central 50 16 mmq / 25 mmq 149 x 83 x 83
FPR-3-2a-63-230-50 A.4301.64 M40 (24÷32) 220-250 1P+N+E+2aux 63 Central 50 16 mmq / 25 mmq 149 x 83 x 83
FPR-4-2a-63-400-50 A.4301.65 M25 (13÷19) 380-440 3P+E+2aux 63 Central 50 16 mmq / 25 mmq 149 x 83 x 83
FPR-4-2a-63-400-50 A.4301.66 M32 (17÷25) 380-440 3P+E+2aux 63 Central 50 16 mmq / 25 mmq 149 x 83 x 83
FPR-4-2a-63-400-50 A.4301.67 M40 (24÷32) 380-440 3P+E+2aux 63 Central 50 16 mmq / 25 mmq 149 x 83 x 83
FPR-5-2a-63-400-50 A.4301.68 M25 (13÷19) 380-440 3P+N+E+2aux 63 Central 50 16 mmq / 25 mmq 149 x 83 x 83
FPR-5-2a-63-400-50 A.4301.69 M32 (17÷25) 380-440 3P+N+E+2aux 63 Central 50 16 mmq / 25 mmq 149 x 83 x 83
FPR-5-2a-63-400-50 A.4301.70 M40 (24÷32) 380-440 3P+N+E+2aux 63 Central 50 16 mmq / 25 mmq 149 x 83 x 83

I.E. / Example
FPR-3-2a-32-230-50
FPR = FLAMEPROOF PLUG RESIN
3 = Poles Number
2a = Number auxiliary contacts
32 = Current (A)
230 = Voltage (V)
50 = Frequency (HZ)

234
Plugs and Sockets

Starline Explosion Proof Connector

Explosion proof Connectors

• Technor is an approved distributor of the Starline Ex product’s.
• Heavy duty, environmental cylindrical for high power applications
with harsh/potentially explosive environments.
Rugged, double lead threaded,

EX designations.
• Mass Transportation.
• Petro-chemical.
• Off-shore oil drilling.
• Automotive paint booths.
• Aircraft Refueling Pits.
• Pharmaceutical Mfg. Equip.
• ATEX approved.

Specifications
Performance environment/Electrical
• Operating temperature from -20ºC to +40ºC
• IP68 rating for environmental sealing
• Hard anodic coating provides dielectric strength with heat and
corrosion resistance.
• Up to high amperage of 1135 Amps at 1000VAC or DC rating
available.

Contact termination
Solder, crimp and pressure terminals.
Circuit braking power and control types.
Code Logic Starline Ex
Standards/Requirements
“##” code for grommets
Hybrid form of the Star-Line series with higher temperature ranges. used w/ type “2” or “4” Termination
hardware styles/ Method
Cenelec Certi¿ed for use in Zone 1-IIc hazardous environment. “A,” “B” or “C” etc. for N for crimp
E E x d gland sizes contact /
Certi¿cate SIRA03ATEX1101X (see pg. 61) R for pressure / Armored
Blank for solder Cable/
II 2 GD Insert
Configuration
Omit if
unarmored
Ex d IIC T6
Ex de IIC T6 EX 13 3 C 20 332 P N -01 BS

Coupling / mounting Product Hardware Connector Optional

Series S tyle S hell S ize Alternate
Double lead Acme threads provide complete coupling in one turn of Prefix (see pgs. (12, 16, 20, Key
21, 22 & 23) 24, 28, C20, Positions
the coupling nut, and do not clog under adverse weather 13 for Male
C24, C28) Contact
P lug / Gender
conditions. 15 for P for
Male Pin /
Large wiring space provided in cable housings and conduit ¿tting Female
Inline/ S for
17 for Female S ocket
bodies. Female
panel mount

E xample: E X -13-3-C-20-332P N
Male P lug with E E X gland for a cable with 0.95"/24.1mm O.D.,
20ea #12/4.0mm male contacts

E X -15-4-1620-332S N
Female Inline with basket weave grip for a cable with 0.95"/24.1mm O.D.,
20ea #12/4.0mm female contacts

E X -17-1-20-332S N
Female P anel Mount. 20ea #12/4.0mm female contacts.

E X -13-3-C-16-22P R -B S
Male P lug with E E X gland for an armored cable with
1.25"/31.75mm O.D. 4ea #4/25.0mm male contacts

E X -17-3-C-16-22S R -B S
Female P anel Mount with cable adapter with
and E E X gland for an armored cable to match above.

235
Plugs and Sockets

Starline Explosion Proof Connector

Plug with Mechanical Clamp EX - 13 - 2 Style

Dimen-
sion
Shell A B C D E F G
12 8-3/4 (222.3) 1-3/4 (44.5) 1-1/2 (38.1) 2 (50.8) 15/16 (23.8) 2-3/8 (60.3) N/A
16 8-13/16 (223.8) 1-3/4 (44.5) 2 (50.8) 2-1/16 (52.4) 1-7/16 (36.5) 3 (76.2) N/A
20 8-7/8 (225.4) 1-3/4 (44.5) 2-1/2 (63.5) 2-1/8 (54.0) 1-15/16 (49.2) 3-3/4 (95.3) N/A
24 8-15/16 (227.0) 1-3/4 (44.5) 3 (76.2) 2-3/16 (55.6) 2-7/16 (61.9) 4-1/2 (114.3) N/A
28 9 (228.6) 3 1/16 (77.8) 4 3/16 (106.4) 2 1/4 (57.2) 2-7/8 (73.0) 5-1/8 (130.2) N/A

Plug with EEx d Gland EX - 13 - 3 Style

Dimension
Shell A B C D E F G
12 7-5/8 (193.7) 1-3/4 (44.5) 1-1/2 (38.1) N/A N/A N/A N/A
16 7-5/8 (193.7) 1-3/4 (44.5) 2 (50.8) N/A N/A N/A N/A
20 7-5/8 (193.7) 1-3/4 (44.5) 2-1/2 (63.5) N/A N/A N/A N/A
24 7-5/8 (193.7) 1-3/4 (44.5) 3 (76.2) N/A N/A N/A N/A
28 7-5/8 (193.7) 1-3/4 (44.5) 3-1/2 (88.9) N/A N/A N/A N/A

Plug with Kellems Grip EX - 13 - 4 Style

Dimen-
sion
Shell A B C D E F G
12 7-3/8 (187.3) 1-3/4 (44.5) 1-1/2 (38.1) 1-1/4 (31.8) 15/16 (23.8) 1-1/2 (38.1) 8 (203.2)
16 7-3/8 (187.3) 1-3/4 (44.5) 2 (50.8) 1-1/4 (31.8) 1-7/16 (36.5) 2 (50.8) 10-1/2 (266.7)
20 7-3/8 (187.3) 1-3/4 (44.5) 2-1/2 (63.5) 1-1/4 (31.8) 1-15/16 (49.2) 2-1/2 (63.5) 14-1/2 (368.3)
24 7-3/8 (187.3) 1-3/4 (44.5) 3 (76.2) 1-1/4 (31.8) 2-7/16 (61.9) 3 (76.2) 17-1/2 (444.5)
28 7-3/8 (187.3) 1-3/4 (44.5) 3-1/2 (88.9) 1-1/4 (31.8) 2-7/8 (73.0) 3-1/2 (88.9) 19 (482.6)

In-line Receptacle with Mechanical Clamp EX - 15 - 2 Style

Dimen-
sion
Shell A B C D E F G
12 8-3/4 (222.3) 1-3/4 (44.5) 1-1/2 (38.1) 2 (50.8) 15/16 (23.8) 2-3/8 (60.3) N/A
16 8-13/16 (223.8) 1-3/4 (44.5) 2 (50.8) 2-1/16 (52.4) 1-7/16 (36.5) 3 (76.2) N/A
20 8-7/8 (225.4) 1-3/4 (44.5) 2-1/2 (63.5) 2-1/8 (54.0) 1-15/16 (49.2) 3-3/4 (95.3) N/A
24 8-15/16 (227.0) 1-3/4 (44.5) 3 (76.2) 2-3/16 (55.6) 2-7/16 (61.9) 4-1/2 (114.3) N/A
28 9 (228.6) 1-3/4 (44.5) 3-1/2 (88.9) 2 1/4 (57.2) 2-7/8 (73.0) 5-1/8 (130.2) N/A

In-line Receptacle with EEx d Gland EX - 15 - 3 Style

Dimension
Shell A B C D E F G
12 7-5/8 (193.7) 1-3/4 (44.5) 1-1/2 (38.1) N/A N/A N/A N/A
16 7-5/8 (193.7) 1-3/4 (44.5) 2 (50.8) N/A N/A N/A N/A
20 7-5/8 (193.7) 1-3/4 (44.5) 2-1/2 (63.5) N/A N/A N/A N/A
24 7-5/8 (193.7) 1-3/4 (44.5) 3 (76.2) N/A N/A N/A N/A
28 7-5/8 (193.7) 1-3/4 (44.5) 3-1/2 (88.9) N/A N/A N/A N/A

236
Plugs and Sockets

Starline Explosion Proof Connector

In-line Receptacle with Kellems Grip EX - 15 - 4 Style

Dimension
Shell A B C D E F G
12 7-3/8 (187.3) 1-3/4 (44.5) 1-1/2 (38.1) 1-1/4 (31.8) 15/16 (23.8) 1-1/2 (38.1) 8 (203.2)
16 7-3/8 (187.3) 1-3/4 (44.5) 2 (50.8) 1-1/4 (31.8) 1-7/16 (36.5) 2 (50.8) 10-1/2 (266.7)
20 7-3/8 (187.3) 1-3/4 (44.5) 2-1/2 (63.5) 1-1/4 (31.8) 1-15/16 (49.2) 2-1/2 (63.5) 14-1/2 (368.3)
24 7-3/8 (187.3) 1-3/4 (44.5) 3 (76.2) 1-1/4 (31.8) 2-7/16 (61.9) 3 (76.2) 17-1/2 (444.5)
28 7-3/8 (187.3) 1-3/4 (44.5) 3-1/2 (88.9) 1-1/4 (31.8) 2-7/8 (73.0) 3-1/2 (88.9) 19 (482.6)

Panel Mount Receptacle (Potting Required) EX - 17 - 1 Style

Dimension
A B C D E H
Shell
12 4-3/4 (120.7) 1-3/4 (44.5) 1-1/2 (38.1) 1.654 (42) 2-1/4 (57.2) M40
16 4-3/4 (120.7) 1-3/4 (44.5) 2 (50.8) 2.047 (52) 2-5/8 (66.7) M50
20 4-3/4 (120.7) 1-3/4 (44.5) 2-1/2 (63.5) 2.441 (62) 3 (76.2) M63
24 4-3/4 (120.7) 1-3/4 (44.5) 3 (76.2) 2.835 (72) 3-1/2 (88.9) M75
28 4-3/4 (120.7) 1-3/4 (44.5) 3-1/2 (88.9) 3.228 (82) 4 (101.6) M90

Fixed In-line Receptacle with Mechanical clamp EX - 17 - 2 Style

Dimension
Shell A B C D E F
12 8-3/4 (222.3) 1-3/4 (44.5) 1-1/2 (38.1) 2 (50.8) 15/16 (23.8) 2-3/8 (60.3)
16 8-13/16 (223.8) 1-3/4 (44.5) 2 (50.8) 2-1/16 (52.4) 1-7/16 (36.5) 3 (76.2)

20 8-7/8 (225.4) 1-3/4 (44.5) 2-1/2 (63.5) 2-1/8 (54.0) 1-15/16 (49.2) 3-3/4 (95.3)
24 8-15/16 (227.0) 1-3/4 (44.5) 3 (76.2) 2-3/16 (55.6) 2-7/16 (61.9) 4-1/2 (114.3)
28 9 (228.6) 1-3/4 (44.5) 3-1/2 (88.9) 2 1/4 (57.2)

Fixed In-line Receptacle with EEx d Gland EX - 17 - 3 Style

Dimension
Shell A B C
12 7-5/8 (193.7) 1-3/4 (44.5) 1-1/2 (38.1)
16 7-5/8 (193.7) 1-3/4 (44.5) 2 (50.8)
20 7-5/8 (193.7) 1-3/4 (44.5) 2-1/2 (63.5)
24 7-5/8 (193.7) 1-3/4 (44.5) 3 (76.2)
28 7-5/8 (193.7) 1-3/4 (44.5) 3-1/2 (88.9)

Fixed In-line Receptable with Kellems Grip EX - 17 - 4 Style

Dimen-
sion
Shell A B C D E F G
12 7-3/8 (187.3) 1-3/4 (44.5) 1-1/2 (38.1) 1-1/4 (31.8) 15/16 (23.8) 1-1/2 (38.1) 8 (203.2)
16 7-3/8 (187.3) 1-3/4 (44.5) 2 (50.8) 1-1/4 (31.8) 1-7/16 (36.5) 2 (50.8) 10-1/2 (266.7)
20 7-3/8 (187.3) 1-3/4 (44.5) 2-1/2 (63.5) 1-1/4 (31.8) 1-15/16 (49.2) 2-1/2 (63.5) 14-1/2 (368.3)
24 7-3/8 (187.3) 1-3/4 (44.5) 3 (76.2) 1-1/4 (31.8) 2-7/16 (61.9) 3 (76.2) 17-1/2 (444.5)
28 7-3/8 (187.3) 1-3/4 (44.5) 3-1/2 (88.9) 1-1/4 (31.8) 2-7/8 (73.0) 3-1/2 (88.9) 19 (482.6)

237
238
Gas Detection

TN 2000-4
Mobile Gas Detection System, Ex de, AISI 316 240

239
Gas Detection

TN 2000-4

The Mobile Gas Detection System is specially designed as a protection

and shutdown system for use in connection with hot work in Ex Zones 1
and 2 at on- and offshore installations. The unit is designed to shut down
the connected electrical equipment and give acoustic and visual alarm
when gas is detected.

Specifications

Material sensor unit Stainless steel DIN 1.4572 / SS316

Material trolley SS316
Operating temperature -20ºC to +40ºC
Approvals Upon request
Approval lifting lugs 2
Ex protection control unit Ex de IIC T5
II 2 G
Ex protection sensor Ex de IIC T6
II 2 G
Sensor cable Radox GKW-LW/S EMC
Dimension trolley
incl. equipment H x W 1275 x 500mm
Total weight (control unit) 105 kg
Mobility (control unit) Wheeled, lifted
PLC OMRON
Sensor Simrad Optronics GD10,
Other sensors upon request
Rated voltage 220 – 240 VAC
Max. current 16A
Frequency 50/60 Hz
Gas monitoring 0 – 100% LEL
Earth fault monitoring/
shut off 30mA

Dimensions

WWW.CABLEJOINTS.CO.UK
THORNE & DERRICK UK
TEL 0044 191 490 1547 FAX 0044 477 5371
TEL 0044 117 977 4647 FAX 0044 977 5582
240 WWW.THORNEANDDERRICK.CO.UK
242
 WWW.CABLEJOINTS.CO.UK
THORNE & DERRICK UK
TEL 0044 191 490 1547 FAX 0044 477 5371
TEL 0044 117 977 4647 FAX 0044 977 5582
WWW.THORNEANDDERRICK.CO.UK